• Welcome to Smashboards, the world's largest Super Smash Brothers community! Over 250,000 Smash Bros. fans from around the world have come to discuss these great games in over 19 million posts!

    You are currently viewing our boards as a visitor. Click here to sign up right now and start on your path in the Smash community!

Smashboards Creates: PBS Kids: Brawltime! (A Fanmade Platform Fighting Game Honoring PBS/PBS Kids's History): OUT NOW!, DLC Time!

What should Job 11 be?

  • Submit layouts, hazards and/or gimmicks for Sesame Street Stage?

    Votes: 2 28.6%
  • Submit a moveset proposal for Mr. Rogers.

    Votes: 5 71.4%

  • Total voters
    7
  • Poll closed .

AlteredBeast

Smash Ace
Joined
Oct 2, 2019
Messages
928
Location
New Jersey
Platform fighters have been trending as of recent....

Nickelodeon has got one, Warner Bros is going to get one, but here, I have been approached by the strangest brand possible to receive a platform fighter...

That's right. I am referring to the Public Broadcasting Service aka PBS.

PBS-Kids-logo-art.jpg


I know this job sounds really weird and awkward. But, if we are willing to contribute ideas, this platform fighter may be a success.

Introduction

You (that's right, you) have been invited to be a part of a developer team to created a platform fighter with various IPs that have been on the PBS/PBS Kids channel. There are a multitude of IPs that have aired on the channel and it is our job to cover as much as PBS's history as possible. We will discuss characters, movesets, roster size, modes, gameplay, gameplay mechanics, stages, etc. I will be the lead dev for the game as I will be assigning tasks for the job. We already have a few characters planned for base roster so we will get to work on the first two jobs. I will be allowing third party characters (characters who have aired on PBS but are no longer affiliated with the channel or owned by someone else). Other stuff like DLC and all will be decided later.

Big Bird
6f8e8638-ff3e-470f-8048-1fd0c121c2c5-AP21315572175593.jpg


a_eRlunA_400x400.jpg


Elmo

Mr. Rogers
Mister-Rogers-television-persona.jpg
Arthur
unnamed-1.jpg


Buster


Dash (Dot will be an alternate costume)
620-6205681_pbs-kids-dash-head-off-the-background-pbs.png

Barney
barney.jpg

Chris and Martin
Wild-Kratts-PBS-Kids-Cartoon-Chris-Martin-c.jpg

WordGirl
95EE36E5-096C-4741-8CA8-9924F85D980B.png


Ms. Frizzle
ms-frizzle-thinking-600-thumb-500xauto-23519.jpg


Digit
tumblr_oouqvmAptJ1ugn6v9o1_500.jpg


Hacker
6plqunv7wni81.jpg.webp.jpeg


Lionel Lion

maxresdefault.jpg


Xavier Riddle


Xavier_with_his_hand_on_his_hip.png


The Teletubbies (Noo-Noo is an assist).

f479be47f5f896c6bf2d998854c5d5a7.png


Molly

ict_mollyofdenali_16x9_maven_cm.jpg


Ord

ord-540993-normal.jpg


Marvin

Unknown.jpeg


Ruff Ruffman

Cheeko






Roster by PopCultureCorn PopCultureCorn

PBSKidsBralwer_fighterselect.png

Donkey (Tots TV)

Ms. O (Odd Squad)


TBD

TBD


From Wario Wario Wario Wario Wario Wario
6 moves - up, neutral, down, up special, neutral special, and down special, they all function the same no matter whether you're in the air or land with a few exceptions - however, the game also has dashing and the non-special moves can all be charged. Dashing can be done on ground while the air varient allows you to wavedash not just on the ground but up walls and across roofs. Running stops momentum when you perform attacks, wavedashing (and dashing in general) keeps momentum going. You can dash in the middle of an attack or attack in the middle of a dash. Each character has a triple jump and charging non-specials gives super armour. The block equivalent is basically a universal Fox shine if quickly tapped that can be held for a universal counter. Grabs are replaced by traps, which leave the foe stunned in a two-sided barrier that resembles the edges of the PBS P-Head and leave them vulnerable to any follow up - but can only be performed from a Rest-close range. Directional influence is manipulated by the perpetrator rather than victim of an attack.


Tankman from Newgrounds Tankman from Newgrounds Character gimmicks will be present for each character.

Big Bird: Moveset and post by Torgo the Bear Torgo the Bear
Series: Sesame Street
Debut: Sesame Street Season 1, Episode 1 (November 10, 1969)

1646615142453.png

"I guess it's better to be who you are. Turns out people like you best that way, anyway."

Attributes:
Big Bird is the tallest character in the game (so far, at least). Despite being a Muppet, Big Bird is also somewhat on the heavy side. Out of everyone on the cast so far, Big Bird is the second heaviest, only beaten out by Barney. However, being a bird, Big Bird has excellent aerial mobility, kind of like Ridley in Smash. With our current cast, Big Bird has the highest jumps and the fastest air speed. As one of the four "starter characters," Big Bird is meant to be one of the most basic characters to pick up and play.

Gimmick:
As one of the four "starter characters," Big Bird is one of the few who won't feature any specific gimmick, unless you want to count his aerial mobility.

Moveset:
Light Neutral
Big Bird reaches out for a slap with his big wings. This can be chained into a two-hit jab, similarly to Villager's boxing gloves in Smash. If charged, Big Bird can only perform one slap.

Light Up
Big Bird lifts the Letter of the Day into the air above his head. The Letter is randomly chosen at the beginning of the match and will not be changed, but there's no gameplay difference between the 26 of them. Every Big Bird player in the match will have the same Letter. The move is not really changed when charged, aside from the obvious damage and knockback buff.

Light Down
Big Bird performs a low kick with one of his long legs. This has upward knockback, which can easily chain into a Light Neutral at low percents, or a Light Up at higher percents. When charged, the knockback angle slightly tilts away from Big Bird. At max charge, it can be a very effective kill move near the blast zone.

Neutral Special
Big Bird pulls the Letter of the Day back out and uses it as a spinning projectile! The Letter travels straight forward with no regard for gravity. It disappears if it connects with an opponent or travels uninterrupted for three seconds straight. Big Bird can have up to two Letter projectiles on screen at a time.

Up Special
Big Bird flaps his wings to gain what is essentially a fourth jump, although it's not as good as his default three. Big Bird can deal light damage on opponents who are really close to him when he flaps his wings.

Down Special

1646617111936.png

Big Bird hops onto a unicycle. This is a stance where he can move at a higher speed, but cannot jump and can't stop very fast. Big Bird will damage opponents he collides with on his ride, but he will be knocked off the unicycle if he's struck by an attack. Disjoints are especially effective against him in this state. Inputting Down Special again returns Big Bird to normal. If triggered in the air, Big Bird will drop to the ground and cannot move until he lands, but he can cancel the fall (like how Kirby's Stone works). He can spike opponents he lands on during this fall. Riding the unicycle off a ledge has a similar effect, but in this circumstance, Big Bird can not cancel the unicycle until he lands and will also move left or right depending on his momentum, so this can be used for a risky kamikaze spike.

Taunt
Big Bird pulls out his teddy bear, Radar, and gives him a hug.

Victory Animation
Big Bird rides onto the screen on a pair of roller skates. When he arrives, he tries to perform a spin, but falls on his backside. He remains sitting down, laughing at his accident.

Losing Animation
Big Bird happily applauds the winner.

Elmo: moveset submitted by PopCultureCorn PopCultureCorn
Series: Sesame Street
Debut: Sesame Street, Episode 1405 (As background character), Sesame Street, Episode 1439 (as mainline character)


Elmo.png


"If you keep practicing, you can do anything."

Elmo is a true-lightweight with most of the typical characteristics of lightweights, though being easy to launch, he has fast movement and nimble dodging skills. He is the kind of lightweight that is easy to learn and use in terms of his attacks, and anyone who prefers a lightweight-style play will find him as a good choice.

Gimmicks:
Elmo lacks any true gimmicks to his character, but half of his attacks are themed around him being playful and doing stuff he has been known to do in Elmo's World.

Moveset:
Light Neutral: Elmo throws two punches before throwing a kick at the end. Strong variant has Elmo throw a stronger punch.

Light Up: Elmo holds a fish bowl with his goldfish, Dorothy, above him and Dorothy jumps out of the bowl once, damaging any fighter she makes contact with. Strong variant has Dorothy do a higher and stronger leap.

Light Down: Elmo slams down Rocco (Zoe's rock friend) in front of him. Strong variant has Elmo slam Rocco harder.

Neutral Special: Elmo draws a "friend" with his crayons on an easel before unleashing the friend forward as a projectile.

Up Special: Elmo throws an uppercut for upward lift, similar to Mario's and Ryu's up specials.

Down Special: Elmo puts an Alaska flag in the spot in front of him, and when down special is pressed again, Zoes zooms into the spot of the Alaska flag in her wooden jeep, ramming any opponents she hits. Perfect for ambushes and surprises!

Entrance: Elmo comes out of an Elmo's World style door onto the battle

Taunt: Elmo enters a "salute the sun" pose while flames surround him

Victory: Elmo does the dance and motions he does in the intro of Elmo's World before getting to a piano and playing a victory tune!

Defeat: Elmo applauds the winner.


Mr. Rogers: Moveset and post by PopCultureCorn PopCultureCorn
Series: Mr. Rogers
Debut: Mister Rogers' Neighborhood Season 1, Episode 1 February 19, 1968



“It's a beautiful day in this neighborhood, A beautiful day for a neighbor. Would you be mine? Could you be mine?”

Being the kind and healthy man that he is, Mr. Rogers is a pure middleweight who is balanced for most of his stats, making him a great all-around character of choice. Thus, his run speed and jump height cover a very fair amount of distance and all of his attacks and specials have easy-to-understand properties and have a fair amount of power, supporting his all-around character.

Gimmick:
Being the all-around character with very balanced stats, he would not have a specific gimmick. However, staying true to his kindness and nonviolence nature, many of Mr. Rogers's attacks and specials are themed in a way so that it appears that Mr. Rogers is not trying to directly and explicitly attack the other fighters, but would instead appear as if he would be demonstrating others on how to be kind to others, with the actual damage from the attacks would be the "mistakes, happenings and whimsical accidents" that happen during the moves.

Moveset:
Light Neutral: Mr. Rogers lunges forward his arm with a sharable item in his hand (Item can be anything that's considered sharable, and it's a random aesthetic change) intending to share his items with the others but would instead deal damage and launch them forward. The strong variant of this move has Mr. Rogers' arm cover a little more horizontal distance and he would lunge out his arm faster.

Light Up: Mr. Rogers fans himself with a paper fan to cool himself off, with Mr. Rogers' waving motions acting as the attack here. The strong variant has Mr. Rogers wave his arm in harder motions.

Light Down: Mr. Rogers waters a spot in the ground with a watering can in front of him causing a flower to suddenly grow out of the ground, with the attack being the rising flower out of the ground, launching opponents upward. The strong variant of the move has Mr. Rogers water the ground for longer when charging, resulting in a giant flower growing out of the ground, dealing much more damage and knockback. If used in the air, Mr. Rogers will water a flowerpot.

Neutral Special: Mr. Rogers pulls out a replica of the neighborhood trolley and places it on the ground, letting it drive on its own. The trolley acts as a grounded projectile that deals damage to anything it contacts with.

Up Special: Mr. Rogers will hold onto any of a random combination of puppets (aesthetics only, puppets include Daniel Tiger, X the Owl, King Friday, Queen Saturday, Prince Tuesday, etc.) who magically levitate upwards with him. Can gimp opponents upwards.

Down Special: Mr. Rogers gives out a short influential and kind line (which is random) which has the ability to reflect projectiles, nullify thrown objects, and stun others very briefly as if they were flattered by what they just heard. Staying true to his easy-to-learn playstyle, this move would have a range in front of him that doesn't require precise or deadly timing, but it would not be too long or too short.

Entrance:
Mr. Rogers comes in through the door and stairway we see at the beginning of every Mister Rogers' Neighborhood episode.

Taunt:
Mr. Rogers shows of his suitcase of small hats, hoping the others would appreciate.

Victory:
Option #1: Mr. Rogers waves to the others and says an emotional good-bye before leaving through the door he entered in his entrance.

Option #2: Mr. Rogers plays a song on his piano, singing about stuff related to his messages.

Defeat:
Mr. Rogers kindly applauds the winner as a means to be fair game.


Arthur (Moveset and post by PopCultureCorn PopCultureCorn )
Series: Arthur
Debut: Arthur, Season 1, Episode 1 October 7, 1996



"I told you not to touch it!"
Arthur, being one of the 4 starters, is mostly an all-around type of character, except that he excels a little bit in his jump height and speed. All of his attacks have fair range, and they have a decent amount of power to them.

Gimmick: Due to him having a tendency to be pretty savage at times and not liking to be provoked sometimes, he has the ability to enter a special "rage" stance when he gets hit by a certain number of attacks, which increases the damage and knockback of all his attacks until he is KO'd. The less stocks he has or if he's falling behind, it takes less hits on him to enter this stance, and vice versa.

Moveset:
Light Neutral: Arthur's Big Hit, Arthur throws out a punch at his opponents with his right arm which can be charged for more power, can spike at downward angles.

Light Up: Arthur whirls his glasses above him in circles.

Light Down: Arthur slams a big book on both sides of him.

Neutral Special: Arthur summons a random classmate of his (Buster, Francine, Muffy, etc.) who carry school stuff and run forward a few steps, but then trip, flinging the school stuff forward like projectiles.

Up Special: Arthur rides a swing, and when the special attack button is pressed again, he will jump off of it, which covers great vertical distance. The move can be charged for more jump height.

Down Special: Arthur pulls out a computer and plays Deep, Dark Sea on it. While he does so, he can control a diver like a remote-controlled toy, and when the diver makes contact with someone, the diver will unleash an attack on the opponent.

Entrance:
Arthur gets off a school bus

Taunt:
Arthur does a little dance, similar to the intro to his show

Victory:
Arthur can be seen surrounded by his classmates, who give him a blue ribbon and hold him in the air to celebrate.

Defeat:
Arthur applauds the winner


Buster
Series: Arthur
Debut:
Original book debut: Arthur's Eyes (September 19, 1979)
TV show debut: Arthur, Season 1, Episode 1 October 7, 1996


C9FA3A31-565A-4C8C-A591-6490FE575A86.png

"I bet that's what they told the astronauts: 'Oh, the moon's too hard. Why don't you just go to Seattle?"


Buster is a middleweight who has somewhat balanced stats. His moves come out with slow startup to represent his lazy side of the personality. His moveset mostly emphasizes a zoning/hit-and-run type of play style to represent his benevolent but yet troublesome nature as well as his interests.

Gimmicks:
Aside from most of his moves representing him as a character, Buster is able to enter his "video postcard" mode to represent all the video postcards he's sent. In this mode covered by his Neutral Special, he simply pulls out his video camera and can make a fighter "follow" him similar to if he is shooting a video and lure them in for more damage! Perfect for a video showcasing Buster's might!
Moveset:
Light Neutral (A Sweet Success): Buster will eat a chocolate bar to the amusement of his opponents. The stronger variant causes him to eat the chocolate bar faster.

Light Up (Amish Barn Raising): To represent Buster's former desire for wanting to be Amish, he will partake in a bar-raising with the Amish people he met on a field trip where a part of the barn is raised via rope. This has a huge upward hotbox but slow starting lag. The stronger variant causes the part of the barn to be raised faster, causing a stronger launch upward!

Light Down (The Five Second Rule): Buster will simply grab a food from the ground to eat it as he has a habit of eating food even when it can be disgusting. The stronger variant will cause him to grab the food harder and faster from that distance.

Neutral Special (A Video Postcard from Buster): Buster will pull out a video camera and point it at an opponent. It will cause a lock on to the opponent (think similar to Sora's side special, Sonic Blade) thus causing the opponent to be lured into the film camera as if he were filming a video of the fighter! Thus, Buster can get a better chance of accumulating damage on a fighter by being able to stun them for a temporary time as they are locked onto him!

Up Special (The Aliens are Real!): Buster will fly up on a UFO which covers a lot of vertical distance. This move cannot attack anyone as it will be akin to Pit's recovery.

Down Special (Food Theft): If close to an opponent, Buster will simply grab a "food item" from the opposing fighter's pocket to represent his love of food and use it to heal some damage!

Entrance: Buster arrives in his father's airplane and boards off of it.

Taunt: Buster plays the tuba.

Victory: Buster is seen eating a box of donuts happily.

Defeat: Buster applauds the winner

Dash: moveset submitted by PopCultureCorn PopCultureCorn
Series: PBS Kids
Debut: PBS Kids Bumpers (September 6, 1999)



"Hey! I'm Dash! And you're gonna see the best picks of the week!"
Due to him being simply PBS Kids' mascot and only really appearing in channel bumpers, IDs and commercials as well as the channel's logo, he would be a perfectly balanced fighter, the kind of fighter that is very easy to learn and get into, without any real advantages and disadvantages, or gimmicks either.

Gimmicks:
As mentioned above, Dash does not have any (real) gimmicks tied to him to properly tie with his balanced and easy-to-learn nature. However, he would attack by mostly using transformations and doing things that he and Dot have been known to do in the PBS Kids bumpers and commercials.

Moveset:
Light Neutral: Dash will throw a three-hit combo, starting with two punches and then randomly transform into a tiger, car, octopus or astronaut (aesthetic only and will not change properties of the move) to ram the opponent forward. The strong variant of the move only has Dash use any of his transformations to perform a stronger ram.

Light Up: Some fireflies will fly above Dash while he looks up in wonder. A move that deals multi-hits. The strong variant of the move has more fireflies fly above Dash and flying in faster motions.

Light Down: Dash would pull out a carrot from underground, before letting it go and causing the carrot to fly upwards a short distance and flipping any opponents above the carrot. The strong variant of the move has Dash struggle to pull out a humongous carrot while charging, and when done charging, bolting the humongous carrot out of the ground while also causing dirt to fly everywhere. A rabbit maybe aesthetically hanging around on the humongous carrot at random. If used in the air, Dash will grab a carrot from his feet level and still chuck it upwards like on the ground.

Neutral Special: Dash simply kicks a soccer ball, beach ball or kick ball (like the light/strong neutral, is aesthetic only and will not change properties of the move) as a simple projectile.

Up Special: Dash simply has a kite give him upward lift. Kite can damage others.

Down Special: Dash will use a magnet to pull any items or opponents close to him within a certain range. If Dash manages to pull in opponents, Dash can perform a spinning attack by pressing the special attack button again to combo the opponents he pulled in before launching them away.

Entrance: Dash rides on the stage on a bicycle and gets off the bicycle.

Taunt: Dash will think before holding one finger up and going "doink!", a nod to the first PBS Kids channel ID.

Victory: Dash can be seen running towards the screen, before making contact with the screen looking around, and then backing up a little and make a winning pose, a nod to the first PBS Kids channel ID to feature Dot.

Defeat: Dash applauds the winner

Alternate Costume: Dot




Despite she and her brother, Dash's age difference, she shares all the same moves and abilities as Dash, apart from having a female voice.

Barney: moveset submitted by PopCultureCorn PopCultureCorn
Series: Barney & Friends
Debut: Barney & the Backyard Gang, The Backyard Show (August 29, 1988)


Barney_the_Dinosaur.png

"Hello again to all my friends! I'm glad you came to play! Our fun and learning never ends!"

True to his size and weight, Barney is a heavyweight who has average speed and does not excel too much in jumping skills, but all of his moves are designed to have lengthy hitboxes and strong launching power, albeit with some startlag and endlag for most of them.

Gimmicks:
Due to Barney's nature of being from a show that is usually aimed at toddlers and even babies, Barney does not have a true gimmick to bring with him, but his heavyweight-style gameplay makes it a considerable gimmick, and all of his moves are based around the simple and imaginative scenarios he and the kids come up with or go to in his show.

Moveset:
Light Neutral: Barney swings a baseball bat, with a baseball cap briefly appearing on his head when he uses this move. The strong variant of the move has Barney swing the bat faster and harder.

Light Up: Barney takes out a paintbrush of rainbow colors and paints a rainbow arch above him. The strong variant of the move has Barney take out a larger, wider paintbrush to paint a larger rainbow arch above him, in addition to more damage and knockback, but more startlag and endlag.




Light Down: Barney pulls out a pitchfork and pitches some hay into the air, flipping any opponents close to Barney. The strong variant of the move has Barney pitch the pitchfork harder and faster with much more hay being flung into the air.

Neutral Special: Barney boards a train and starts driving it across the stage, kinda like Wario Bike. When in the train, he can ram opponents and nullify projectiles, and the train is pretty strong too. He can get off by pressing either the attack button or the special attack button again.

Up Special: Barney boards a small airplane and flies upwards with it for 2 seconds.

Down Special: Barney pulls out a fire hose attached to a fire hydrant and sprays a huge blast of water to push opponents pretty far, like Mario's F.L.U.D.D. but with stronger pushing power. Barney also gains a fireman's helmet while using the move.

Entrance: A barney plush can be seen on stage, which then magically transforms into Barney himself, just like how Barney comes onto the scene in every Barney episode.

Taunt: Barney does some short hops while doing dancing motions.

Victory: Barney can be seen dancing with the kids from his show, who also cheer on him. The kids that appear are the actual kids who appear in his show, and they are all random every time.

Defeat: Barney applauds the winner.

Chris and Martin Kratt: moveset created by PopCultureCorn PopCultureCorn
Series: Kratt Brothers
Debut: Kratts' Creatures Season 1, Episode 1 (Big Five, Little Five), June 3, 1996

kisspng-television-show-pbs-kids-animation-super-rtl-wİld-5ac218949b8814.0767929615226697166371.png

"Each trip is like a trip of a lifetime, and to be able to share that with your brother is pretty amazing" -Chris
"Pick what you love to do, persevere at it, don't take "no" for an answer and it'll happen" -Martin

Each of the brothers have their own unique stats when it comes to their weight, speed, power and jump. Chris Kratt is more of a speedy all-around, with high agility, above-average speed and excels quite a bit on his jump. His attacks are more focused on fast-hits and combo style gameplay. Martin Kratt on the other hand is more of a powerhouse, with average agility, slightly below-medium speed and average jump. His attacks focus more on hard-hits and high launching power.

Gimmick:
You can switch between the brothers at any time with the down special, with each brother of course, having different moves based around their signature Creature Powers.

Moveset:
Chris:
Light Neutral: Chris uses woodpecker power to perform a few wing slashes before using the beak to peck constantly, dealing multi-hitting damage. Strong variant of the move has Chris perform one big peck.

Light Up: Chris uses porcupine power to perform 3 upward quill spikes. Strong variant of the move has Chris spike upward harder.

Light Down: Chris uses lion power to perform a claw strike, knocking opponents on the ground. Strong variant of the move has Chris do a stronger swipe.

Neutral Special: Chris uses ring-tailed lemur power to throw a cloud of stink as a projectile with the tail, can be charged up for more damage

Up Special: Chris uses eagle power to perform a soaring corkscrew upward that damages anyone it contacts with, afterwards, Chris gains 2 more flaps for additional recovery

Down Special: Switches to Martin

Martin:
Light Neutral: Martin uses gorilla power to perform a strong punch forward, has considerable damage and knockback. Strong variant of the move has Martin do a stronger punch.

Light Up: Martin uses shark power to jump and bite any opponents above him. Strong variant of the move has Martin jump higher and perform a stronger bite.

Light Down: Martin uses crocodile power to make a huge bite. Strong variant of the move has Martin doing a stronger crocodile bite.

Neutral Special: Martin uses frog power to use the tongue to pull opponents to him, can follow up with an attack by using the attack or special attack buttons.

Up Special: Martin uses dolphin power to make a big leap in the air and deals damage and knockback when he lands on the stage.

Down Special: Switches to Chris

Entrance:
Chris/Martin will teleport on the stage or be sent there by the Tortuga HQ hatch

Taunt:
Chris: stretches and opens his arms
Martin: Looks around

Victory:
The Kratt brothers will hi-five and then dance together

Defeat:
Chris and Martin applaud the winner

WordGirl Moveset submitted by Paraster Paraster , info about WordGirl from PopCultureCorn PopCultureCorn

Wordgirl
Series: Wordgirl
Debut: The Amazing Colossal Adventures of Wordgirl Shorts, Episode 1 (Catch as Catch Can), November 10, 2006



"If you were thinking about committing a crime in the next couple of hours, don't!"
  • Attributes: WordGirl is a fast but light character who prioritizes airborne combat.
  • Gimmick: Since WordGirl is a superhero capable of flight, her descent is greatly slowed while charging her normal attacks or performing her neutral or down specials in the air. This air-stall does give these moves increased endlag, however. (I could not come up with any coherent/non-overcomplicated way to make vocabulary a gimmick.)
  • Neutral Attack: Super-Strength Combo / Twist Kick (WordGirl performs a one-two punch followed by a kick. The charged version has WordGirl perform this pose before doing a spinning kick.)
  • Up Attack: Red Uppercut (WordGirl performs a hefty uppercut.)
  • Down Attack: Helmet Headbutt (WordGirl does a headbutt forward.)
  • Neutral Special: Captain Catch (Captain Huggy Face appears a short distance in front of WordGirl and does a flying kick towards her. She catches him, and the two nod to each other before Huggy disappears.)
  • Up Special: Light Flight (WordGirl turns into a beam of red light and flies a short distance at a high speed. The player has full control over her direction. Flying through an opponent will deal damage, but no knockback.)
  • Down Special: Frost Breath (WordGirl blows a stream of ice forward that deals continuous damage and keeps opponents stunned while in it. If an opponent is in the attack for long enough, their movement is temporarily slowed.)
  • Taunt: WordGirl hovers in the air holding out her arms and legs with a wide smile on her face.
  • Victory Animation: WordGirl flies through the background as a streak of light before coming to a stop and holding a this pose in midair as Captain Huggy Face rides on her back.
  • Defeat Animation: WordGirl applauds with a somewhat grumpy look on her face.

Ms. Frizzle: moveset submitted by PopCultureCorn PopCultureCorn
Series: The Magic School Bus
Original book debut: The Magic School Bus at the Waterworks (July 24, 1986)
Show Debut: Gets Lost in Space (September 10, 1994)



"Seatbelts, everyone!"
Ms. Frizzle fits into the category of slightly-above-middleweight to very-lighter-heavyweight, having above-average jump and speed, with the only downside to her character traits is falling slightly faster than other characters.

Gimmicks:
Many of her attacks are designed in a way that she tends to use the correct tools or methods to get the job done, depending on the situation or direction she has her sight at, and when used correctly, they can assist Ms. Frizzle to their fullest, in reference to how she is a good problem-solver in the show. Every of her attacks are also themed around the various locations she has taken her class on field trips to and the various subjects taught in the Magic School Bus episodes.

Moveset:
Light Neutral: Going Cellular, Ms. Frizzle presents a random call in front of her (Can be a bone cell, muscle cell, skin cell or nerve cell) which damages others in front of her. If the button is press repeatedly, Ms. Frizzle will present multiple cells at once before unleashing them all at the end of the combo to launch fighters in multiple directions. Strong variant of the move has Ms. Frizzle present a BEEG cell in front of her.

Light Up: Making a Rainbow, Ms. Frizzle shines a flashlight through a prism to create a rainbow above her, which has a very-wide hitbox. Strong variant of the move has Ms. Frizzle create a bigger and stronger rainbow.

Light Down: Get Planted, Ms. Frizzle has two beanstalks grow from the ground, surrounding her and launching fighters upward. Strong variant of the move has 2 taller and wider beanstalks grow from the ground.

Neutral Special: Wet All Over, a 3-step setup move like Villager's timber, when the move is used the first time, Ms. Frizzle places a tub of water on the ground, and when attacked, it catapults the water inside of it, pushing any fighters along the way. When the move is used the second time, Ms. Frizzle will use a heat lamp to evaporate the water in the tub (Otherwise, it just deals a very small amount of fire damage with no knockback), which then the water condenses into a cloud what floats a considerable distance off the ground and above where the tub was initially. When the move is used the third time, Ms. Frizzle then points up to the sky, causing the cloud to summon 3 powerful lightning strikes and also rain down, with the raindrop damaging fighters gradually, afterwards the cloud disappears.

Up Special: Blow Its Top, Ms. Frizzle gets launched into the air by a mini volcano, which covers a considerable amount of vertical height. If used on the ground, the volcano will stay on the ground for a short time, continually erupting and causing damage. If used in the air, the volcano forms a small solid platform which lasts for a certain amount of time or until Ms. Frizzle uses the move again in the air.

Down Special: Lost in Space, Ms. Frizzle has several model planets (Random for every time) orbit around her that acts as a reflector for physical projectiles and an absorber for energy projectiles which can actually heal her. Kinda like a combination of the Star Fox characters' reflectors and PSI magnet.

Entrance: Ms. Frizzle flies in stage riding on a miniaturized version of the Magic School Bus as an airplane before jumping off and onto the stage.

Miss Fiona Frizzle can be seen standing on stage before the real Ms. Frizzle comes in and kicks Fiona into the background before getting ready to fight

Taunt: Ms. Frizzle will spin around in a few circles like a ballet dancer before striking a pose with Liz on her shoulder.

Victory: Ms. Frizzle can be seen making a winning pose with her entire class congratulating her.

Defeat: Ms. Frizzle applauds the winner.

Digit: moveset submitted by PopCultureCorn PopCultureCorn
Series: Cyberchase
Debut: Cyberchase, Lost My Marbles (January 21, 2002)

DIGIT_01C.png



"Never fear, the Didge is here!"
Digit is a heavier-lightweight character that, although he has a bird-like appearance, he does not posses the greatest air game (It's just slightly-above-normal to say the least), but he still can perform 3 jumps in the air and has slightly-above-average speed, qualifying him as a lighter all-around character.

Gimmicks:
True to the theme of his show, his special attacks are themed around the various math topics that he and the 3 kids have solved in the show! His standard attacks are all tied to his agile and fast, albeit kinda clumsy movement style.

Moveset:
Light Neutral: Digit throws 2 wing slashes before unleashing a kick. Strong variant of the move Digit do a downward slash with both of his wings, like Falco's side-smash.

Light Up: Digit performs a roundhouse kick upward. Strong variant is simply a stronger, harder-hitting version of the move.

Light Down: Digit performs a twirling drill tornado that multihits and launches fighters at the end of the attack animation. Strong variant of the move has Digit spinning around for longer in addition to more launch power

Neutral Special: Math Problem Toss, Digit holds up a number above his wing that starts at 1 and increases by 1 the longer the special move button is held, with the max count up to 9. The second time the move is used (After he decides the first number), he will hold an addition sign, a subtraction sign and a multiplication sign above his wing, which can be cycled by pressing the special attack button, and the sign is selected when Digit holds the designated sign up for 2 seconds. The third time the move is used after the prior 2 are selected will have Digit again holds up a number above his wing that starts at 1 and increases by 1 the longer the special move button is held, with the max count up to 9. Once the equation is finished, it calculates into a number orb that Digit can throw, with the damage the orb deals being equivalent to the answer of the equation Digit built up! Go for that 81% damage by building up the max 9x9!

Up Special: Raising the Bar, Digit summons a bar graph below him, with the middle bar propelling him upwards and the left and right bars launching fighters upward. Can be charged up for stronger, higher bars, resulting in more vertical recovery distance and more upward attack coverage.

Down Special: Frantic Fractions, Digit holds up a random fraction above his wing before having the fraction absorb into himself. While in this state, any damage he takes is reduced by the amount of the fraction he absorbed, for example, if Digit absorbs a 1/4, all damage he takes are reduced by 25%, and if Digit absorbs a 1/2, than all damage he takes are halved! Effect wears off after 10 seconds and digit must wait for 5 seconds before using it again.

Entrance: Digit flies onto the stage in the spaceship he and the kids fly in and gets off it onto the stage

Taunt: Digit takes out a calculator and types on it before holding it in the air with a "problem solved" look on his face

Victory: Digit can be seen gliding around, until he crash-lands, crumpling his beak. Digit fixes his beak before jumping a few times in the air and striking a pose.

Defeat: Digit applauds the winner.

R.I.P. Gilbert Gottfried, BTW

Hacker: moveset submitted by PopCultureCorn PopCultureCorn
Series: Cyberchase
Debut: Cyberchase, Lost My Marbles (January 21, 2002)




"That's The Hacker to you!"
Hacker is a heavyweight character who has genuinely good jump, but sluggish acceleration in terms of his dashing and walking. He also tends to have a little endlag at the end of most of his attacks, which makes him the Ganondorf of this game

Gimmicks:
Many of Hacker's attacks are designed in a way that he is using program-hacking skills to give him more powerful-style attacks, because he is doing what he thinks will make the best out of him. Aesthetically, many of Hacker's attacks are covered in a green binary code-flare. On a technical level, although Hacker's attack may be slightly slow, they have serious launching power.

Moveset:
Light Neutral: Hacker throws 2 punches (so long as the button is pressed rapidly, otherwise, he just throws a single punch), both with slight endlag, but have pretty strong knockback. Strong variant has Hacker preform a strong shoulder bash.

Light Up: Hacker preforms a leaping uppercut. Strong variant has him doing a stronger uppercut.

Light Down: Hacker performs a hack eruption, which two pillars of binary code flare bursts on both sides of him. Has slight startlag and endlag. Strong variant creates bigger and stronger pillars.

Neutral Special: Punch Hack, Hacker charges up a super-strong punch, to which the move can actually be held at the end of the punch charging by holding the special attack button. Pretty much like Warlock Punch.

Up Special: Teleport Hack, Hacker teleports to a different part of the stage depending on where the control stick is held.

Down Special: Terrain Hack, Hacker places a hacked laptop on the stage, and the grounded area near the laptop will make opponents easier to launch and have their damage rise slowly.

Entrance: Hacker flies onto the stage in the spaceship he flies in and gets off it onto the stage

Taunt: Hacker pulls out a small canvas and paints on it, and shows it when he is finished painting before putting it back.

Victory: Hacker is seen laughing in a evil and tyrannical way before making a "world taken over" pose, while Buzz and Delete cheer on him

Defeat: Hacker applauds the winner.

Lionel Lion: Moveset submitted by PopCultureCorn PopCultureCorn
Series: Between the Lions
Debut: Between the Lions, Pecos Bill Cleans Up the West (April 3, 2000)


Lionel.png

"Dad, if it's any consolation, I thought it would work too."
Lionel is a slightly-heavy lightweight (about Fox's weight) who has above-average speed and a moderately-high jump, with his main drawback, like other lightweights, being easier to launch. His attacks mainly focus on combos and getting to the knockback point.

Gimmicks:
Due to his love for books and how he wants to get things done in the least-violent ways possible, he will pull out the various books of the Barnaby B. Busterfield III Public Library to help him out in the fight for most of his attacks! The attacks themselves involve the book characters coming out of books to perform certain actions.

Moveset:
Light Neutral: Lionel pulls out a book with a cow typing on a typewriter who types letters that fly out to damage anyone they fly into, with the cow typing faster and sending out more letters faster when the button is pressed repeatedly before finishing off with a HUGE word. Strong variant has the cow type a MASSIVE word.

Light Up: Lionel pulls out a book with a popcorn popper that pops 3 popcorn in the air that deal damage. Strong variant has the popcorn pop much higher and harder, resulting in more damage and knockback.

Light Down: Lionel sweeps using a hand duster into a dustpan as if he's cleaning the library's floors. The only move that doesn't have Lionel use a book. Spammable. Strong variant has Lionel sweep faster and harder.

Neutral Special: Lionel opens a book that either spawns a lucky duck (has a chance to critical hit), Larry the rock (Hits hard), a red hat (deals fire damage), or a green hat (acts as a multihit vortex). The book object will remain on stage until Lionel uses neutral special again to claim it back, to which the object will damage anyone in its path.

Up Special: Lionel opens one of his favorite book series, The Adventures of Cliff Hanger, and takes a ride on the helicopter from the said book series!

Down Special: Lionel opens a book of Greek Myths which has Pandora's Box come out and unleash a pesky spirit that possesses a random fighter and gives them negative status effects, such as dizzy, poison or sleep.

Entrance: Lionel comes out of the doors of the Barnaby B. Busterfield III Public Library into the fight!

Taunt: Lionel pulls out a random book and examines it before putting the book back

Victory: Lionel jumps for joy as Theo, Cleo, Leona, Click, the Info Hen, and Heath all cheer on him.

Defeat: Lionel applauds the winner.

Xavier Riddle: moveset submitted by PopCultureCorn PopCultureCorn
Series: Xavier Riddle and the Secret Museum
Debut: Xavier Riddle and the Secret Museum, I Am Johann Sebastian Bach (November 12, 2019)


Xavier_with_his_hand_on_his_hip.png


"Guys, I think I know exactly why the Secret Museum sent us here."

Xavier Riddle is a semi-floaty character with very floaty jumps and slightly-above-normal speed. Having nimble dodges and good air mobility, but with somewhat below-normal weight, these design attributes to his character make him the Ness of this game.

Gimmicks:
Many of Xavier's attacks are themed around his love and huge talent for acrobatics and wild inventions, as well as the various time periods he and the others have traveled to in the Secret Museum. He also has some attacks that he normally never uses in his show, but since I had Ness in mind when coming up with his character traits and how his show is very technological, I felt they were just too fitting.

Moveset:
Light Neutral: A square portal appears in front of Xavier, which spawns a random historical figure to come out and look around or wave before going back in the portal, with the damage and knockback coming from the historical figure's fast momentum of coming out of the portal. Strong variant has the historical figure fall out of the portal and land hard on the ground, which deals strong damage and knockback, before falling in another portal on the ground below the figures.

Light Up: Xavier points upwards, causing a small blast of electricity to burst above him. Strong variant has a larger electric blast burst above him, which works like Lucas' up smash.

Light Down: Xavier spins a juggling ring around him, which gimps fighters on the ground. Strong variant has Xavier perform a stronger spin.

Neutral Special: Xavier spawns a ball of blue energy that is controlled like PK Flash, which explodes when the button is let go.

Up Special: Xavier rides a rocket car in the desired direction of the control stick, a combination of Fire Fox (Blast and fire damage) and Power of Flight (distance)

Down Special: Xavier juggles some juggling balls, with each of the balls dealing constant damage as long as Xavier is juggling, which will last as long as the special attack button is pressed. A great choice for making combos with opponents who are about to attack you from above or to shield yourself from certain things above you.

Entrance: Xavier teleports onto the stage like he does when time traveling in his show.

Taunt: Berby comes out of a portal and flies around, to which Xavier's eyes follow Berby's flight path and he greets Berby before Berby goes back in the portal.

Victory: Xavier is seen teleporting all over the scene, which he then runs up to the camera and striking a victory pose.

Defeat: Xavier applauds the winner.

The Teletubbies (moveset submitted by Wario Wario Wario Wario Wario Wario )

Teletubbies say Eh Oh!




The Teletubbies are a stance fighter - they all have the same moves but a different gimmick and playstyle, however certain elements of their differences can transfer from one tubby to the next!

Neutral: the Teletubby of choice pays tribute to a certain other gang of big-hugging multicoloured creatures by beaming a blue light from their telly.

Up: Sparkles charge inside their antenna, the spread their arms out to release it

Down: The Teletubby of choice splashes a bowl of Tubby Custard on the floor/in the air.

Special: Pet Rabbit
The Teletubby of choice places down a rabbit - that rabbit had branding resembling the Tubby's antenna on their side with their respective colour, here's a rough mock up of Tinky Winky's rabbit for example


The rabbits all have different behaviour
  • Tinky Winky's rabbit is the smallest - he chases foes down and clings to them - he doesn't deal knockback, but rather continual damage
  • Dipsy's rabbit is a real big chungus, he's passive but his size makes him like a shield. He can even reflect projectiles!
  • Laa Laa's rabbit likes to hop, he's bigger than Po's rabbit but smaller than Dipsy's, he creates small projectile shockwaves when he lands, which are very powerful
  • Po's medium-sized rabbit stands in place, and headbutts anyone who gets near
When you switch out a Tubby, the rabbit will remain. You can spawn two unique rabbits at a time.

Up Special: 1, 2, 3, 4!
The Teletubby of choice jumps super high like in the intro of all episodes, the height is locked between stances, but the effects are different
  1. Tinky Winky doesn't enter free-fall, this version has no offensive application
  2. Dipsy has an outwards vortex drawing foes away, good if he needs to dance (read down special for that info)
  3. Laa Laa does a single powerful hit a la Dr. Mario
  4. Po does a multihit twirl a la Wario

Down Special: Big Hug
the other 3 Teletubbies jump in for a big hug, this is a stance change + command grab hybrid! You can flick the stick to choose a 'Tubby to switch to.

  1. TINKY WINKY - Light but fast. His tutu gives him 2 extra jumps
  2. DIPSY - Defensive demon. His idle animation is a dance that, if played to completion, makes him even heavier (represented by gaining his cow print hat) - that buff transfers over in the stance change!
  3. LAA LAA - The powerhouse. she grips her ball in the air and, should she make a safe fall, slam it into foes.
  4. PO - The all-rounder. When she starts running she uses her scooter to build momentum, which makes her immune to attacks for half a second until she gets off. She's also invulnerable when airdashing, but not wavedashing

Victory animation: the Tubby in use at the time of match end is surrounded by the other tubbies for a big hug

Taunt: The tubby of choice looks at the screen and giggles "again again!"

Entrance: A speaker comes out of the ground and says "Time for Teletubbies!" - a menu appears above them to choose what tubby to start with - once the match starts the tubby pops out from a hole in the ground.

Losing Animation: The Teletubbies all clap for their opponent who beat them.

Molly Mabray
Series: Molly of Denali
Debut: Molly of Denali, Grandpa's Drum (July 15, 2019)

latest.png

"Hi everyone, it's me, Molly!"


Molly is a middleweight who has balanced stats when it comes to her speed and jump. She's also quite nimble too, as she tends to dodge gracefully, allowing her to have slightly more invincibility frames than any other character! that, however, comeswith the trade-off of being slightly more easier to launch than most of the other middleweights.

Gimmicks:
Most of Molly's attacks are all themed around, of coarse, vlogging! She will often do actions that as if she's trying to demonstrate those who are watching her vlogs to be amazed at the amazing things she can do to achieve things.

Moveset:
Light Neutral: Molly does some hip dances, with the damage coming from the thrust of Molly's hip, spammable. Strong variant has Molly do a stronger hip thrust as if she's hip-dancing with someone else.

Light Up: Molly flails her arms and hands above her as she tries to shoo some mosquitos that appear above her, with the damage coming from the flailing of her arms. The strong variant of the move has her flail her arms harder.

Light Down: Molly pokes the ground with a stick twice as if she's trying to quickly dig for something amazing. Strong variant has Molly thrust out her stick harder.

Neutral Special: Molly takes out a native drum and begins drumming on it, to which it sends out soundwaves to stun or push back opponents, allowing her to come close to opponents for a big blow!

Up Special: Molly throws a fist in the air and jumps for joy, similar to Super Jump Punch.

Down Special: Molly throws Suki's bone, to which then Suki will jump to wherever her bone lands, burying opponents or meteor smashing them if in the air!

Entrance: Molly comes out of a helicopter we see her in in various Molly of Denali episodes, including the intro

Taunt: Molly does the T-Rex walk portion of her "Dino Dance"

Victory: Molly adjusts her vlogging camera before going into pose and thanking the viewers for tuning in to her vlog and that they hoped they learned something new.

Defeat: Molly applauds the winner.

Ord
Series: Dragon Tales
Debut: Dragon Tales Season 1, Episode 1 (To Fly With Dragons/A Forest of Darkness) (September 6, 1999)



Dragon-Tales-Happy-Ord.png

"I'm big. I can be brave."
Ord is a super-heavyweight who is super fast and has super hard-hitting attacks. Therefore, he can rack up damage on opponents. However, being a superheavy, he is super vulnerable to combos and thus cannot really escape combos. Overall, he is there to get as much damage on his opponents as possible.

Gimmicks:
To represent Ord's super cowardly nature, he will turn invisible at random points throughout a match and sometimes, a raincloud will appear over his hand. The invisible part is beneficial as this provides Ord the ability to be more unpredictable with movement as the opponent will not be able to see Ord that well. However, the raincloud will nerf Ord's stats a little (think Pichu hurting itself but this will only affect the damage output of Ord's attacks on opponents). Therefore, this gimmick has a benefit and a detriment. If you are losing the match however, the invisibility/raincloud will not appear at all. If it does, it will be very rarely.

Moveset:

Light Neutral (A Dragonberry Cupcake for Me!): Ord will lift out a dragon berry cupcake. This move has a bit of a slow startup, therefore, it is not spammable. The stronger variant will cause Ord to lift out the cupcake more strongly.

Light Up (Scaredy Dragon): Ord will throw his arms up in the air like he is scared with the opponent above Ord taking the damage. The stronger variant of this move sees him throw up his hands harder.

Light Down (A Dragon Land Sledride): Ord will slide on a sled with Max, hitting the opponent in front of him. The stronger variant causes him to ram the sled harder into the opponent, causing more damage.

Neutral Special (Dragoncorn Coming Up!): Ord will hold Dragoncorn kernels in his hand when you hit the special button once. When pressing the special button again, he will toss the dragon corns and then breathe fire at them. The trajectory of the corn is always the same and you cannot aim the corn at opponents. However, you can be hit by the falling Dragoncorn as well as the fire Ord breathes.

Up Special (Fly With Dragons): Ord will simply fly upward how he usually does in Dragon Tales. It's basically akin to Pit's recovery as well as Ridley's. You can fly into opponents with your up special.

Down Special (Time For A Swim!): Similar to Bowser Bomb, Ord will simply jump up and hold his nose as he is to jump into water and slam down! This move can be used to spike opponents but it is risky as the move is not cancellable when used.

Entrance: Ord will fly onstage similar to how he arrives to places in Dragon Land.

Taunt: Ord will giggle and laugh in a funny manner as if someone made a joke.

Victory Animation: Ord will do the pose where he, Zak and Wheezie, Cassie, Quetzal, Max, Emmy and Enrique all do a dance and then point at the viewer (well, player in this case) similar to the scene in the Dragon Tales intro.

Defeat: Ord is seen crying in defeat, knowing he let down his friends.

Marvin the Tap-Dancing Horse
Series: Marvin the Tap-Dancing Horse
Debut: Marvin the Tap-Dancing Horse, Eddy's Job ( September 30, 2000 )

1658538000161.png

"When the lights go down, I'm ready to preform..."


Marvin is quite the heavyweight, being hard to launch and falling faster than others, but is he can actually jump more gracefully than others and he can gallop very fast too!

Gimmicks:
Aside from most of his attacks being circus themed, he has this gimmick where true to his dancing skills, most of his special moves are more effective when timed correctly, and his standard attacks are designed in a way that he combos to a certain beat that requires good timing between button presses. Think of him like a platform-fighter character with Crypt of the Necrodancer mechanics!

Moveset:
Light Neutral: Marvin lunges his hooves forward as if he's dancing by swinging his front hooves forward. The strong variant has Marvin do a stronger hoof swing that has a taller hitbox as well.

Light Up: Marvin performs a hoof-stand while lunging his hind hooves upward. Strong variant of the move has Marvin lunging his hooves upward ahrder, and has some serious launching power!

Light Down: Marvin strikes with one front hoof forward and one hind hoof behind him, striking anyone on both sides of him. Strong variant of the move has Marvin do stronger strikes with both hooves.

Neutral Special: Marvin takes a backflip leap in the air and when the special move button is pressed again, Marvin can perform a super-strong buckaroo kick that has very high-knockback. When timed at the very right moment, the kick is ridiculously strong, but that requires some deadly timing and being really precise.

Up Special: Marvin does a flutter with his legs in order to float upward, but when the special move button is pressed again, Marvin can perform an aeriel pose with its power dependent on button timing.

Down Special: Marvin simply tap-dances! This causes nearby opponents to constantly trip when they are near Marvin. When the special move button is pressed again, Marvin preforms a big stomp on the ground with a striking pose that launches opponents on both sides of Marvin, with its power dependent on button timing

Entrance: Marvin can be seen coming out of a little circus tent, being accompanied by Eddy, who waves goodbye to Marvin after they leave the tent before Eddy and the circus tent disappears.

Taunt: Marvin performs a horse stretch. He needs a good stretch before doing more dancing!

Victory: Marvin can be seen under multiple spotlights bowing before the crowds, who throw roses and confetti at him, and Eddy, Diamonds, Elizabeth and Stripes are all there to congratulate Marvin!

Defeat: Marvin applauds the winner.

Ruff Ruffman
Series: Fetch! with Ruff Ruffman
Debut: Fetch! with Ruff Ruffman, 3-2-1 Blast Off! (May 29, 2006)

1659827010657.png


"Time for challenge number 1/2!"


Ruff fits into the realm of heavier-middleweights, with below average jump slightly-below-average speed, but he does make those up with some fairly strong moves on his end!

Gimmicks:
True to the game show host he is, he's here to set the stage into another opportunity for his hosting career! He can "assign" other players to perform certain tasks that whenever they reach a certain requirement, Ruff will then "reward" those players some serious payback!

Moveset:
Light Neutral: Ruff performs a belly bump forward as if he's trying to belly-bump a fighter who had met an objective of his. Strong variant has Ruff do a belly flop, where he falls on his belly hard to launch those in front of him.

Light Up: Ruff lifts up a microphone while he proclaims wildly. Strong variant has Ruff lift his microphone faster and harder!

Light Down: Ruff breakdances and kicks in both directions while he does so. Strong variant has Ruff spindance on the ground, multihitting fighters before launching them.

Neutral Special: Ruff throws a card forward as a projectile that when it hits an opponent, it will give them objectives such as "Don't dodge more than 5 times", "Perform 3 successful recoveries", or "Have your guard up at least 50% full". This can really make opponents think before doing anything risky in order to avoid the consequences afterwards!

Up Special: Ruff leaps high into the air before slamming back down as a cannonball! Might not make the best recovery move, but it's very powerful regardless!

Down Special: Ruff simply pushes a portable button to have all fighters on screen summon an explosion on them to launch them when they meet his N-special objectives. (If the other fighter meets N-special requirements and Ruff's Down-special is not used, they'll still explode after some time.) This move is useful for getting that last satisfying end combo attack or to clear the stage of fighters with ease!

Entrance: Ruff comes out of the doors of his studio

Taunt: Ruff adjusts his glasses before saluting to the camera.

Victory: Ruff can be seen standing in front of a crowd of people as he proceeds to tell them that his game show has been concluded and that the viewers should tune into next time for his next show!

Defeat: Ruff sits at his desk and makes a sad pose while feeling sad.




Cheeko
Series: EekoWorld
Debut: 2008/2009


cover.png



"Welcome to EekoWorld!"



Cheeko is a lightweight who has super good aerial mobility. He has moves that have quick startup and is successful at racking up damage easily by having a moveset mostly filled with environmentally friendly practices seen in the EekoHouse game as well as other references to the EekoWorld webpage. However, Cheeko is not good on the ground. Think of him as the anti-Little Mac, great in the air due to him having the wings of a bird and not good on the ground due to him having no feet.

Alongside this, he will have good aerial combos akin to Wrastor from Rivals of Aether. Use one of his moves on the ground and Cheeko can extend it into to air! Cheeko was born to airborne!
Aerial combo-based gameplay style idea by PopCultureCorn PopCultureCorn PopCultureCorn PopCultureCorn

Gimmicks:
Besides the environmentally friendly practices he has in his moveset, Cheeko is able to summon EekoCreatures (from the game EekoCreature) that can be used to attack as well as protect the environment, each creature doing a different thing. Alongside this gimmick, he also has a move within his Down Special that allows him to give extra damage to the fighters. Solve the problem incorrectly and you will be penalized!

Moveset:
Light Neutral (Cleaning the Sink): Cheeko will grab baking soda and vinegar as if he is cleaning the sink in an environmental-friendly manner. He will be seen applying the baking soda and vinegar on the sink and causing damage to the fighter. The stronger variant will cause him to clean the sink more vigorously.

Light Up (Hanger Re-using): Cheeko will be seen reaching for a clothing hanger as if he were to return it to a dry cleaner as reusing clothing hangers is the environmental friendly action. The stronger variant will cause him to yank off the clothing hangar more vigorously.

Light Down (Save Electricity!): Cheeko will be seen turning off a lightswitch as if he is leaving a room in the EekoHouse as you should never leave lights on when you leave a room. The stronger variant will cause him to flick the light switch off more vigorously and will also have a tiny spikebox.

Neutral Special (EekoCreatures, Come Forth): By holding down the Special Button, Cheeko can summon an EekoCreature at random. Each one has a different effect. What creature is summoned is completely RNG-based. He has five creatures, four of the animals are animals who make up Cheeko, one being a mythical creature. The building of the creature takes a while, so be careful when you use the move! When an opponent attacks you, you stop creating the creature!

The different creatures Cheeko can summon:

Chimp (The monkey component of Cheeko will walk around the stage and leave its banana peel behind. Occasionally, it will swing from a vine and cause damage to the opponent.)

Shark (A dangerous EekoCreature from the oceans. When he is assembled, the shark will swim across the stage and give a nasty bite to the opponents.)

Snake (The most venomous of the EekoCreatures. When it is assembled, the snake will bite the nearest opponent and give the opponent a poison effect causing them to gain damage for a temporary time.)

Eagle (When the eagle is assembled, the bird will fly onto the stage and grab an opponent. The eagle will hold onto the opponent so Cheeko can perform combos more easily.)

Unicorn (The rarest animal. When assembled, the unicorn will give Cheeko a stat buff!)

Up Special (Fly for the Future!): Cheeko will just simply fly upward as he does have the wings of a bird. His recovery will be akin to Fox's recovery, you can aim it in one direction and he will cause damage head on!

Down Special (Reduce, Reuse, Recycle!): This move is a 3 part move. First, Cheeko will place down 3 cans, one for recyclable items, one for trash and one for paper. He will then gain an item (whether it's a water bottle, a piece of trash, paper, etc.) when pressing the Special button and flicking the control stick down. Choose the right can by pressing the special button again and flicking the control stick down and Cheeko will place it in causing enormous damage. Select the wrong can and you will gain some damage.

Taunt:
Cheeko will spin around and a voice from EekoHouse will say "Great Job!" with a speech bubble appearing saying "GREAT JOB!" in it.

Entrance:
Cheeko will fly in and say "Welcome to EekoWorld!" with a speech bubble appearing saying "WELCOME TO EEKOWORLD!" in it.

Victory Animation:
Cheeko will fly around and then he will say "Hooray for me!" with a speech bubble appearing saying "HOORAY FOR ME!" in it.

Losing Animation:
Cheeko will just clap for the opponent.




Donkey
Series: Tots TV
Debut:
UK Debut: Tots TV: Camel (January 4, 1993)
US Debut on PBS: Tots TV: Camel, Beach and Fox (October 12, 1996)


ezgif-5-7d75ddfcce.jpg


"Lovely donkey."-Tom, Tots TV
Donkey is a heavyweight who is also a quadrupedal, who's weight is similar to Marvin's. He has super strong attacks similar to how donkeys are super strong animals. However, he can easily be comboed due to him being heavy and his moves have a bit of startup lag. Alongside this, Donkey does not have the best aerial mobility due to being a land mammal. But, he makes up for this with super fast ground speed and for good damage he will give his opponents!

Gimmick:

While Donkey's moveset is primarily revolved around typical donkey behavior as well as some references to Tots TV, he will occassionally swivel his ears around when he has less stocks or have higher percentages than his opponent(s) similar to how donkeys show fear and aggression by swiveling their ears. Think of this as Donkey being scared about losing a fight for his three friends, Tilly, Tom and Tiny! Alongside this, some of his moves have effects on him or his opponent aside from being regular moves in a moveset.

Moveset:

Light Neutral
(Donkey Lick):

Donkey simply licks his opponent as if he were showing appreciation for him. However, the lick will cause his opponent to be stunned for a brief second. The stronger variant causes Donkey to lick more aggressively causing the opponent to stay stunned for a bit longer.

Light Up (Chow Time!):

Donkey will simply eat food provided to him from the tots on a cart having a decently-sized hitbox upward. The stronger variant causes him to eat the donkey chow more aggressively causing more damage.

Light Down (Squashed Donkey):

It seems Donkey squashed the clay replica Tilly made of him for him! For this move, Donkey will simply place down the squashed donkey in his mouth on the ground. The stronger variant causes him to place down the squashed donkey and has a very tiny spikebox.

Neutral Special (Donkey Buckaroo Kick), idea for move by PopCultureCorn PopCultureCorn PopCultureCorn PopCultureCorn

When pressing the special, Donkey will jump, do a backflip, and use his hind legs to pull a buckaroo and perform a super-strong kick forward with tremendous damage and knockback before getting back on his legs.


Up Special (Come Along Our Friend Donkey!):

In this move, Donkey will pulled upward by the three tots albeit it being more of a recovery to the side then up. Anyone in the way of the recovery will get damage. However, this move does not have much height to it but it has a strange movement pattern.

Down Special (Carrots for Donkey):

Another food based move. However, one of the tots will appear with carrots for Donkey to eat causing him to recover a small percentage of his health! This move will not damage any opponent and just be a recovery based move.

Entrance:

Donkey walks out of his stable with the tots opening the doors for him to get out.

Taunt:

Donkey will simply get a brushing from Tom.

Victory Animation:

Similar to the Tots TV opening, Tilly, Tom and Tiny appear petting Donkey with Tom saying "Lovely Donkey." and Tiny adding in saying "Our friend Donkey."

Losing Animation:

Donkey just looks down sad and mad that he lost the fight.


Ms. O
Series: Odd Squad
Debut: Odd Squad: Zero Effect/Bad Luck Bears (November 26, 2014)

1669938685828.png

"Something very odd has happened!"
Ms. O is quite the all-arounder when it comes to her body-related stats, having medium speed and jump to the point which most of her movement and agility have balanced stats that make her quite the interesting one to get around and learn! When it comes to attacks, that's a whole another story.

Gimmick:

True to the theme of her show and her position as the head of the Odd Squad, many of her attacks are themed to the various parkours and super spy gadgets she and the rest of the Odd Squad agents have used over the years. When it somes to math, some of her moves have a property to them where she has to determine the damage percentage of other fighters to make the most out of them.

Moveset:

Light Neutral
: Ms. O swings around a gadget-y pointing stick while an easel displaying some math related stuff pops up in the background as if she's trying to teach some simple math to the other fighters, but ends up damaging them instead. The strong variant has her swing the learning stick hard three times, gotta REALLY get their attention!

Light Up: Ms. O takes out a protractor and uses it to measure a small arch over that damages anyone over her. The strong variant creates a larger and stronger arch.

Light Down: Two random agents of Odd Squad (ranges from Otto, Olive, Otis and Olympia, plus some others) appear on both sides of Ms. O and wave some spy gadgets around as if they're trying to investigate something. The strong variant has the agents wave their devices harder in order to really find what they're looking for.

Neutral Special: Ms. O hold out a box that has a number display that starts at 10% and when the button is held down, the number increases by 10 and caps at 100. If the box detects a fighter near it with less the number, it will perform a stunning slap with a plastic hand. If the damage is greater than the box's number, it will have a hammer emerge and knock the other fighter forward hard. If the number is equal, than it will use a boxing glove to deliver a seriously-strong uppercut!

Up Special: Ms. O encases herself in a red transport sphere as a spring below launches her upward. In her sphere, she can traverse left or right in the air and even perform a damaging bounce by holding down! After which, she comes out of the sphere

Down Special: Ms. O has a random agent of Odd Squad survey the nearby area and when they observe a fighter whose damage percent is at a certain point, they'll give Ms. O a stat buff as a means of giving her a very small advantage depending on the current situation. If they observe a fighter already in another stat buff, they'll just go with that for Ms. O.

Entrance: Ms. O comes out of a transport tube

Taunt: Ms. O surveys the area

Victory Animation: Ms. O and the other agents of Odd Squad all have a group celebration before posing for the camera.

Losing Animation: Ms. O salutes the winning fighter, fair and square.


Sesame Street
Stage is walkout that travels to various locations of Sesame Street, layout is similar to Garreg Mach Monastery from Super Smash Bros Ultimate.

Tickle Me Land


hqdefault.jpg


If you remember the old Elmo's World Series, you may remember towards the end of the segment, Dorothy, Elmo's goldfish imagined Elmo doing something/being something in relation to the topic of the segment. This is the imaginary world where Dorothy envisions that "everything everywhere is furry and red"—to be exact, all just variants of Elmo.

The stage would have a layout similar to Town and City from the Smash Bros games. Different versions of Elmo will appear in the background. I feel Sesame Street deserves to have a competitively legal stage due to it being such as an iconic franchise, especially something related to Elmo due to his appeal to young children as well as his presence in memes.

The Wonderful World of T-Shirts (Comes in the Donkey DLC update for free)


ezgif-4-81540d28e7.jpg



A skit from Season 11 of Sesame Street. Basically, you are shrunk down to the size of the counter where the T-Shirt salesman is organizing clothes. He will remove the T-Shirts from the counter as hazards and the counter has ledges. Occassionally, you will see him run the cash register and see various t-shirts with Sesame Street Muppets on them. You may even see the famous "Kermit the GORF" shirt. You can even attack the T-Shirts when the T-Shirt Salesman comes close to the counter and showcasing a T-Shirt to the customer.


Once Upon a Restaurant: by Wario Wario Wario Wario Wario Wario




While tiny, you fight on top of a table and its chairs, the layout is designed to encourage the wall and ceiling wavedashing function. You can see the Picky Eater swan and the Fantasy Castle in the background.
F008F80B-D97A-4C58-B504-1992B4285BED.jpeg


Buster's Video Postcards


hqdefault.jpg


hqdefault-1.jpg



This stage represents the Postcards for Buster spinoff. This stage will have the layout of Tremorton Joyride where the top platforms change as you are in the various postcard videos Buster has filmed. You will pass through locations representing desserts, cities, ranches, etc. All the places Buster has filmed. I decided to give Buster a stage with a competitive layout due to the popularity of Arthur and that if Sesame Street has a competitively viable stage in this game, Arthur should get a competitively viable stage too.


Land of Make Believe: stage layout by PopCultureCorn PopCultureCorn



So for how I think the layout of the Land of Make Believe should go, it can be a simple layout of one big solid platform which is made up of the same blue stone bricks of King Friday's castle, with two small platforms above it, both of which are made up of flap tree tops of X the Owl's tree, making this stage the Frozen Pokémon Stadium/Small Battlefield of PBS Kids: Brawltime! The entirety of the Land of Make Believe can be seen in the background of the stage, with the various puppets making appearances there (Even though the puppets are part of Mr. Rogers' moveset, they still appear regardless). I feel that Mr. Rogers' home stage should adapt to a competitive-friendly layout in order to give anything Mr. Rogers' Neighborhood more recognition to most players, especially at events like tournaments.

PTV Park: Submitted by PopCultureCorn PopCultureCorn

PTV-Park.jpg


What you're seeing above is all I have in mind for the stage's layout. This stage is pretty much this game's Battlefield. The PTV P-Pals will occasionally appear and say "This is P-B-SSSSSSS!" and the dog will appear running with the e/I balloon.

Tower of Learning (Comes as part of the Donkey update)

1659651120663.png



So far, it was in Super Smash Land, Rivals of Aether, Smash Remix, and Project M EX Remix, so I felt that this stage can literally fit into ANY platform fighter at this point, given it's been in several non-Smash Bros platform fighters already. If Pixar has A113 and Pokémon movies have this mother and daughter, then platform fighters have Tower of Heaven. It would even come with a PBS Kids style remix of Luna Ascension (the stage would be called Tower of Learning). It will have a casual/competitive variant. It will also most likely be in the first update after the game comes out.

Otherwise, the same rules and gimmicks for the stage apply here in PBS Kids: Brawltime!

Land of No-Learning (Comes with Ms. O update)


land-biomes_preview.jpg



This is basically a stage based off of the main setting of the story mode from PBS Kids: Brawltime! You will be traveling through the various locations as shown in the story mode such as the plain grasslands, snowy areas, the lakeside, the electric corridor, etc. The stage has the same layout as Final Battlefield from SSBU making it potentially a counterpick stage for a competitively legal stage. In addition, the stage's terrain will change when in battle affecting the stage. When in the snowy area, the stage wil be snowy and affect the fighter's movment, grasslands just change appearance, dessert will cause ground to be sandy slowing fighter's movements, etc. A fun stage for an original location from the game.


The Treehouse

hqdefault.jpg


This was the hang out place for Barney and his friends from the 3rd to 6th seasons of Barney and Friends. Basically, I wanna make the layout a competitively viable layout based off of Merchant Port from Rivals of Aether. The reason why I want to make it a competitively viable stage is due to the recognizability the Barney brand has plus for meme potential (like Nick All Star Brawl brought for the first few months of pre-release and early release hype). The platforms will be made of the treehouse wood and will take place on the outside deck of the treehouse. No hazards but Scooter McNutty and Miss Etta Kette appear in the background on occasion saying hi. Even the children will make cameo appearances.

Animal Junction: layout by PopCultureCorn PopCultureCorn



A grounded stage with some wooden platforms to serve as the floating platforms of this stage. Various animals appear on the background of the stage doing their own things, including Zoboo himself! One hazard I had in mind for this stage is whenever the junction's food dispenser spills out food, this will cause a stampede of animals to rush in from either the left or right sides to get the food, damaging and launching fighters the animals make contact with. The stampedes also have a chance to actually grasp them and dragging them to the blast zones if the fighters do not escape. The only safe areas from the stampede are the wooden platforms.

the Tortuga HQ (Comes with Ms. O update)


Yep, the Tortuga HQ as you see it above is all I have for this stage's layout! (except it would be facing right) Its head, tail and its massive shell all serve as solid platforms as it travels between different continents featuring all kinds of amazing animals. One gimmick I have in mind is that Zach Varmitech can show up on the stage on a flying machine and try to mess up the nature around him while also trying to mess with the fighters too. While his flying machine can be used as a platform, it can be sent flying away and out of control if it is attacked enough. Better get rid of him fast before he does too much damage to nature!. You can even see some notable Wild Kratts characters in the HQ's windows as well, such as Koki and Jimmy Z.

WordGirl's Super Secret Spaceship Hideout

Here's the link to the WordGirl Wiki page that talks more about the location


Basically, the stage would be a traveling stage. You start inside the hideout in the location where WordGirl and Captain Huggy Face hang out. Then, afterwards, you'll be on top of her spaceship similar to the Venom stage (one of the Star Fox stages) in the Smash series where it travels past various locations. When outside of the ship, you will be able to fly past various locations in the WordGirl series. Occasionally, the villains will attack with their gadgets and make cameos. Then, it's back to the hangout space on the space ship.

The Magic School Bus submitted by PopCultureCorn PopCultureCorn



What more obvious choice than the bus itself? You would fight on top of the Magic School Bus itself as it travels between different worlds, from outer space to underwater, to jungles, the polar regions and even across time and space! It changes it form to accommodate to the current environment it is in, and you can even see the students from the show inside the bus.

Cyberspace


97991829_10158496820001979_8177734829572358144_o.jpg



This would be a traveling stage in the layout of Hollow Bastion (Super Smash Bros Ultimate) where it travels through the various locations of the Cyberchase series such as the Motherboard Control Center and the liking. It will be a competitive legal stage if chosen.

Cliff's Cliff submitted by PopCultureCorn PopCultureCorn


One of Lionel's favorite series, The Adventures of Cliff Hanger, is represented here as a stage for Lionel himself! Stage layout would be like what you see above, with a grounded blastzone on the left and on the right is a bottomless pit. Cliff Hanger himself can be seen on the background of the stage, minding his own business and occasionally cheering on other fighters when they do something "amazing", such as KO'ing another fighter.

The Barnaby B. Busterfield III Public Library/Busterfield Library (Between the Lions) (Comes with the free DLC update with Donkey)


34293b5bed663ab28b8fb2854f4f968f.jpg




We still do not have a library stage so why not this one? I initally pitched this stage to be Lionel's home stage but Cliff's Cliff ultimately got chose. I'm thinking this stage can be the Northern Cave for this game. Basically, it starts outside the library then travels into the library where you see the various customers and Lion family members reading books. Occasionally, characters like Gawain, Arty Smartypants, Marmy, etc. appear in the background. Even Bert and Ernie can cameo occassionally as they did guest star in one episode of Between the Lions.

You will also get to see other rooms such as the top of the library where the bust of Busterfield lies and Walter and Clay Pigeon annyoing him, the basement with Heathathesauraus reading a thesauaus, the outside balcony of the library, the computer room, etc. A competitively viable stage while touring the library itself.

Some of the other rooms you will get to see:


Unknown.jpeg



626366_005.jpg



iJ1nSj9dQNY8KVtBKBcNjuqCdpB.jpg



screenshot-400.jpg


The Secret Museum: submitted by PopCultureCorn PopCultureCorn


screenshot.1.jpg





What more obvious choice than the Secret Museum? This is the place where Xavier and Co go to to learn about which historical figure they are going to meet that is related to their real-world problems, and they all travel back in time to meet that historical figure and learn all about the things they did to change the world! After that, they apply what they learned from those historical figures to solve their real-world problems. This stage is a unique transforming stage as it has a central "main" area, being the museum itself, which is grounded and takes place in the center, and it does not transition in a linear order like most transforming stages, instead, it would transition to a different time period, thus changing the stage layout, before returning to the Secret Museum after some time. Think of it like a combination of Castle Siege (Transforming stage formation and transitioning between areas) and Pokémon Stadium (Normal formation at first that transforms into different stage forms for a certain amount of time before returning to normal). The Secret Museum will show which time period the fighters will travel to by showing the historical figure before transforming. Below is a list of the stage formations, historical figures and the stage layouts:

Rosa Parks Bus (Rosa Parks)
Stage layout is like Traffic Jam from Nickelodeon All-Star Brawl. Rosa Parks herself can be seen in the bus as well!

Amelia's Airplane (Amelia Earhart)
Stage layout is like Light Plane from Smash Bros., with Amelia Earhart of coarse piloting her airplane.

Apple Tree (Isaac Newton)
Layout is an apple tree with a bunch of branches to serve as platforms. Apples will fall on timed intervals to damage anyone they make contact with. Isaac Newton can be seen leaning on the trunk of the apple tree, sitting and studying.

Storytelling Shed (the Bronte Sisters)
A grounded stage with tables serving as platforms. Occasionally, the books will open and create book platforms. The Bronte Sisters can be seen in the background as well.

Spooky Hill (Mary Shelley)
A simple hill formation stage with various stuff in the background made to look scary. Mary herself can be seen in one of the buildings faraway.

The U.S. in 1789 (George Washington)
A stage taking place on top of an old building with 1789 US scenery in the background along with George Washington himself!

The Track (Wilma Rudolph)
A grounded stage, but every now and then, a bunch of runners come in from the left, including Wilma Rudolph, and damage anyone they make contact with.

The Stage (Charlie Chaplin)
A show stage, with the curtain closing on timed intervals to transition to Charlie Chaplin doing a different stage act every time, and obscuring the battle view as well.

The Tennis Court (Billie Jean King)
A grounded stage with a bouncy net in the middle. A tennis ball serves as the hazard of this form, as Billie and another tennis player are playing tennis on this stage formation.

A Giant Pie (Julia Child)
A giant pie in the sky for a stage, with Julia Child herself in the background of the stage.

Peanut Fields (George Washington Carver)
A stage with hedges that form aerial solid platforms on random layouts every time. George Washington Carver himself can be seen in the background of the stage.

Tall Grass Fields at Night (Harriet Tubman)
A grounded stage with tall grass to obscure most of the fighters at ground level. Harriet Tubman herself can be seen in the background of the stage.

Marie's Lab (Marie Curie)
The fighters are miniaturized on a lab table in Marie Curie's lab! The hazards include potion liquids spilling on certain places, heater flames and other science stuff. Marie herself can be seen in the background examining her experiments. There is even a Morse Code message on a bottle that reads:
"-.-- --- ..- / .... .- ...- . / .. - / ... . - / - --- / .-..-. -- .-..-. / ..-. --- .-. / -- .. -. .. --..-- / .-- .... . -. / .. - / ... .... --- ..- .-.. -.. / -... . / ... . - / - --- / .-..-. .-- .-..-. / ..-. --- .-. / .-- ..- -- -... ---"

The Joy of Painting (Bob Ross)
The stage takes place in a painting with the formation changing depending on the painting's landscapes. Occasionally, the iconic "Happy Mistakes" will occasionally come in to either serve as platforms or to obscure parts of the stage. Bob Ross himself can be seen in this stage formation as well.

The Neighborhood Set (Fred Rogers)
A stage formation for an existing playable fighter in the game! Stage is the iconic stage set for Mr. Rogers' Neighborhood!

Magical Events

Instead of doing a whole stage based off of Teletubby Land, why not just do a stage based off of a segment from The Teletubbies?

The stage is a grassy layout with a flat ground. It's a walkout stage. In the background, you see the windmill from The Teletubbies. Whenever, the windmill lets out that magic spark, it signals a change to the stage as is a hazard coming/stage changing layout.

First, The Animal Parade comes by the various animals will pose damage to anyone in the way of the animals.


hqdefault.jpg


Then, the next Magical Event will be The Singing Man in The Pink House (this was a really creepy Magical Event)


180px-Ee971b1bffb333204a534a994292746b[1].png


The house will form and players can go on the rooftop of the house. Occasionally, the Singing Man puppet will peek out of the window and sing a little something.

Next, there is The Magic Tree.


mqdefault.jpg


A tree will grow in the middle and then will drop items (mostly healing items). Then, after a while, the tree will die out and disappear.

Finally, there are The Three Ships.


maxresdefault.jpg


The ground will change to water and the ships will appear as the platforms. Anyone who falls into the water will be KOd.

Then, it resets and the cycle repeats.

I did not include 3 of the Magical Events as:

-The dancing bear one would have been tricky to implement.
-The Lion and Bear was controversial back then and would have same effect as Animal Parade.
-Little Bo Peep was unknown to the US.

Denali Trading Post


Denali_Trading_Post.jpg



The home place of Molly and her family. Basically, it's a walkout stage that takes place outside of the trading post. Molly's family members and friends will make cameo appearances as well as Suki too. Think of it being similar to the Loud House stage in Nick All Star Brawl.

Dragon Land


000356_651x366_671780_004.jpg



Basically, this stage would have a Final Destination-esque layout making it competitively viable due to Dragon Tales as a fan favorite amongst the older audience. The various dragons, Max, Emmy, Enrique and Ord's other friends will be in the background cheering you on. The stage is made out of the natural materials found in Dragon Land. The stage will be in the skies of Dragon Land as you pass by the various landmarks of the magical world.

Fast-Talking Jack's Carnival

Carnival.jpg


The stage will be a traveling stage focusing on many locations of the carnival. This carnival is where Marvin performs. Various locations traveled to include:

-The rollercoasters in which the cars are hazards and deal damage

-The Ferris wheel in which the cars on there are platforms

-The merry-go-round which the horses are platforms

-And the big top where you go to a stage layout where Marvin performs. Various performers come out as hazards.

Then, it goes back to the beginning.

Ruff Ruffman's Studio


cheesycheesespa1.jpg.jpg



What better place to make Ruff Ruffman's home stage than the studio itself? Here is a stage with walkoff blast zones where the fighters must complete challenges as the hazards. It's similar to Warioware but the layout does not change. Sometimes, fighters will receive "points" (temporary stat buffs) if a task is completed. Overall, a fun gameshow based stage.

EekoHouse (EekoWorld)

See this YouTube video for reference to my stage layout I will describe

Basically, the stage is a traveling stage that tours the various rooms of the EekoHouse. The stage is based off of the game on the website. You simply will start in the kitchen and then it will travel room by room. Alongside this, there will be unfriendly things to the environment happening in each room such as lights left on, appliances still running, trash on the ground, etc. By attacking one of the flaws in the house, you solve the environmental problem. There will also be the score and time limit on the bottom right corner. There will also be speech bubbles telling you about each of the problems and what you can do to be environmentally friendly.

At the end of a ten-minute cycle, you will then go to the front of the house where you will see a schoolbus drive up with the front door open. Then, the cycle of rooms repeat.

It is worth noting that the order of rooms varies and that this is a stage with walkoff blastzones, created by walls (think like the King of Fighters stage in SSBU) and barely any platforms in any of the areas of the EekoHouse. The walls and ceilings are breakable!, and will be demolished when someone is launched at them, ala Mishima Dojo, but don't worry, they will rebuild themselves as time goes on during the battle.


The Secret House and Donkey's Shed (Tots TV)


42939832-9574467-BEFORE_Eerie_images_show_the_dilapidated_wooden_structure_overgr-a-43_1620904...jpg



WigglyShoddyAdder-mobile.jpg



Basically, this stage is a stage with walkoffs where you fight in front of the secret residence of Tilly, Tom and Tiny. I know we recently added a hous estage for Cheeko but what makes this different is that the stage is way more expansive and that you don't move anywhere. You can also fight on the roof of the house. Occasionally, Tilly, Tom or Tiny will open the door and/or windows to the house or the window to Donkey's shed. If you are in the way, you will get 10% damage added so watch out. Overall, a simple stage representing Tots TV.

ZOOM Stage: layout submitted by PopCultureCorn PopCultureCorn




Its layout would be grounded at its base, and when no skits or games are being held, there would be several small platforms in random layouts. On normal intervals, the small platforms will float away while there will be skits and game show like elements where there would be certain objectives, such as find the most colorful insect, eat the all the fruit pies, or gather ingredients to make slime, and the ones who complete the objectives will get certain buffs, afterwards, the platforms will return. A little like the Tower of Heaven stage in Rivals of Aether.

The Tarrytown Sky Parade (Jay Jay The Jet Plane)


cea12f0b-011f-4eb3-a908-fa2331da82e3-42f27f6c.jpg.jpg



Basically, this stage is the PokéFloats of the game. Based off of the episode Old Oscar Leads the Parade, you stand on the planes/aircraft as they move in a line like a parade. It goes from Old Oscar to Jay Jay to Tracy to Snuffy to Herky to Savannah to Big Jake. Occasionally, the planes/aircraft will move from one side to another as if they are dancing. Overall, a fun little sky stage.

The Island of Sodor (Thomas the Tank Engine and Friends) submitted by PopCultureCorn PopCultureCorn







The stage is set on top of the engines, and the engines you fight on will be random every time the stage is selected (Engines include Thomas, Percy, James, Edward, Gordon, Henry, Toby, Emily, Spencer and possibly others). The engines normally drive around the Island of Sodor's railways, passing by memorable locations such as Brendam Docks and Knapford Station, and carrying their respective coaches and trucks (Annie and Clarabel for Thomas, Henrietta for Toby, Gordon pulls his express coaches, Troublesome Trucks for most others). Basically, think of it like the Spirit Train stage in Smash Bros.


The Puzzle Place (The Puzzle Place)


Unknown.jpeg



Basically The Puzzle Place is one of the older PBS Kids franchises that aired on PBS before PBS Kids was an official brand (so during the PTV Park era) from 1995-1998 and then reruns till 2000 (Between The Lions replaced The Puzzle Place). The show talked about topics such as racism, sexism, making moral decisions, etc. Therefore, it was one of the most popular PBS Kids shows at the time alongside Sesame Street. Alongside that, the show had a diverse cast of characters who were Muppets as they were different races, ethnicities, had a disability, etc. I thought it would be hard to represent the franchise with a character so why not do The Puzzle Place itself as a stage.

The stage is the main setting of the show. It is an industrial plant where jigsaw puzzles on manufactured as well as a place where the characters hang out. The basis of the stage will be based off of this playlet for the show. It is a huge stage where you can fight on the stairs and the various rooms of the place. Gears will occasionally spin. Any fighter who hits the gear will receive 15% damage. Also, the various characters of The Puzzle Place will appear in the background just socializing or watching the fight. Basically, this is the Tomodachi Life stage meets The Great Cave Offensive.


Bill Nye's Lab (Bill Nye the Science Guy)


Bill_Nye_in_Clara 27s_Folks.jpg



The stage layout is similar to the Smash Bros stage Gamer where the fighters are shrunk down to the size of the lab table. There are various science equipment on the table such as beakers, fire extinguishers, etc. Occasionally, Bill Nye's hands will come down and pick up the objects. The table will have ledges.

Bill Nye the Science Guy actually aired on the PTV Park block back in the 90s on PBS so I feel this super iconic TV show deserves some form of recognition here if we want to represent as much of PBS Kids's history as possible despite the show being owned by Disney.

The Big Harbor/Harbour (Theodore Tugboat)


6309A5EE-6013-4638-86BB-8F0F63E2D9C0.jpeg



Theodore Tugboat is an obscure Canadian children’s show that aired on PBS for about 5 years from 1996-2001. I feel the franchise would not have anyone viable as a fighter so a stage will do. I also personally loved the show growing up and owned VHS tapes. Also, the show itself was made by one of the people who helped make Thomas the Tank Engine and Friends being Robert Cardona.

Basically, it’s the Tortimer Island of the game. You fight on The Great Ocean Dock in the harbor. You can even see The Dispatcher on the dock. He will sometimes rotate and if you get into his way, you will get damage from him. If you fall in the water, your fighter would struggle to swim and will be KOd. Occasionally, Theodore, Foduck, Hank, George or Emily will appear by the dock which you can fight on them similar to the Tortimer Island boat and then just sail away.

Mrs. Jenkins's Classroom (Timothy Goes to School)


KA1C--T5gh6UdUjnE0aVHLIDGqmXF0VhoqnbMZLIAwM.jpg.jpg


The stage would be a walkout stage taking place in the classroom. The students will be running around as hazards and the liking. The piano can be attacked and it can strike some notes when hit. Overall, we still need a school (Classroom) based stage so I thought a Timothy Goes to School stage would work best.

Hooper's Table (PBS Kids Preschool Block)

hqdefault.jpg



This table is where Hooper the Guinea Pig and Ms. Lori are commonly seen during the Preschool Block interstitials. The fighters are shrunk down to the size as if they were items on the tables. Ms. Lori and the kids's hands can be seen making crafts. The hands and craft supplies are hazards. Also, in the background, various show clips of shows that aired on the PBS Kids Preschool Block will be shown.

Precinct 13579 (The Odd Squad)


Screen_shot_2016-06-21_at_2.16.48_PM.jpg


The main setting of the first and second seasons of The Odd Squad. I'm still surprised we do not have anything from this series given it's more modern and ran for about 7 years. You fight in the main hallway on the various levels. The hazards include the various employees of The Odd Squad working and all that. Also, stuff from the various rooms will pop out as well. This stage is a walkoff stage.

Enhancements with Ms. O update:

More hazards such as the lasers and the liking. Maybe even add the ability to go into the various rooms in the Precinct.

For example, one of the rooms can be The Lab


ezgif-3-34ea1f22d4.jpg



Here, you can get like potions and special items. Basically, Precinct 13579 will turn into the Tomodachi Life stage from Super Smash Bros for 3DS and Wii U with some hazards and more rooms even.

Someplace Else (Donkey Hodie), Comes with the Donkey Free DLC update

screenshot.5.jpg

This stage is a walk-off, and the windmill on Donkey Hodie's house can act as platforms. You can even see other Donkey Hodie characters appear as well, such as Purple Panda, Bob Dog, Duck Duck, and Grampie Hodie.

Founder's Fountain (Hero Elementary) (Comes with Ms. O update)


ezgif-3-64d1e0a166.jpg




The stage has walkoffs and no platforms but there will be the various superheroes flying around here testing their powers. If you get attacked by their powers on accident, you will get damage.

PBS Kids Pinball Machine


Sw7btZo-asset-mezzanine-16x9-CvZjhv5.png.jpeg



The Pinball Bumper Compilation

To represent another one of the "Coming Up Next" bumpers on PBS Kids, the pinball machine itself will be a stage! The fighters will fight on the flippers as platforms alongside the bumpers being hazards. The pinball will also be a big hazard on the stage damaging fighters in the way. There are blastzones at the bottom of the stage and to the sides.

However, there are a few more side platforms as well as some on the bottom but this stage is probably the zaniest of all.

Also, there a few special Easter Eggs that will happen on certain conditions on this stage:

If Arthur is one of the characters in the battle, the Arthur coming up next bumper will play on the pinball machine screen.

If Lionel is one of the characters in the battle, the Between the Lions coming up next bumper will play on the pinball machine screen with Theo on the bumper screen.

If the Kratt Brothers are one of the characters in battle, the Zoboomafoo coming up next bumper will play on the pinball machine screen with Zaboo on the bumper screen.

If Levar Burton is one of the assists being used in the battle, the Reading Rainbow coming up next bumper will play on the pinball machine screen.

If Ari is one of the assists being used in the battle, the Adventures from the Book of Virtues coming up next bumper will play on the pinball machine screen with Plato on the bumper screen.

If Wishbone is one of the assists being used in the battle, the Wishbone coming up next bumper will play on the pinball machine screen with Wishbone on the bumper screen (I guess this is lost media being unearthed in PBS Kids: Brawltime! here)

If Papa Bear is one of the assists being used in the battle, the Berenstain Bears coming up next bumper will play on the pinball machine screen with Mama Bear on the bumper screen.

The ZOOM bumper will play if the Oven Cafe spawns in battle.

The Liberty Kids bumper will play if the Gun item spawns in battle.

It is worth noting the kid announcer voices can be heard as well whenever a bumper plays on the pinball screen and bumpers will happen when the pinball lands in the hole up on top of the pinball machine. If none of the characters are being used in a battle or if items are turned off, the bumpers of the represented franchises in Brawltime! will be played at random (besides Berenstain Bears and Seven Little Monsters since we do not have Seven Little Monsters content in the game yet as well as the Coming Up Next bumper for Sagwa since we do not have Sagwa content yet in this game). This stage can update Easter Egg conditions depending on what other content gets added in the future.



Coming Up Next Street

screenshot.1.jpg


screenshot.2.jpg


I just am a big fan of all those "Coming up next" bumpers on TV, not just for PBS Kids, but for pretty much ANY TV channel! They just have so much charm to them when an off-screen announcer, or even the channel mascots announce which show is "coming up next" while also being very excited about it.

Think of it like Pac-Land (I get scrolling stages are like the least popular stages in Smash Bros., but it just so works for this), but in the background, it will show a projection of a character who is currently in the battle at the moment as a show that's "coming up next". Maybe....ala Boxing Ring, there can be certain titles given to the characters who are shown as "coming up next" in the background. I have a few examples:

Mr. Rogers: "America's Favorite Neighbor"
Wordgirl: "Lexicon Crusader"
Teletubbies: "Over the Hills and Far Away....They come to Play!"

Sesame Street
Arthur
Postcards for Buster (Technically Arthur)
Mr. Rogers Neighborhood
Daniel Tiger's Neighborhood
PTV Pals
PBS Kids Bumpers/Idents
Barney and Friends
ZOOM
Martha Speaks
Clifford the Big Red Dog
Wild Kratts
Zoboomafoo
Kratts' Creatures
Hero Elementary
WordGirl
Between the Lions
Wishbone
Cyberchase
Teletubbies
Boohbah (Very minorly)
Pinkalicious and Peterrific
The Magic School Bus
Caillou
Donkey Hodie
Jay Jay the Jet Plane
Xavier Riddle and The Secret Museum
Adventures from The Book of Virtues
Anne of Green Gables: The Animated Series
Elinor Wonders Why
Thomas the Tank Engine and Friends
Sid the Science Kid
Super Why!
Reading Rainbow
The Puzzle Place
George Shrinks
Jakers! The Adventures of Piggley Winks
Molly of Denali
Bill Nye the Science Guy
Lomax, The Hound of Music
Angelina Ballerina
Dragon Tales
Theodore Tugboat
Marvin the Tap-Dancing Horse
The Berenstain Bears
Timothy Goes to School
Curious George
FETCH! with Ruff Ruffman
Maya and Miguel
The Odd Squad
Tots TV
LIberty's Kids
Corduroy
EekoWorld

So for how I think assists can work for this game, they can follow alongside the playable characters at all times and offer attacks to others or health and buffs to their users when needed. They would also be tied to a meter, so that when the assists are KO'd, the player would have to either wait for the meter to fill on its own or just attack others more to fill it faster. You can select your assists before a match by selecting assists cards on the player's slot- idea by PopCultureCorn PopCultureCorn

1647895382218.png


Kermit the Frog (Sesame Street; technically): submitted by Torgo the Bear Torgo the Bear
Kermit is here as an assist character to represent Sesame Street, in honor of his many appearances on the show and various ties to it in other ways. I don't really feel like Kermit should be a character in this game, but it would still be fun to see him appear in this form.

Kermit will help out in line with a more traditional Assist in Smash, where he'll run around the stage and attack enemies with punches and kicks. He can jump really high, helping him maneuver stages and reach opponents who are airborne (or dashing upside down). If Kermit manages to score a point for you, he'll do his iconic cheer.

Abby Cadabby (Sesame Street)


Abby_Cadabby_(cropped).jpg


One of the more popular modern Muppets on Sesame Street recently. She will follow around the fighter who she is assisting and heal them occasionally with a magic spell. Once the meter is full, she will give the fighter a full on stat buff with a magic spell. The fighter will have those buffs for a good 20 seconds.

Count von Count




He will count down a random number from 1 to 10, with bats appearing at the top of the screen for every number he counts. Once he's done counting, the bats will descent at once.

Telly


1656035051678.png


He'll demonstrate a triangle, his favorite shape!, in front of him, locking onto any fighter it touches, preventing them from moving for as long as the triangle is holding them in place, allowing the fighter he is assisting to really go in for the strong blow!

Daniel Tiger (Daniel Tiger's Neighborhood)



unnamed.jpg




He will give the fighter he is assisting a stats buff if the fighter gets damaged. He is from Mr. Rogers but his assist will be based off of Daniel Tiger's Neighborhood which is still a part of the Rogers universe.

Keith David the Repairman (Mister Rogers's Neighborhood) (Comes with Donkey DLC update)


1552.jpg



We do not really have an assist from the original Mister Rogers's Neighborhood so why not have one of the more obscure characters? When used as an assist, Keith will follow you all and build you an item (typically an offensive item that does small damage). When the assist meter is full, he will build you a super strong item (such as the Tubby Custard Machine or something like that).



Alan "the Brain" Powers (Arthur)




He gives the fighter he is assisting potions that heal or give speed, jump or power buffs depending on the current situation. True to him being a smart kid, he will always prioritize which potion is needed in which situation. (i.e., if the player's damage is high or if the player takes too much damage from another player's combo, the Brain will give the fighter he is assisting a heal potion, if the player is falling behind or is in need to get to a certain location quickly, the Brain will give the fighter he is assisting a speed, jump or power buff potion). When the meter is full, he'll give the fighter he is assisting a potion with stronger versions of the effects! On an additional note, he is not one of the classmates to appear for Arthur's neutral special.

Mr. Ratburn (Arthur)


d25.png




Mr. Ratburn will assign the person he is assisting "homework" (give them 20% damage but boost their stats). However, when the assist meter is full, he will give the fighter he is assisting a 100% on homework meaning invincibility for 10 seconds.

BJ (Barney)


ddvpy8g-91079546-85cc-4302-9ccd-0def55fbd21a.png



When used as an assist, he will heal the fighter by giving them pickles. Once the meter is filled, he will turn into Captain Pickles (his superhero alter-ego) and ride his scooter into the opponent with the accidental dropping of a pickle jar.

Aviva Corcovado (Wild Kratts)

latest.png


A side character who also bears creature power herself! She's also very versatile too! When the fighter she is assisting is about to get KO'd from the blastzone or if they need a lift for an aerial power, she will use hawk power to fly her fighter upwards. On normal occasions, she'll use bear or gorilla power to perform heavy hitting punches usually as a combo finisher or to act as a non-charge strong attack. She also has a counter move she'll sometimes use where she uses predatory cat power to preform a strong leaping attack when she's attacked in her countered state. When the meter is full, she'll use fox power to perform a powerful tail swipe with very high knockback!

Createrra XV (Wild Kratts) (Comes with Donkey DLC update)


ezgif-3-e726e99ec7.jpg



One of the main vehicles from Wild Kratts! When used, you can see either Koki or Jimmy Z driving it. When used, the vehicle can ram into other opponents, blast opponents away with the Kookabura horn, hook opponents close to you with the Hook Line, etc. When the assist meter is full, the Createrra XV gains super abilities to give you super recoveries and does more damage to your opponents!

Tobey (Wordgirl): submitted by PopCultureCorn PopCultureCorn



He will summon one of his giant robots that hover forward to tackle opponents in front of the fighter he is assisting, similar to Juggernaut and Sentinel from the first Marvel Vs. Capcom

Chuck the Evil Sandwich Making Guy (WordGirl): submitted by Paraster Paraster

dd92ed18e9046d77e4761ab361ae5e19.jpg


Chuck fires shots from his condiment gun, with the effects depending on the condiment. Ketchup (red) slows your movement. Mustard (yellow) lowers your attack power. Relish (green) lowers your defense.


Ralphie (The Magic School Bus)


FFtn9JZVQAEWr01.jpeg

When used, Ralphie will follow the fighter he is assisting. When the meter is full, he will transform into his superhero alias "Weatherman" and cause lightning to strike across the stage causing damage to opponents.


Norm the Number Gnome (Dragon Tales)


maxresdefault.jpg


A more obscure Dragon Tales character but he will quiz the fighter he is assisting with number based questions. The fighter will have to select the correct number. If you do, he will give you a temporary stat buff. If you get it wrong, you will get a temporary stat nerf. When the assist meter is full, Norm summons numbers across the screen and gives you a longer stat buff.




Delete (Cyberchase)


160618.png


When used an assist, he will follow around the fighter as well as occasionally inflict damage (50% chance he will give you 1% of damage) due to his clumsy nature. However, once the assist meter is full, he will extend his arms and grab the other fighter(s) for a few seconds allowing you to attack them more easily.


Yadina Riddle ( Xavier Riddle and the Secret Museum): submitted by PopCultureCorn PopCultureCorn

latest.png


This was a move I had in mind for her that she normally never does in the show itself, but it was for when I had a moveset in mind for her, and I just think the move is so good. She tosses a Dr. Zoom bomb (Her plush turtle, the bomb is just a replica with a red light on top of the shell) that remains intact like an explosive mine, which explodes when anyone touches the bomb. The Dr. Zoom bombs can also be picked up by the fighter she is assisting. If nobody touches the bomb within some time, it will explode on its own. When the meter fills up, she will throw a bigger and stronger Dr. Zoom bomb! She is overall a great choice for edgeguarding.

Noo-Noo (Teletubbies)

F25C7A4D-E287-417D-B8E1-C8C91C3D6BE7.jpeg


Noo-Noo sucks up everything he comes across, including items, taking them off of the playing field. Occasionally he’ll suck up a character for damage.

Elizabeth the Emotional Pig (Marvin the Tap-Dancing Horse)

1658363770659.png


She's all about reacting to how well the fighter she is assisting performs! If the fighter she is assisting gets KO'd or has something very bad happen to them, she will preform a quick cry animation to really get the emotion going for her. If the fighter she is assisting preforms something really good, such as KO'ing another fighter after a successful combo or making a perfect dodge, she'll get really happy and reward the fighter she is assisting with a positive effect, such as health recovery or a random stat buff!

Tooey Ookami (Molly of Denali)

images.jpeg

Molly's best friend joins as an assist! When used, he will occasionally give the fighter damage because of his careless nature but will heal them from time to time. When the meter is full, Tooey will go on a sled and ram into opponents with his dog sled.

Chet (FETCH! with Ruff Ruffman)

article_about_sd2.png



Ruff Ruffman's intern who's a brown mouse will follow a fighter around and will busy concocting something. When the assist meter is full, Chet will do the impossible and give damage to the opponent but give the fighter a temporary buff in stats with an invention he invented!

MV5BZDNkZjMyMTEtM2U2Mi00OTkwLWFjMjItY2Q3ZjllMjUyYzlhXkEyXkFqcGdeQXVyMTYzMDM0NTU@._V1_.jpg

LeVar Burton (Reading Rainbow): submitted by Darkonedagger Darkonedagger

Geordi La Forge himself. He'll appear in the background and start to read a story. Words will fly across the screen and you can mash them together. The right combos can heal and the wrong can do damage. Think like the Brain Training asssit from Smash. He'll vanish with a rainbow that spreads across the screen, acting as a temporary platform.

Martha (Martha Speaks)


Martha will say an extremely obscure synonym for a simple to understand word, which will give the effect of that word - for example "Brobdingnagian" making you big, or "Volant" giving you slower fall speed and higher jumps - there's a 4 second gap between the word and its effect, so knowledge is power when getting Martha's help!




Gilbert (Caillou)


Caillou_Character_Gilbert_719x405-1.jpg



The best way to represent one of the worst/controversial PBS franchises will be through none other than Caillou's cat himself, Gilbert. Once the meter fills up, Gilbert will be there playing with yarn to tangle up the other fighters like a cat and then pounce on the yarn. He isn't hurting anyone, he's just being a cat.

Wishbone: submitted by Paraster Paraster

Wishbone.jpeg.optimal.jpeg


Wishbone runs around the stage attempting to headbutt opponents. He holds a book in his mouth; after a brief time, he throws the book and it hovers in midair, acting as a black hole. He then resumes his headbutting until he leaves.


Aristotle "Ari" (Adventures from The Book of Virtues)


Unknown.jpeg



The prairie dog who is always seen with a bag of books would make for a great assist. Adventures from The Book of Virtues was a short lived series that aired on PBS from 1998-2000 and ran on reruns until September 4th, 2005. The series was animated by Porchlight and taught kids morals from various tales from folklore, Biblical tales, fairytales, etc. I feel some of the more obscurer IPs that have aired on PBS should be represented so throwing in an assist from the series is a good move.

Ari will dig holes for the fighter he is assisting, similar to the Bugs Bunny move in MultiVersus. When the meter fills up, he will open the book and will whack anyone in distance. He will then go back to digging holes as usual.


Chicken Jane (Between the Lions): submitted by PopCultureCorn PopCultureCorn



Whenever an opponent is about to unleash a strong attack or a strong special move (that deals a lot of damage) on the fighter she is assisting, she will fly in front of the fighter she is assisting and absorb the strong blow, but afterwards, she will need to rest and refresh on her own before she can take another blow.

Gawain (Between the Lions)


hqdefault.jpg


A bold knight with a cool dude voice from the famous Between the Lions segment, Gawain's Word! When used as an assist, he will follow the fighter around with a mic saying "Keep brawling dude!" to stick with the cool dude attitude. When the assist meter is full, Gawain will summon Sir "br" and Sir "awl" to come out with their horses and smash into the fighters causing brawling havoc and tons of damage!




Anne Shirley (Anne of Green Gables: The Animated Series): submitted by PopCultureCorn PopCultureCorn

Anne_Shirley_Animated.png



A character from another obscure PBS Kids series. She hails from an animated adaptation of Anne of Green Gables, produced by Sullivan Entertainment. When she is on-stage, she will accidently spill water from a bucket that pushes other fighters away and the puddle acts as a slip trap. She will also even support the fighter she is assisting with fruit she picks in her show that has healing properties. When the meter is filled up, she will fly, which she only does in the intro to her show, and give the fighter she is assisting an upward lift, either for recovery or to follow up an aerial combo.

Maya and Miguel

1659574515704.png


They'll follow around the fighter they are assisting, minding their own business and watching the fight, but when the assist meter is full, they'll act similar to Latias and Latios in Smash Bros.

Princess Presto (Super Why!): submitted by PopCultureCorn PopCultureCorn
PrincessPresto1-56a775895f9b58b7.png


Using her spelling powers, she'll spell out words to help out the fighter she is assisting depending on the situation. Examples include spelling "Wind" to summon a gust of wind to blow other fighters and items off the stage, spelling "Bell" to have a giant bell fall from the sky to damage and bury opponents under the bell, or "Item" to give the fighter she is assisting an item! (Mostly aggressive items) When the meter is full, she'll spell "Big" before the word she'll spell to have a bigger, stronger version of that word's effect appear on the stage.

Corduroy
1658364081480.png


This cute, child-minded teddy bear just LOVES to latch on to other fighters! Unfortunately, that'll slow their movement speed and hinder their jumping abilities, allowing the fighter he is assisting to really go in for the heavy hit!

George Shrinks

1654451041719.png


George appears in this game as an assist in his canonical size (three inches tall)! His size makes it hard to see him on the battlefield, but when he comes close to an opponent, he'll unleash a very strong attack, such as an uppercut or a flying kick, on the opponent to really send them flying! When the meter is full, his main attack becomes much stronger. Think of him like Bewear in Smash Bros. Ultimate, but three inches tall. He is overall a good choice for ambushes and surprise attacks!

Angelina Mouseling (Angelina Ballerina)

1656035537556.png


She's just here to show off her ballet dancing skills! She'll do a ballet twirl which sucks in fighters before launching them with an end pose! Think of her like an assist version of Mario's old down special/down aerial. (Mario Tornado)

Curious George


6-curious-george-curious-george.jpg



The famous monkey himself! He will follow you around and get curious about the other fighters. Due to his curiosity, he will explore the stage and cling onto other fighters once the assist meter is full. However, when the assist meter is not full, he'll leave banana peels on the stage causing other fighters to slip.

Piggley Winks (Jakers)
C168D7E3-EBA9-4275-B626-7F266DF28B2F.png


Piggley fights characters with punches, kicks, and occasionally throwing the Salmon of Knowledge.

Papa Q. Bear (Berenstain Bears)


7b3a58210b150ca1ebe91dfad9616f60.jpg



The Berenstain Bears definitely deserve something this game because the show is super iconic. Papa Q. Bear will follow the opponent around giving them honey to heal them (heals 5%). When the assist meter is full, Papa Q. Bear will do carpentry work with honey and attack the opponents.

Lomax (Lomax, The Hound of Music)


TomChapin,Amy,Lomax,Delta.jpg




A great way to squeeze in an obscurer PBS Kids IP. When used as an assist, Lomax (the hound dog in the photo) will follow the fighter around playing country music or singing it healing 5% occasionally. When the meter is full, Lomax will gather his friends and they will put on a country concert causing the battle camera to zoom in on them (making the blastzones smaller on the stage, think the Squid Sisters assist trophy).

Sara Snap (Hero Elementary): submitted by PopCultureCorn PopCultureCorn





When the fighter she is assisting is about to fall off the stage or be launched into the blast zone, she will quickly teleport the player she is assisting back onto stage in a "snap". She will also occasionally teleport other fighters to random locations on the stage, preferably over bottomless pits or any area on the stage where recovery can be a hassle. (Similar to Abra in Super Smash Bros. Ultimate)


Benny Bubbles (Hero Elementary)



He simply blows a few bubbles with his hands that fly in a concave upward arc and trap any fighters they make contact with within them. The bubbles keep flying upward, unless they touch a ceiling or if the fighters in them mashes buttons to escape, otherwise, they'll KO any opponent still trapped inside in them. It becomes (slightly) harder to escape the bubbles at high damage percentages.


Clyde the Cloud (Donkey Hodie)



He will summon rain on the fighter he is assisting, healing the fighter 20% damage in the process

Tiny (Tots TV) (Comes with Donkey DLC update)

1668475587244.png


Ok, so even Tom could fit the assist function I have for Tiny, but with him and the rest of the tots' magic bag equipped, he'll either give the player a healing item or give them a random stat buff! When the assist meter is full, He'll place a random stat debuff on opponents in front of the fighter he is assisting or a random opponent if there is none in front, after all, it's a secret! It's also ironic that he's voiced by Elmo's former puppeteer and voice actor in the English dub, Kevin Clash.

Items are mostly passive/healing items in this game.

Cookies (I guess this relates to Sesame Street)


JT-Chocolate-Chip-Cookies-articleLarge.jpg



Cookie Monster's favorite treat! Heals only 5% of damage and spawns frequently.

Peanut Butter and Jelly Sandwich (Technically Barney)


906bcef37f934f76900b50b1e7959236.jpg



Barney's favorite food! It'll restore 15% of the fighter's damage when eaten. It spawns semi-frequently.

Magic Fizzy Soda
1658787681855.png


One sip from that soda can and you're invincible for a short time!





Little Bo Peep Pot Pie (Arthur)
1654365743666.png

A tasty pot pie filled with lots and lots of spinach! Doesn't spawn as often as the other healing items, but it heals a whopping 45%!




Alphabet Soup (Martha Speaks): restores 30% damage

Hu5yTV8.jpg


Milk: restores 20% damage

HD2EVci.png


Milkbones (Clifford the Big Red Dog): restores 10% damage

Honey (Berenstain Bears)


2bwnhb3.jpg


To stick with the Bookworm Bunch theme, I thought why not make honey a passive item? It's the Berenstain Bears's favorite food! Jars appear semi-frequently and will heal 10% when picked up when spawned.

Pyrametalid

1660001078016.png


Works like the Metal Box in Smash Bros, it turns your character into metal, which increases their weight and knockback resistance!




The picture of the item

Donuts (Cyberchase)



Restores 10% damage. While it may not seem much, the item can sometimes spawn in groups of up to 4

Lambchops (Technically Between the Lions)


__opt__aboutcom__coeus__resources__content_migration__simply_recipes__uploads__2013__02__Rosem...jpg



One of the Lion family's favorite treats! Heals 5% of the fighter's damage.

Tubby Toast (Teletubbies)


2dbee833eb8c63564747ca14d58c23cd.jpg



Basically, the item allows for the fighter to restore 5%. It spawns frequently.

Dragonberries (Dragon Tales)


maxresdefault.jpg


A popular food in Dragon Land! It spawns often in large quantities and heals about 5% of the fighter's damage when consumed.


Blueberry Muffins (Molly of Denali)

Screen Shot 2022-07-10 at 2.20.47 PM (1).png


Spawns semi-frequently and heals 20% damage




Backyard Soup (Elinor Wonders Why): submitted by PopCultureCorn PopCultureCorn


screenshot.2.jpg


A fresh soup made of the vegetables from Elinor's family garden! Heals a whopping 35% damage and grants a random buff to whoever drank it for a short time, such as increased attack power or slight knockback resistance.

Chili Pepper (Original item)

69-697541_chili-pepper-png (2) (1).png

An original item idea much like Milk. This is a food item with no healing properties, but it allows its consumer to breath flames uncontrollably for a short time! Pretty much like Superspicy Curry.

Striker-foam Ball
1658788047997.png


An original aggressive item. Works like the Beastball in Smash Bros. Ultimate.

Strawberry Jam (Xavier Riddle and the Secret Museum)


screenshot.4.jpg


The strawberry jam in a huge glass bowl Xavier and co helped Julia Child make! Heals 25% damage

Net Ray (WordGirl)

Link to weapon here


Basically, it temporarily captures the fighter(s) for a few seconds if shot at another fighter.

Peanut Butter Blaster (Wordgirl): submitted by PopCultureCorn PopCultureCorn

Peanut_Butter_Gunna.png


Shoots globs of peanut butter that turn opponents into huge balls of peanut butter, which are bouncy and easy to launch. Because of this, it has very limited ammunition (5 at most)

PBS Kids Racer (PBS Kids Bumpers/Idents)


hqdefault.jpg



More representation for the PBS Kids Bumpers/Idents here. A racer (being the racercar) of a smaller scale will spawn on the stage and a fighter can pick it up and press the attack button again to allow it to zoom across the stage. Any fighter that gets hit by the car will receive 15% damage.

PBS Kids Jack-In-The-Box (PBS Kids Bumpers/IDs)


x1080.jpeg



This is another classic PBS Kids bumper item that used to announce which show was coming up next! This jack-in-the-box will spawn semi-frequently. If a fighter picks it up, you must hold the A button to crank the handle. If cranked successfully without any other fighter attacking you, Dash as Jack will pop out and various PBS bumpers with your character's face will spawn across the stage briefly causing 10% damage to a fighter that gets hit by the circle.

PBS Kids Letter Bus and Bus Stop (PBS Kids Channel IDs/Commercials/Bumpers)
hqdefault.jpg

This item is from a common PBS Kids ID that was used in the 2000s! An item that'll spawn rarely. When you pick up the bus in miniature form, it will grow big and allow for the letters to be dropped off at a bus stop. The bus will cause about 25% damage if it rams into an opponent and the letters will each give 5% damage to any fighter who gets hit by a letter. Great for stage control!

Wand (Pinkalicious and Peterrific)


Kinda works like the Star Rod in Smash Bros., but more versatile. Swinging it normally acts as a simple battering item but depending on how long you charge the wand as a strong attack, the wand can have different attacks based on how long it was charged for. Tier 1 has the wand create a large sparkling swing trial, increasing the wand's forward hitbox and kinda like Hero's Flame Slash. Tier 2 launches a small weak projectile that flies forward, like a fully charged Star Rod. Tier 3 has the wand fire a larger, faster and stronger projectile.

The Portashrinker (The Magic School Bus)



Portashrinker_bogbeast.jpg



Basically it's the aggressive version of the Poison Mushroom. It will spawn on the stage and a fighter can grab it. Once grabbed, you can aim it at an opponent to make them tiny for a temporary period of time. Surprised we didn't add this item yet.

Tubby Custard Machine (Teletubbies): submitted by Wario Wario Wario Wario Wario Wario


Works like a tank, you move slowly and strafe while inside it and can't jump. You can angle yout custard up or down and fire it. It's extremely powerful but has a short range.

Watermelon Bomb (Original item, but technically Dragon Tales, as I remembered there was an episode where the Dragon gang along with Max and Emmy were plowed and mauled by a giant watermelon)

pngkey.com-watermelon-png-7703001.png


Pretty much this game's Bob-Omb, which is just a standard explosive throwing item.

Gun (Liberty's Kids)

1660001131776.png


Pretty extreme for a PBS Kids show, but Liberty's Kids was still trying to stay as historically accurate as possible while not showing real graphic violence. It's just a gun, need I say more?

Sid's magnifying glass (Sid the Science Kid)

screenshot.5.jpg


A versatile aggressive item. When the standard attack button is held down, its welder will hold it up, releasing a heat beam that deals constant fire damage overtime. When its wielder presses the standard attack button while crouching, they will magnify themselves, making them temporarily huge in the process!

Oven Cafe (Zoom) submitted by Tekken_Guy Tekken_Guy

A passive/aggressive item

0AF0A864-4834-4A7F-890F-71005619017D.png

The oven from Cafe Zoom. It can be seen in the above photo on Alisha’s left. Players open the over and a random food item will appear. Or occasionally it could burst into flames and hurt the player

Magic Bag (Tots TV)


ed73b2267658708997ae377ed5359b62.254x242x1.jpg



An obscure Ragdoll IP that actually aired on PBS Kids for a few years and even had Elmo's former voice actor, Kevin Clash as Tiny! This item is like the health capsule or the party item in Smash Bros. When found on the battlefield, a fighter can reach into it and give a fighter random healing items or aggressive items. It can give the fighter five items to spawn on the battlefield.

The Barney Bag (Barney and Friends) (Comes with Donkey DLC update)


ezgif-4-5adea0fac0.jpg



When I initally submitted a moveset concept for Barney, I included the Barney Bag as his main gimmick. Although my moveset idea for Barney was not chosen, I feel the Barney Bag would work best as an item and I'm surprised no one thought of this item from Barney and Friends to be added. Basically, the Barney Bag was used in the first six seasons of Barney and Friends where Barney would summon a craft tote bag and have the kids gain craft supplies from it.

When used as an item, the opponent can grab up to about four items from the bag. Usually, they will be either healing items or even small offensive items like the Ray Gun and such. It's another Magic Bag being added to an update that has a character from a show that has a Magic Bag as well! What a coincidence!

Baby David (Sesame Street) (Comes with Donkey DLC update)



ezgif-4-99c701a39f.jpg



One of Elmo's favorite toys and his favorite doll! When picked up in battle, the fighter will "hug" the toy as Baby David will allow them to rest unharmed for a few seconds and heal some damage. But, it will take about 5ish seconds to fall asleep after picking up Baby David and holding the A button while using him. If attacked during the first 5 seconds of holding Baby David, you will lose grasp of him so watch out!

Belle X1 Rocket Plane Model (Arthur) (Comes with Donkey DLC update)


1668560875081.png



"If it could break the sound barrier, falling out of a window shouldn't be able to break it!" Geez, D.W. has like zero knowledge about how air physics work.

An item that although powerful, is quite funny in context. When a fighter picks it up, they can throw it at others to which it breaks, causing whoever threw it to fly into a glowing red rage as their speed and attack power are greatly increased for a short time! The fighter hit by the model plane is also set as a "target" by whoever threw it at them (as indicated by an orange triangle above them), meaning that they can actually suffer far more knockback by the enraged fighter!

Capture The Flag

Similar to the game itself, there are flags on both sides, the player will have to get the flag from the opposing team and run it back to the other side. The first team to a set amount of flags or whoever gets the most flags within the time limit wins!

Hot Potato: submitted by Wario Wario Wario Wario Wario Wario





A hot potato spawns in the middle of the screen. First to touch it picks it up, then any attack will transfer over the potato to the attacker. Whoever has the potato at the last second wins!

PBS Kids Marathon

Similar to the Squad Strike mode in Super Smash Bros Ultimate, you pick 3 or 5 characters. There will also be a tag team mode where you can swap between your characters.

Trivia Tussle

An idea inspired by the Smash Tour mode in Super Smash Bros for Wii U and the Playground Pandemonium idea PopCultureCorn PopCultureCorn PopCultureCorn PopCultureCorn posed a while ago, players will be in a game show-esque TV set similar to the ones seen on some PBS Kids commercials where Guy Smiley from Sesame Street will be the host. In this game, there will be a series of 10 questions related to various PBS Kids shows in the game testing your knowledge on the shows. If you get the question right, you will receive a reward such as an assist to help you in the final fight, an extra stock, etc. However, there can be punishments if you get a question wrong such as the loss of a stock, assist swapping, etc.

After the 10 rounds are up, there will be a final battle on a random stage with random conditions. The winner of the battle is the champion of Trivia Tussle!

Gold Rush

The equivalent of Coin Battle, the fighters will have to attack one another for gold based off of the currency seen in the former PBS Kids Island webpage. Whoever has the most gold at the end wins!

Secure the Shapes
Works like a "King of the Hill" game mode, with a twist! On the stage there are 6 designated areas marked with colorful translucent shapes, being a circle, a square, a triangle, a star, a hexagon and an octagon. A text box above view will tell you which is the current shape you must stand in to gain points, and the shape which you have to capture will change on a regular basis and the shapes themselves will change positions occasionally. Of coarse, the player with the most points wins!

Multi-nomaly Mayhem
Similar to Abyss mode from Rivals of Aether, where there would be waves with different objectives for each, whether it is to defeat a certain number of dark fighters from the Anomaly's forces, destroy portals or other fun challenges, there are always a variety of things to do in this game mode. In this mode specifically, there would be learning books, similar to the runes from Rivals of Aether, where they would take up a certain number of slots in a character's book holder that would give them unique buffs and other benefits.

Wave challenges:

-Airborne Fighter (Avoid the ground for 15 seconds)
-Welcome to the Mayhem! (Defeat 10 weak fighters)
-Multi-Nomaly Master (Defeat 100 dark fighters from the Anomaly's forces)
-Portal to Anomolaus places (Destroy the Anomaly portals! They spawn dark fighters at fast rates!)
-Don't touch the lines (Dodge the Anomaly lasers and defeat the enemy!)
-The big armored one (Defeat a dark souped-up, giant and super-armor'd version of yourself!)
-I'm So Special! (Defeat 10 fighters from the Anomaly's forces using only special moves)
-Look at Me, I Can Fly! (Avoid the ground for 30 seconds.)
-Mayhem Master in The Making (Defeat 50 weak enemies.)
-Can You Spot Us? (Defeat certain Anomaly Fighters tasked to you, but avoid defeating the wrong Anomaly fighters!)
-Self-Destruct Activated! (Survive the timed-explosion Anomaly Fighters! Think of them like the Galeem and Dharkon puppet fighters that explode after a short time)
-Chip Off the Anomalous Block! (Destroy the Anomaly Shrine Stone quickly!)
-Light Work (Defeat 5 weak fighters with only using light moves)
-Super Airborne Fighter (Avoid the ground for 30 seconds)
-Invincible Fighter (Defeat 20 weak fighters without getting any damage)
-Go to your gates! (Send the Dark Anomaly fighters to the dark portals!)
-Let there be light! (Absorb the light that come from above!)
-Anomalies on the plans! (Defeat 50 tiny Dark Anomaly fighters!)
-Master of Specials (Defeat 50 enemies using only Special moves.)
-More Anomalies on The Plans! (Defeat 100 tiny Dark Anomaly fighters!)
-Down They Go! (Defeat 10 weak enemies using your strong down neutral!)
-High in the Sky! (Defeat 10 Dark Anomaly fighters with your up aerial!)
-That's my space! (Claim the areas marked by shape for yourself from the Anomaly fighters!)
-Dinner Time! (You're damaged by 50% for this round. Restore 50% damage with healing items within 30 seconds!)



Learning Books:

Learning book set for Big Bird:
  • Tier 1 (Takes up 1 slot)
    • Slappier Wing: Big Bird's neutral-standard deals more damage
    • Lessons in Flight: Big Bird gains an extra 4th jump
    • Big Letter: All of Big Bird's letters are bigger
    • Big Exercise: Big Bird moves faster!
  • Tier 2 (Takes up 2 slots)
    • Wheel Shock: Big Bird's unicycle now produces ground sparks when turning
    • Wing Whacker: Big Bird's neutral-standard can reflect projectiles
    • Less-time letters: All of Big Bird's letter attacks have less startlag!
  • Tier 3 (Takes up 3 slots)
    • Letter of the Week: Big Bird can now summon 3 letters above him with his up-standard!
    • UniDirtCycle: Unicycle can bury opponents
  • Tier 4 (Takes up 4 slots)
    • Abandon Unicycle!: Big Bird can leap off his unicycle mid-air, and the unicycle becomes a meteor-projectile
Learning book set for Elmo:
  • Tier 1 (Takes up 1 slot)
    • Say Hello, Dorothy! (Elmo's Light Up has less start-up lag)
    • Rocco is Just a Rock!!! (Elmo's Light Down does more damage.)
    • Double Friends to Draw (For Elmo's Neutral Special, he can now draw two friends at once from the easel.)
    • Double the Fishbowl (For Elmo's Light Up, he will hold up two fishbowls, both having Dorothy in them.)
  • Tier 2 (Takes up 2 slots)
    • Friends to the Rescue (The "friends" from Elmo's Neutral Special will deal more damage)
    • Imagination Power (Elmo gets a stat buff)
    • Faster, Zoe!!! (For Elmo's Down Special, it will have less startup lag.)
  • Tier 3 (Takes up 3 slots)
    • Always Reaching for The Sky! (When using his Up Special, Elmo can use it twice in midair.)
    • More Fuel for The Jeep! (When Elmo does his Down Special, Zoe will be out for a longer time.)
  • Tier 4 (Takes up 4 slots)
    • Elmo Wants to Play More!!! (Elmo will gain temporary invincibility as well as a mega stat buff!)


Learning book set for Mr. Rogers:

  • Tier 1 (Takes up 1 slot)
    • Cooling off Faster (Mr. Rogers's Light Up has less start up lag)
    • Speed Gardening (Mr. Rogers's Light Down comes out faster)
    • Extra Kindness (Mr. Rogers's Down Special will have longer length)
    • Sharing is Caring (Mr. Rogers's Light Neutral has no end lag after you use the move.)
  • Tier 2 (Takes up 2 slots)
    • Trolley Coming Through! (Mr. Rogers's Trolley from his neutral special deals more damage!)
    • Big and Strong (Mr. Rogers gets a stat buff)
    • More to Share (For Mr. Rogers's Light Neutral, he will share 2 items causing more damage.)
  • Tier 3 (Takes up 3 slots)
    • An Extra Lift from the Puppets (Mr. Rogers can use his up special twice while in midair)
    • More Time for a Cool-off! (Mr. Rogers now has two fans for his Light Up)
  • Tier 4 (Takes up 4 slots)
    • Flowerpot Crash (When Mr. Rogers uses his Light Down in midair, the Flowerpot will become a meteor projectile!)

Learning book set for Arthur:

  • Tier 1 (Takes up 1 slot)
    • Bigger Hit: Arthur's neutral-standard deals more damage
    • Super Swing: Arthur is able to swing higher when the up special is used normally without charging it.
    • Double Glasses Whirl: Arthur now whirls 2 pairs of glasses when using his up neutral
    • Bionic Arthur: Arthur gains some buffs for his stats.
  • Tier 2 (Takes up 2 slots)
    • Extra Reading: When using his Neutral Down, Arthur now has 2 books on both sides of him for bigger hitboxes.
    • More Class Help: When using his Neutral Special, Arthur now can have 2 classmates summoned instead of just 1.
    • Deeper Diving: Arthur can now control the Deep Sea diver for a longer period and the diver will deal more damage!
  • Tier 3 (Takes up 3 slots)
    • Three's a Crowd! Arthur can now summon 3 classmates when using his neutral special.
    • Super Hit: Now, when using Arthur's neutral-standard, there is a bigger sweet spot for spiking!
  • Tier 4 (Takes up 4 slots)
    • No Time Wasted: Arthur's special moves will have no start up lag when using any of his specials!

Learning book set for Buster:
  • Tier 1 (Takes up 1 slot)
    • A Faster Sweet Success (Buster's Light Neutral has less start up lag and will have more attack power.)
    • The Faster Barn Raising (Buster's Light Up does more damage and has less startup lag.)
    • More Shots for the Video Postcard (For Buster's Neutral Special, he will hold the camera for longer causing the opponent to stay attached to the camera for a bit longer, causing Buster more time to attack his opponents.)
    • Quicker for the Five Second Rule (For Buster's Light Down, it will come out faster and have less startup lag.)
  • Tier 2 (Takes up 2 slots)
    • The Aliens are Really Real! (For Buster's Up Special, he will gain more vertical height on the recovery.)
    • A Video Postcard Power Up! (Buster gets a stat buff)
    • More Food for Me! (For Buster's Down Special, he can steal nowtwo foods at once causing him to heal more damage. )
  • Tier 3 (Takes up 3 slots)
    • More Chcolate Bars! (When using his Light Neutral, Buster will have two chocolate bars for a bigger hotbox!)
    • More Video Postcards Coming Up! (When Buster uses his Neutral Special, he can do the move twice consecutively.)
  • Tier 4 (Takes up 4 slots)
    • So Long, Aliens! (Now, for Buster's Neutral special, the UFO will become a meteor projectile once used causing a nasty spike.)


Learning Book set for Dash:

  • Tier 1 (Takes up 1 slot)
    • Faster Transformation: Dash's Light Neutral will have faster startup!
    • Super Kite Flying: Dash can fly higher with his up special, giving him more height for recovery!
    • A Firefly Show!: More fireflies appear for Dash's Up Neutral.
    • A Good Workout for Growing: Dash gains some buffs for his stats.
  • Tier 2 (Takes up 2 slots)
    • Carrot Growing: Dash's Neutral Down comes out faster.
    • Double the Fun!: When using his Neutral Special, Dash can kick 2 balls without startup or ending lag.
    • Super Attraction: For Dash's down special, his magnet can attract opponents from all over the stage!
  • Tier 3 (Takes up 3 slots)
    • Here's More Balls: Dash will now have 3 balls summoned when using his Neutral Special!
    • Super Strength: Now, when using Dash's neutral-standard, he gives his opponents more damage!
  • Tier 4 (Takes up 4 slots)
    • Dropping Carrots!: When Dash uses his Light Down in the air, it will deal more damage and be a meteor projectile!
Learning book set for Barney:
  • Tier 1 (Takes up 1 slot)
    • Speed Painting (Barney's Light Up has less start up lag)
    • Slugger Barney (Barney's Light Neutral does more damage and has less startup lag.)
    • Hay Bailing (Barney's Light Neutral will deal more damage)
    • Longer Fight (Barney's Up Special will be longer, Barney will be in the airplane for 4 seconds.)
  • Tier 2 (Takes up 2 slots)
    • Express Coming Through! (Barney's Neutral Special will deal more damage and the train will be out for longer!)
    • Extra Imagination (Barney gets a stat buff)
    • More Painting (For Barney's Light Up, he will get 2 paintbrushes causing more damage.)
  • Tier 3 (Takes up 3 slots)
    • Extra Hose Work (Barney's Down Special will get more length with the water from the hose reaching a farther distance!)
    • Extra Farm Work (Barney now has two pitchforks for his Light Down)
  • Tier 4 (Takes up 4 slots)
    • Top Train Conductor Barney! (Now, for Barney's neutral special, he can be on the train even longer and when used offstage, it can be a meteor projectile!)
Learning book set for Chris and Martin:

  • Tier 1 (Takes up 1 slot)
    • Faster Pecking (Chris's Light Neutral has less start up lag and pecks faster)
    • Super Shark Attack (Martin's Light Up does more damage and has less startup lag.)
    • Mega Splash (Martin's Up Special will deal more damage when landing on the stage.)
    • Porcupine Take Cover (Chris's Light Up will gain more spikes.)
  • Tier 2 (Takes up 2 slots)
    • Longer Reach for a Frog (Martin's Neutral Special will have a longer length reaching opponents across the stage!)
    • Super Creature Power (Both Chris and Martin get a stat buff)
    • Super Stinkcloud (For Chris's Neutral Special, the stink clouds will cause more damage.)
  • Tier 3 (Takes up 3 slots)
    • King of The Savannah (Chris's Light Down will deal more lion swipes on opponents!)
    • Bigger Croc Bite (Martin's Light Down has a bigger bite and will even inflict accumulating bite damage on the opponents!)
  • Tier 4 (Takes up 4 slots)
    • Super Recovery (Both Chris and Martin can use their Up Specials three times while in midair, super creature power!)

Learning book set for WordGirl:
  • Tier 1 (Takes up 1 slot)
    • Frostier Breath (Wordgirl's down special can freeze others for longer)
    • Air necessities (Wordgirl's aerial attacks are stronger)
    • Faster than a speeding spaceship! (Wordgirl has faster movement speed)
    • Launch them to the stars! (Wordgirl's upper attacks have more knockback)
  • Tier 2 (Takes up 2 slots)
    • More powerful than words of mouth! (All of Wordgirl's attacks have a 30% chance to crit!)
    • Capers of Flight (Wordgirl has the ability to descend slowly to the ground)
    • Girl of Steel (When idle, Wordgirl gains super-armor!)
  • Tier 3 (Takes up 3 slots)
    • Huggy-gänger (Wordgirl can summon 2 Captain Huggy Faces with her neutral special!)
    • Able to leap tall stages without missing a ledge! (Wordgirl now has 3 jumps, with the third jump being higher!)
  • Tier 4 (Takes up 4 slots)
    • Lighter Flight (With her up-special, she deals more damage and knockback and flies up higher!)
Learning book set for Miss Frizzle:

  • Tier 1 (Takes up 1 slot)
    • More Education for everyone! (Ms. Frizzle's attacks are stronger in general)
    • Surfing on a soundwave (Ms. Frizzle's movement speed increased)
    • Making a Pain-bow (Ms. Frizzle's rainbow can now deal random status affects to others)
    • Get More Planted (Ms. Frizzle's beanstalks have a chance to snag others)
  • Tier 2 (Takes up 2 slots)
    • Wetter all over (Ms. Frizzle's neutral special now generates a more powerful storm cloud)
    • Still Lost in Space (Ms. Frizzle's down special has a wider AOE)
    • Going Even More Cellular (Ms. Frizzle's cells are BIGGER)
  • Tier 3 (Takes up 3 slots)
    • Quick Rain Prep (Many factors of Ms. Frizzle's neutral special have less startlag and endlag)
    • Swinging through the stars (Ms. Frizzle's down special now has an orbit of damaging stars)
  • Tier 4 (Takes up 4 slots)
    • Blowing More of Its Top (There can now be 2 volcano platform active at one time!)
Learning book set for Digit:
  • Tier 1 (Takes up 1 slot)
    • Super Wing Slash (Digit's Light Neutral deals a slight bit more damage)
    • Faster and Stronger Kicks by the Second (Digit's Light Up does more damage and has less startup lag.)
    • Higher Bar Growth! (For Digit's Up Special, it'll allow Digit to go higher and launch the other fighters further with more knockback.)
    • The Didge is Here, Faster! (Digit gains more speed in the air.)
  • Tier 2 (Takes up 2 slots)
    • Tornado of Multiplication (Digit's Light Down will deal more damage)
    • Mathemagician Digit! (Digit gets a stat buff)
    • Less Damage Done (For Digit's Down Special, his fractions increase by 1/2 allowing him to take way less damage.)
  • Tier 3 (Takes up 3 slots)
    • Wingin' It More (When using his Light Neutral, he will deal three wing slaps!)
    • More Bars to Raise (When Digit does his Up Special, there will be five bars increasing the hitboxes even faster!)
  • Tier 4 (Takes up 4 slots)
    • Super Frantic Fractions! (For Digit's Neutral Special, he will always deal 9 no matter what causing maximum damage!)
Learning book set for Hacker:

  • Tier 1 (Takes up 1 slot)
    • Jab Punch Hack (Hacker's Light Neutral does a bit more damage.)
    • Uppercut Hack (When using Hacker's Light Up, it will come out faster and deal a slight bit more damage.)
    • Hack to Teleportation (Hacker can use his Up Special twice while in midair.)
    • The Ground Hack (Hacker's Light Down will deal more damage and have a bigger hitbox.)
  • Tier 2 (Takes up 2 slots)
    • Mega Punch Hack (Hacker's Neutral Special will have less startup lag and deal more damage!)
    • Stat Hack (Hacker gets a stat buff!)
    • Laptop Terrain Hack (For Hacker's Down Special, he will place two laptops at once on the ground.)
  • Tier 3 (Takes up 3 slots)
    • Triple Jab Hack (For Hacker's Light Neutral, he now throws 3 punches.)
    • Double Uppercut Hack (For Hacker's Light Up, he will throw two uppercuts at once!)
  • Tier 4 (Takes up 4 slots)
    • Mega Laptopn Hack Against Cyberspace! (For Hacker's Down Special, the laptops cause more knock back on the fighters they damage as well as more can be easily placed on the ground!)

Learning book set for Lionel:

  • Tier 1 (Takes up 1 slot)
    • Clean Up! Clean Up! (Lionel's light down is stronger)
    • Gotta Jog like a Frog! (Lionel's movement speed is faster)
    • Much More Organized (Lionel's neutral special now spawns the items in a specific order instead of random)
    • Enchanted (Lionel's neutral special deals more damage!)
  • Tier 2 (Takes up 2 slots)
    • Clickety-Clacker Moo (Lionel's light neutral has it harder for foes to escape, and is stronger too!)
    • Let's Get Poppin'! (Lionel's light up spawns 3 more popcorn!, totaling 6!)
    • Pandora's Box is opening more! (Lionel's down special now deals more than one stat nerf to opponents!)
  • Tier 3 (Takes up 3 slots)
    • Cows that Type HARDER (The strong variant of Lionel's light neutral has the cows type two HUGE words with less end lag)
    • Extra Fuel for the Cliff (Cliff Heli lasts longer)
  • Tier 4 (Takes up 4 slots)
    • Can hold on for much longer (Whenever Lionel holds on to a ledge, he actually will never let go, and when he gets up, he'll unleash a much stronger ledge attack, great for ambushes!)
Learning book set for Xavier Riddle:

  • Tier 1 (Takes up 1 slot)
    • More Electricity (Xavier Riddles's Light Up deal more damage.)
    • Double the History (When using Xavier Riddle's Light Neutral, he will summon two historical figures at once.)
    • Faster Juggling (Xavier Riddles's Down Special will come out faster.)
    • Spinning Faster Rings (Xavier Riddles's Light Down will deal more damage and have less startup lag.)
  • Tier 2 (Takes up 2 slots)
    • History on the Double (Now, Xavier Riddles' Neutral Special will have less startup lag!)
    • History in the Making! (Xavier Riddle gets a stat buff!)
    • More Powerful Rocket Car(For Xavier Riddles's Up Special, it will deal more damage on any fighters in the way.)
  • Tier 3 (Takes up 3 slots)
    • Double the Energy Balls (Now, Xavier Riddle can summon two energy balls when using his Neutral Special)
    • More Balls to Juggle (Xavier Riddle now juggles more balls when using his Down Special!)
  • Tier 4 (Takes up 4 slots)
    • Thanks for the help, Rocket Car! (The rocket car from Xavier Riddles' Up Special becomes a meteor projectile!)

Learning book set for the Teletubbies:

  • Tier 1 (Takes up 1 slot)
    • Tubby Custard Coming Up! (The Teletubbies' Light Down deal will have less start up lag.)
    • Faster Light (More beams of light will come out for their Light Neutral.)
    • Sparkles, Sparkles! (The Teletubbies' Light Up will deal more damage.)
    • Faster, Rabbits! (When using their Neutral Special, the pet rabbits will come out faster.)
  • Tier 2 (Takes up 2 slots)
    • Rabbits, Rabbits! (Now, when using their Neutral Special, the Teletubbies will gain 3 rabbits!)
    • Tubby Power! (The Teletubbies get a stat buff!)
    • Jumping, Yay!! (For The Teletubbies' Up Special, it will deal more damage and gain higher heights.)
  • Tier 3 (Takes up 3 slots)
    • Bigger Hug (Now, when using their Down Special, the Teletubbies will gain bigger buffs when doing their hug and will deal more damage when doing their hug!)
    • More Tubby Custard! (Now, the Teletubbies can have 2 bowls of Tubby Custard when using their Light Down and it will deal more damage!)
  • Tier 4 (Takes up 4 slots)
    • Time to Run, Teletubbies! (The Teletubbies gain extreme speed from the magic from Teletubby Land!)
Learning book set for Molly:
  • Tier 1 (Takes up 1 slot)
    • Faster Hip Dancing (Molly's Light Neutral has less start up lag and will have more attack power.)
    • Go Away, Mosquitoes! (Molly's Light Up does more damage and has less startup lag. The shooing motion will be out for longer)
    • Louder Durmming (For Molly's Neutral Special, she will play the drum louder, causing more damage!)
    • More Digging (For Molly's Light Down, she will have 2 sticks for more hitbox power. )
  • Tier 2 (Takes up 2 slots)
    • Farther Suki! (For Molly's Down Special, she will gain more range by having the ability to throw the bone farther.)
    • Denali Power Up (Molly gets a stat buff)
    • Super Happy Jumping (For Molly's Up Special, she can do it twice consecutively in midair!)
  • Tier 3 (Takes up 3 slots)
    • Extra Hip Dancing (When using her Light Neutral, Molly can do it up to 5 times causing massive damage!)
    • Super Suki (When Molly does her Down Special, Suki will be out for longer and she is able to throw the bone twice for Suki to get it.)
  • Tier 4 (Takes up 4 slots)
    • Drumming Finale (Now, for Molly's Neutral special, she now deals massive knock back when hitting her opponents with the special attack, like a finish to a drumming concert!)
Learning book set for Ord:

  • Tier 1 (Takes up 1 slot)
    • Cupcake Coming Up (Ord's Light Neutral has less start up lag)
    • I'm Too Scared (When using Ord's Light Up, it will come out faster and deal more damage. It will be more spammable.)
    • Taking a Dive (Ord's Down Special will come out faster.)
    • Faster Sled Ride (Ord's Light Down will have less startup lag and deal more damage.)
  • Tier 2 (Takes up 2 slots)
    • More Dragoncorn (Ord's Neutral Special will have more range!)
    • My Cowardice is In Check! (Ord gets a stat buff!)
    • Flying With Me More! (For Ord's Up Special, he will gain more height and deal more damage ramming into opponents.)
  • Tier 3 (Takes up 3 slots)
    • More Cupcakes the Better. (Now, for Ord's Light Neutral, he will gain 2 cupcakes!)
    • A Way Better Dive (For Ord's Down Special, he will deal more damage and have a bigger spikebox on the move!)
  • Tier 4 (Takes up 4 slots)
    • Bravest Dragon in Dragon Land! (Regardless when getting the raincloud or not, all of Ord's moves will give more knockback and damage now that he has gained more courage!)

Learning book set for Marvin:
  • Tier 1 (Takes up 1 slot)
    • Faster Hoof Standing (Marvin's Light Up has less start-up lag and comes out faster)
    • Super Hoof Strike (Marvin's Light Down does more damage.)
    • Easier Aerial Posing (For Marvin's Up Special, you have more of a time window to do an aerial pose with the time of the button pressing.)
    • More Dancing for The Crowd! (For Marvin's Light Neutral, he can spam the move up to three consecutive times.)
  • Tier 2 (Takes up 2 slots)
    • Buckaroo Kick Crowd Pleaser (For Marvin's Neutral Special, you have more time to time the attack to perform the super-strong buckaroo kick with high knockback. Regardless, the move gains a damage buff as it will deal more damage.)
    • Fast-Talking Jack's Boost (Marvin gets a stat buff)
    • Tap Dancing All Day Long (For Marvin's Down Special, it will have less startup lag and the time to time the button pressing to deal more damage will be increased.)
  • Tier 3 (Takes up 3 slots)
    • Double Flutter (When using his Up Special, Marvin can use it twice in midair.)
    • Hoof Striking with Extra Love and Practice (When Marvin does his Light Down, he can spam it more and it will deal more damage.)
  • Tier 4 (Takes up 4 slots)
    • King of the Carnival (Marvin will gain temporary invincibility as well as his knockback being reduced making him harder to launch.)
Learning book set for Ruff Ruffman:

  • Tier 1 (Takes up 1 slot)
    • Here's Your Belly Bump! (Ruff Ruffman's' Light Neutral will have less start up lag.)
    • That's My Microphone! (Ruff Ruffman's Light Up will deal more damage.)
    • Better Breakdancing (Ruff Ruffman's Light Down will deal more damage and have less startup lag.)
    • Cannonballlll! (When using his Up Special, Ruff Ruffman will deal more damage and the move will gain a bit of a spikebox.)
  • Tier 2 (Takes up 2 slots)
    • More Challenges for You! (Now, when using his Neutral Special, Ruff Ruffman can throw out 2 cards at once!)
    • Here's Your Prize! (Ruff Ruffman gets a stat buff!)
    • Super Explosion (For Ruff Ruffman's Down Special, it will deal more damage and will deal more knockback.)
  • Tier 3 (Takes up 3 slots)
    • Belly Bump to The Max! (Now, when using his Light Neutral, Ruff Ruffman can spam the move up to three times and it will deal more damage!)
    • The Super Bonus Round Challenge! (Now, for Ruff Ruffman's Neutral Special, Ruffman can throw up to three cards and the challenges will be more difficult!)
  • Tier 4 (Takes up 4 slots)
    • Mic Drop! (The microphone from Ruff Ruffman's Light Up can now be used as a meteor projectile!)

Learning Book Set for Cheeko

  • Tier 1 (Takes up 1 slot)
    • EekoGimp! (All of Cheeko's ground attacks send fighters up higher)
    • EekoFly! (Cheeko's air speed and control is higher)
    • Use more hangers! (Light-Up is more spammable)
    • Eekolight (Light-Down is more spammable)
  • Tier 2 (Takes up 2 slots)
    • EekoDash! (Eekocreatures go faste and are stonger)
    • Recycled Power-Up (When Down-Special is used right, Cheeko will also get a stat buff!)
    • Fly n' Smash! (Cheeko gains the ability to use his strong mid-air!)
  • Tier 3 (Takes up 3 slots)
    • Eekocreatures Galore! (There can be two Eekocreatures on screen at once!)
    • Recycling Really is Right! (Down special deals more damage to others and less to Cheeko)
  • Tier 4 (Takes up 4 slots)
    • Come Forth Immediately! (Eekocreatures build themselves instantly!)

Learning Book Set for Donkey:

  • Tier 1 (Takes up 1 slot)
    • A Faster Squashed Donkey (Donkey's Light Down will come out faster)
    • Come Along, Donkey! (Donkey's movement speed is faster)
    • Eat Faster! (Donkey's Light Up comes out faster and deals a bit more damage!)
    • Super Buckaroo Kick! (Donkey's Neutral Special deals more damage!)
  • Tier 2 (Takes up 2 slots)
    • An Affectionate Lick ( For Donkey's Light Neutral, it will deal more damage and cause the opponent to stay stunned for longer!)
    • More Squashed Donkeys (Now, for Donkey's Light Down, he can place down 2 squashed donkeys consecutively!)
    • More Carrots for Donkey! (For Donkey's Down Special, he can eat more carrots at once faster and heal more damage!)
  • Tier 3 (Takes up 3 slots)
    • Help from The Tots (Donkey gets a stat buff!)
    • Donkey, Come Home! (Donkey can perform his Up Special twice while in midair.)
  • Tier 4 (Takes up 4 slots)
    • The Best Donkey Ever! (Now, Donkey gains temporary invincibility as well as all his moves will deal even MORE damage!)

Idea by PopCultureCorn PopCultureCorn

Ok, so they way on how I think PBS Kids: Brawltime's classic/arcade mode should work is that it would be similar to Smash Bros. Ultimate's classic mode, where every classic mode route is named after and themed around a specific character and their themes and goals, but unlike Smash Bros. Ultimate's classic mode, every stage is randomized, and each has a random selection of characters and character teams much like older Smash Bros games. There will be about 11 stages per classic mode route, 7 normal battles, 2 bonus stages (ala break the targets), a penultimate special stage specific to every character, and the final boss battle (which we will discuss for a later time). Whenever you finish a battle or stage, you are awarded with "Learning Points", in addition to the points you get normally for winning, which are bonus points for certain actions and stuff you have done, similar to the bonuses from Smash Bros 64 to Brawl. The way how the route will be displayed is with a map similar to Street Fighter 2's map (but larger to see where their character is going) and ABCMouse.com's step-by-step learning path (ABCMouse.com is an educational website that funded a lot of modern PBS Kids shows), but the map is also inspired from Dora the Explorer (Only inspired, Dora the Explorer is a Nickelodeon property, so it's not represented here in PBS Kids Brawltime!), where the Map would give out the route from start to finish in every Dora the Explorer episode. Each classic mode route is mostly centered around a plot involving the character doing something in/for their home countries and lands.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

I know it's way too early to be giving off ideas for classic mode routes, but here are 3 examples I made just to be clear on how each classic mode route is themed, they will not be more elaborate until the next job for actually coming up with classic/arcade mode routes.

Big Bird: Can you tell me how to get to Sesame Street?, Looks like there are some new visitors who are lost and can't find their way to Sesame Street! Perhaps Big Bird is the navigation wagon, and he can lead the way. The map displayed for Big Bird's classic mode route is a long trial leading up to Sesame Street, and Big Bird's position on the map is displayed with Big Bird on his bicycle.

Mr. Rogers: Thugs in the Land of Make Believe! Be kind, will you?, Oh no! There's some troublemakers wandering about in the Land of Make Believe, and they seem to display signs of horridness and being unkind. Mr. Rogers sets out on a quest through the Land of Make Believe to help spread the word of how things are better when everyone are good-hearted. The map displayed for Mr. Rogers' classic mode route is the Land of Make Believe, and Mr. Rogers' position on the map is displayed with, what more obvious choice then, the Neighborhood Trolley.

Arthur: Trouble in Elwood City, Arthur heard the news that hooligans are wreaking havoc in Elwood City, so Arthur asks his parents to take him on a car trip to the various places of Elwood City to wrangle up the rowdy visitors! The map displayed for Arthur's classic mode route is obviously Elwood City, and Arthur's position on the map is displayed with Arthur's parents' car.

Yes, something simple and easy. Basically, like Smash's training mode, you can train on any stage and there's also a Training stage as well. Here, you can practice combos, tech, any fundamentals, etc. There is also a tutorial guide in here as to how to play the game (similar to the Rivals of Aether tutorials) as well as character specific gimmick tutorials as well. Overall, a good mode for beginners to learn how to play PBS Kids: Brawltime!

I envision the story mode being similar to Subspace Emissary (with platforming elements and the platform fighting elements). In my idea, the premise is that, a somewhat-long-time ago, a mysterious evil being known as "the Anomaly" has taken over every world in the PBS Kids Universe and has enslaved their citizens in glowing-purple chains of energy. The main characters of those worlds, however, managed to escape the Anomaly by jumping in green portals conveniently summoned by some kindly being that led to a world with no towns, cities, technology or civilization, but just millions of acres of plain grasslands, desert, snow, forests and some ruins too. For many years, the main characters of those PBS Kids worlds have been hiding from the Anomaly, but they have been doing nothing but roam around the empty lands and battle with each other, mostly out of confusion and not knowing where they are or what is happening. As time progressed, the main characters of the PBS Kids worlds have started to get more content with each other, knowing they didn't mean any harm and they just want their worlds and everything back, and they have started to fight together and not fight each other, which just happens to be the moment when the Anomaly finds the "World of No-Learning", which is the "millions of acres of plain grasslands, desert, snow, forests and some ruins too" lands which the main characters have been transported to. With this, the main characters' goal is to defeat the Anomaly and restore peace and order to their worlds. I can imagine PBS Kids: Brawltime!'s story mode being split into "arcs", which are really just chapters that follow a certain group of fighters and their journeys and the opponents they face, who are either doppelgangers of the main characters created by the Anomaly, the Anomaly's enslaved minions, and the Anomaly itself. There will be cutscenes involving dialogue between the characters.


Chapter One: When struggling stars come to fight

Flashback footage of the playable PBS Kids characters in their shows and the events that happened prior to the events of the story mode

Narrator (Not the Announcer Bunny): "Once upon a time, there were a bunch of fun-loving young folks who loved to educate children all over the world with their learning skills. For many years, they taught children how to compute, spell, and how to apply life lessons to their everyday lives. That, however, would all change when an unexplainable monster blob of purple energy, to which most call it "The Anomaly", appeared in those characters' world out of nowhere and made all those who fell to it bow before it and serve it for all eternity. Our heroic folks, however, managed to escape the Anomaly by running as hard as they could before reaching portals summoned by some other good being that led them to a different land that they did not know about but would be much safer there. This land, much to their surprise, did not have any forms of towns and civilizations, ANYWHERE, just acres and acres of plain land and sea, every mile they went. Ever since they arrived on those barren lands, stricken by confusion and grief, all they could do was wander around the empty lands and fight those whoever stood in their way."

It then cuts to footage of the PBS Kids characters on the World of No-Learning having fierce battle, 1 on 1. It then cuts to footage of Big Bird and Mr. Rogers just about to duke it out

Big Bird: "Oh, who are you? And what are you doing on my path? Outta they way please!"

Mr. Rogers: "But don't you remember me? I taught you all those lessons of being kind! You shouldn't handle things like this, you know"

Big Bird: "You dare oppose me! You're going down!"

Mr. Rogers: "No, please, this is all wrong! Well, I guess I must...."

the player then plays as Big Bird, and has to simply defeat Mr. Rogers

After Mr. Rogers is defeated


Big Bird: Ha ha! That'll teach you a lesson for standing in MY way! My home is gone!, and you're really not helping things out you know!

Mr. Rogers groans, knowing he wouldn't really handle things violently, but he had no choice

Narrator: For all of them, it seemed that they would be doomed to remain fighting for their lives forever, but who knows if that'll always be true?

3 years later

Dash is seen running through a grassy plain when he then stumbles across Arthur being captured by some citizens enslaved by the Anomaly, to which he then chases after it

The next stage has Dash going through a platforming stage and defeat the Anomaly's minions before reaching the end, where Dash has to neutralize the Anomaly's enslaved minions to free Arthur.


Arthur: Oh! Thanks Dash! I know I've been terrible to you in the past hitting you, but I owe you big!

Dash: Aw, your welcome, Arthur. Jeez, I didn't know what everyone, including us, were fighting for. I always thought we were fighting off intruders who wanted to impede us!

Arthur: Hey, Dash, I'm no intruder, I, too, am just lost in this big, big empty world, just like all the others we fought against before! I really just think everyone's misguided here. So what do you say? Friend?

Dash: Friends

Arthur and Dash shake hands, but just as they were doing so, a crack appears in the sky, and purple energy spews out of the portal. Arthur and Dash observe the crack, the purple energy chain, as well as the enslaved minions who captured Arthur earlier running to the crack, they looked at each other in huge disbelief and surprise

Arthur: Uh oh.....It looks like that purple storm thing has come to find us at this very moment.....

Dash: Uh oh....this is not good! For a long time we have been hiding from this thing, but I guess now, it's found us! Quick, let's make a run for it!

Arthur and Dash run to find a hiding spot

The End of chapter 1

Chapter 2:

Anomaly Enters The Wild


The chapter starts with Barney the Dinosaur just skipping and hopping around a deserted land, trying to make himself positive after he lost all of his friends as well as Baby Bop, BJ and Riff to the Anomaly. However, he knew he had to rescue all of his friends. Suddenly, an Anomaly boss minion in the form of a dinosaur comes out as Barney was about to run away from the purple aura.

Barney: Well Mr. Dinosaur, whatever you want to do, don't eat me! Let's just hug!

Just as the dinosaur boss minion was about to attack Barney, we see a man in a green high-tech suit zooming right in, attacking the minion with a lion strike. It is revealed to be not just Chris who came to protect Barney but Martin too. Then, the boss gets ready to battle but Barney and the Kratt Brothers are ready for battle. The player will then choose to either play as Barney or Chris and Martin to defeat the boss.

Barney: Wow, I thought the dinosaur was going to be friendly! Thank you for saving me!

Chris: Woah! A dinosaur that's alive and it's purple!

Martin: What's your name? We have never met a purple dinosaur before and one that's friendly!

Barney: My name is Barney and it's super deeeee duper to meet you both!

Chris: Well, I'm Chris!

Martin: And I'm Martin! Chris's brother!

Barney gives them both a big hug.

Barney: It's so nice to meet new friends!

Chris and Martin hug Barney too.

Chris: Well, it's very nice to meet you Barney! But, we need to figure out how to stop that strange purple creature!

Martin: After all, we are zoologists. Meaning, we learn about animals! Sadly, all the animals we love learning about including our buddy Zoboomafoo are gone.

Barney: Well, all my friends are missing too. But, we will rescue the friends we love!

Barney and Chris and Martin: Yes, we will!

Barney: Now then, let's go on an adventure to find out more about this purple thing.

Martin: Remember Barney and Chris, as I always say, pick what you love to do, persevere at it, don't take "no" for an answer and it'll happen.

Barney and the Kratt brothers then go through a platforming section where they must traverse through the various parts of the lake area while fighting off the Anomaly's minions and making it to the end, where they then must deal with more of the Anomaly's enslaved minions

Just as they were about to exit the lake area, they see a forest up ahead with more signs of the Anomaly's presence in the world they are in, they then prepare to enter the forest.

Chapter 3

Dimensions Beyond Our Imagination: Anomaly Into Cyberspace


We start after Barney and the Kratts enter the forest as the camera zooms us into another dimension....

We now enter a very cyberspace-fish world where all is black and white...except for Digit. Digit is seen all sad and lonely when suddenly...he sees Hacker.

Hacker: My minions are gone...now how will I rule cyberspace?

Hacker then looks at Digit.

Hacker: My old colleague, what is it that you need?

Digit: Cyberspace is gone! And so, is Motherboard!!! The Didge does not know what to do!!!

Suddenly, a strange purple-ish figure being the Anomaly possess Hacker making him attack Digit.

Digit: What's gotten into you, Hacker? I must get you back to your senses!

Then, after the cutscene, you play as Digit to find against the possessed Hacker.

After the battle, Hacker returns to his senses.

Digit: That does it! I suppose we will have to work together to get back the world of Cyberspace and my friends.

Hacker: Well, I want our world back to...just so I can rule Cyberspace!!!

Digit: Fair enough, but you will not win Hacker! And besides, you cannot worry about that right now. Let's find out where this purple thing is coming from. After all...it has to have came from somewhere.

Then, you go through a platforming section of the Cyberspace-is area where you fight the Anomaly's enslaved minions.

After the platforming section:

Digit: We must take cover after all before we get subtracted! We need to come up with a formula to take them all down!

Hacker: Fair enough, but don't make a math reference at this time.

They soon hide and it fades to black.

Thus, this ends Chapter 3.

Chapter 4:

Doggy Double-Anomaly Trouble


We see Wordgirl just flying around with Captain Huggyface trying to find the Anomaly, while she was also very sad that her home was destroyed and all of her friends and family, as well as her greatest villains and arch-enemies, were all captured and enslaved by the Anomaly, and she couldn't rescue them all in time, due to the Anomaly being too fast and powerful.

Wordgirl: Well Huggy, all is gone for the two of us, our home, our family, our greatest enemies, and even Violet. They were all token by this big purple gooey thing! And now we're in a world where we can't feel super, since there's NO ONE to save!

We then see a familiar science teacher in a purple dress stop by a lake to fill up a plastic bottle with water to stay hydrated in this big, empty world. The plastic bottle she has is actually a special water bottle that can filter the water and separate the dirty stuff and only leave behind the fresh water.

WordGirl: Woah! Uhhh, hello? You in that crazy science dress, you! I just hope you're not scheming anything wrong!

Ms. Frizzle: Oh! Oh my! I've never seen a superhero girl before, let alone someone named Weatherman! Who are you, mysterious girl?

WordGirl: Well, hello woman with that fancy science dress! I'm Wordgirl, I specialize vocabulary as my superpowers! And who are you?

Ms. Frizzle: Well, nice to meet you Wordgirl! Ms. Frizzle here! At your service. You see, I'm kind of in a mess here. I lost all my students and even my school bus! Science is still with me though.

Wordgirl: That happened to me and Huggy too! All my friends are gone. They were taken by this big purple gooey monster thing!

Ms. Frizzle: It seems we are in the same situation when some strange purple creature took over, and possibly destroyed our worlds. Let's go and investigate where this source is coming from.

Wordgirl: Roger that, Friz!

The cutscene stops and you choose from WordGirl or Ms. Frizzle and complete a platforming section fighting the Anomaly's enslaved minions.

After the platforming section...we then see the girls in a setting very reminiscent of Birdwell island.

Ms. Frizzle: I cannot say for sure but....this place does seem awfully familiar to me.

WordGirl then notices something.

WordGirl: Ms. Frizzle, look!

The girls then see and come across a big red dog with a glowing purple aura around him as well as having glowing purple eyes without pupils. Attached and chained on to that big red dog by purple glowing chains are 3 other regular-sized dogs, being a small yellow Bulldog, a purple Poodle and a blue Greyhound. Also chained to the big red dog are their owners as well (Sheriff Lewis, Mrs. Diller and Jetta Handover). We then see a blonde-hair girl with a pink-magenta shirt and socks and a black skirt, who is also surrounded by a glowing purple aura and having glowing purple eyes just like everyone else chained to the big red dog, come up on top of the big red dog who is also enslaved by the Anomaly and is ready to take command of the big red dog, as well as everyone else chained to him.

Enslaved Emily Elizabeth: S̸̢͈̲͓̎Ú̴̡̡͕̮̠̠͕͗F̸̨̲͕͓͔̍̉̀F̷̮͒̃͜Ẽ̴̩̫͉̯̠͒̉̓̕̚͜͠Ȅ̵̼̟̩̯͙È̷̛̟͕͍̯͒É̴͓͇̟͉̇E̴͉͕̖̯͗͆͗́́͝Ȩ̴͔͈̖̠̺̐̋̌̕̕Ĕ̴͈̽̿̆Ȩ̸̛̤͚̮̾̿̾̂͠E̸̗̊̉̓E̵̮̓͆̐̓͘͜Ŗ̵̜̥̦̠̱̐.̷̛̺̩̝͕ ̴̛̣̎́͂̈́Y̴̨̾̇͛͝Ǫ̵͚̊̐̋U̸͓͎͐̄̑́͊̌͝ ̴̨̠̲̺͖̭̓͊̓W̷̗̦͂͒͠I̴̼͔̫̤̻̩̍̀́͝L̵̤̬͍̙̇̉̉̚͠L̶͓̟̽̿̒͆͘̚͠ ̷͖̗͍̊̀̓͘A̷̫̞͓̖͊̂̃̈́͂̈́͠L̷̜͈͎͙̬̫̋ͅL̸͖͍̩̤̙̓̉͛̐͗̕͝ ̶͙͕͚̣̞̦̌̏͊S̸̭̫͓̹͍͍͊̽̔̌͘ͅṶ̶͓̺̬̤͎̿̌ͅF̷̫̫̠̞̠͔́F̴̞̦͍͚̠̽͌͗̈́́͘E̸̡̛̼̯̱͙͔̯͋̏̿͂Ṛ̴̹͎̦͊̐!̵̞̻̜̠̌͋

Wordgirl: Oh my! I looks like that purple gooey monster thing has reached out to more worlds besides ours! Come on, Friz! Let's take this chance to save someone and for the day!

You then choose between WordGirl or Ms. Frizzle and then you fight against the Clifford with dogs and owners boss.

After the boss fight:

Clifford drops down, feeling weak after the battle. Wordgirl and Ms. Frizzle were just about to celebrate their victory when then, ANOTHER big red dog enslaved by the Anomaly comes out of somewhere with a similar enslaved blonde-hair girl on top of its head as well as with other dogs being chained to it, being a Australian Shepard and a Dalmatian, and 3 other kids (Samantha, Jack and Pablo). The other big red dog begins to run towards the girls.

Wordgirl: Oh boy, you can't be serious, there's ANOTHER?!

Just as the other big red dog was about to reach Wordgirl and Ms. Frizzle, the Anomaly intervened and stopped the other big red dog, knowing that the strength between both girls maybe no match for the other big red dog too, before commanding both big red dogs to come to it and they all continue searching the lands for more innocents to capture and enslave.

Ms. Frizzle: Hmmmmm...It seems that those who were captured by the big purple goo monster will very only obey that. That's interesting.

Wordgirl. Oh wow, now that I know all my friends seem to be in influence of this purple gooey monster thing, that means probably I can get them back to their senses! Maybe I can save the day after all!

Ms. Frizzle: That's the spirit, Wordgirl! Now, maybe we should go further and find a way to defeat that big purple fiend and save all of those we love!

Wordgirl: I'm on it!

WordGirl and Ms. Frizzle continue on their investigation of how to free the others from The Anomaly.

End of Chapter 4

Chapter 5:

Crossing of Paths

We get a flashback of the various events that happened from the first four chapters. We first see Dash and Arthur come out of the hiding spot to check if there are any Anomaly minions after they have been hiding for a while.

Dash: It seems the strange purple creatures have cleared. It's clear Arthur!

Arthur comes out too. Then, we see Barney and the Kratt Brothers come through a forest.

Dash: Oh, hey Barney, Chris and Martin! It's nice seeing you three again! Have you been seeing anything regarding those strange purple minions? They have been popping up everywhere.

Barney: Well, Dash, a purple dinosaur tried attacking me but me, Chris and Martin may have found some clues about the strange purple creature.

Chris: Apparently, they transform into various things we love.

Martin: Also, they can take over our bodies as well.

Dash: Hmmm, it makes sense. After all, all the worlds we come from are gone.

Arthur: I just miss Elwood City and all my friends there.

Suddenly, we see Big Bird coming along to the grassland the five friends were standing on.

Big Bird: Oh, hi everyone! I have been stuck in this world for more than three years. Sesame Street seems to be no more. I don't know what to do anymore...

Just then, Mr. Rogers appears and is possessed by the Anomaly before he is about to speak

Mr. Rogers under the control of the Anomaly: H̵̨̢̨͉̜̗̩͇̗̯̻͕͕̬̀͋͐͂̆̓͗̈́͂̂ě̶̩͍͚͔̣̠̾̔͂̿͂̋̽͝l̶̛̺͚̣̬̹̈́̌͒͗̔͗̾̈́͒͌͘̕ͅl̸͚͋͆̈́̒̇̎̔̍͐͋͋̓͘̕͘ò̶̢̧̮̜͈͎͇̪͚̰̱͔̹̟̖̓̀̏̒͑͒̎́̽ ̴̮̗̯̻̻̤̲͒̋̽͑͆͘n̸̘̞̤͖̟̞̖̘͚̽̿̾̔̀͒͆͘e̵̢̢̨̡̡͚̗̭̙̳̩̋̔̋i̴̢̡̢̲̗̹̟͍̰͛̒̍͝g̷̨̈̄̾͒̕͝h̸̡̘̗͓̉͌b̵̢̙̯̟̺͙̤̽ͅo̶̘̣͖̟̦̟͈̙̙̗͚̟͐̒͑͜r̴̨͇̙̥̉̐!̸̨̛̟͍̰͙̤̠̤̣̤̪͂̌̂̊̇̔̚͝͝͠ͅ ̷̢̣̤̻̱͓͊̀͆̿̉̃͜͝ͅW̶̧̗͎̣̠̪̝̼̰̋̅̀͜ͅô̷̢̩͎̪̭̋̃̃͂̂̀̓̌n̵̥̝̜͎̥̞̦̪͒̇̇̽̔̅̎̑͐͆̈́͠͠͝'̴̻̥̗̜̲͐̌̅̐̀͆̃͆́̈́̔͘͜͝ṭ̷̢̛̞̫͉͚̙̩̪͓̒̀ ̴̨̣͍̫̝͙͍͕̜̰̏͋͐̆̋̅͐̆̇̿̈́̓͘͝y̴̡̨̼̱͔͖͖̳̦̱͍̣͕̹͎̑̾̀͂̈́̑͊̈́̂͂͗̔̏͘õ̸̢̳͉̻̰͉͖͔̪̏̿̓̕ǘ̵̧̧̨̜̟̰̮̪̘̘̞̥̦̾̽͐͜͝ͅ ̶̰̼̮͇̱̮͍͒̌̄̐̌̍̀͂̇̀p̷̢̰̗͉̫̺̜͙̯̹̥͉̺͉͛͒̚ͅl̴̰͓̪̘͉͕̜̤̗̱̳̞͒̂̈̌̽̽̌̈́̍̿̀͠ͅe̴̫̼̠͒̀̌̎ͅą̵͇̭͕͎̝̙̼̝̰̺̈́̓̒͑͒̔̓͝ͅͅś̴͙̂̈́̽̊̽̈́̀͌̚ė̵̢͎͚̭̟͔̹̦͙̆̄̀̒͝͝͝ͅ ̵̧̨̛͖̲̲͖̘̻̌̿̔̽̀̑͂̏̄̒̚͠ͅb̷̨̛̝̹̗͙͚̩͍̥̹͚̞̟̓͐̽̑́̽͒͛͘͝ȩ̷̧͚̬̪̲̭̮̰̯̜͖͔̕ ̶̦̳̺͚͓̘̪͙͈̟̠̭̒́̅͠͠m̶̧̡̛̼̬̫̰̫̙̰̘͈̝̥̏̆̈́͌̈͘͘y̴̛̲̤̜̤̪̔͋͌͌̀͌̏̽̓͂̚͝ͅ ̷̡̯͖̮̪̘̜̪̮̟͔̼̲͜͜͝ņ̷̻̬̼͔͉̮̭̘̽̏̀͋̚̚ḕ̶̮̺̭̤̱̔̏͑́͌̒̎̌̔̕į̵̐̌͆̓̉̍̍̑̐̽̃̌͋͘̚ģ̴̙͉̗̙̖̫̭̭̫͍̙̞̐̈́̾͗̉̽̌̐̀͊̊̐́͝ẖ̴̨̺̲̮͔̦͇͓͙̰͎̌͛̎̎̋͐͌̃͝͠b̴̡̗̯̘̋̌ǫ̶̖̤̩̰͈̩͛͑͂͘ṙ̴̹̾͊?̵̣̈́

Big Bird: I recognize him! He was the man I fought three years ago because we both lost our worlds! But now, I must rescue him. After all, he did come to Sesame Street once to visit!

The player then fights as Big Bird to fight Mr. Rogers possessed by the Anomaly.

After Mr. Rogers is defeated.


Mr. Rogers comes to his senses.

Mr. Rogers: Thank you, I felt I was lost when those purple minions took over me. Thank you for rescuing me, Big Bird!

Big Bird: Oh, you are very welcome. I am really sorry for what happened between us 3 years ago. Can we be friends again?

Mr. Rogers reaches his hand out for a handshake.

Mr. Rogers: Of course, we can be friends again. We need to all work together to figure out where the strange purple creatures are coming from. Remember, we must always look for the helpers.

Everyone nods. Just then, the seven friends all run to a lake where we see a young lion cub trying to get water from a lake.

Lionel: I lost everything...no more books, no more Leona, Mom, Dad, Click....no one.

Big Bird: Oh hey, are you lost too?

Lionel: Yeah....the strangest thing happened one day at the library I live in. This strange purple goo took over the library. I tried to rescue my dad but he told me to run. All the patrons, books, friends and family I had are now...gone.

Big Bird: Well, that's understandable. Say, we can all help you out if you want. We all need to work together if we want our worlds back.

Lionel: Yeah, that should do the trick! I am Lionel by the way! I love books and I feel my love for books and reading can help us along the way.

Lionel then notices Arthur.

Lionel: I recognize you! Your that aardvark from that book where you needed glasses! Your Arthur!

Arthur: Yep, that is me. Nice to meet you, Lionel.

Barney: I'm Barney the Dinosaur!

Mr. Rogers: I'm Mr. Rogers. Pleasure to meet you, neighbor.

Dash: I am Dash as you may know.

Chris: I am Chris.

Martin: And, I am Martin, Chris's brother. After all the lions we have met, your the friendliest one and you love to read too.

Lionel: Well, it's nice meeting you all. But, now, let us find out more about the case with these purple creature.

Everyone puts their hands in and the eight set off for adventure.

It cuts to a screen where you choose four out of the eight characters and you traverse through a platforming section where you fight the Anomaly's enslaved minions.

After the platforming section


The eight travel to a desert section where they notice a clue towards the Anomaly.

Big Bird: It seems there are hints of purple around here.

Lionel: There has to be a source somewhere for the purple creatures. Let's keep looking.

The eight friends keep going on their adventure.

End of Chapter 5

Chapter 6:

The Pieces Coming Together

We start by seeing Xavier Riddle trying to use his psychic powers in a futuristic electric corridor. He is able to see visions of Big Bird, Mr. Rogers, Dash, Arthur, Barney, Chris and Martin and Lionel traveling together. Then, he gets a vision of WordGirl and Ms. Frizzle traveling together and then Digit and Hacker.

Xavier Riddle: I see images in my head...but no Secret Museum or Brad and Yadina.

Just then, Xavier notices an electric switch that caused the lights to flicker and then he zaps himself on accident.

Xavier Riddle: AAAH! THAT TICKLES!

Just then, he summoned two shadowy figures of himself on accident out of nowhere. Xavier becomes scared but determined to fight them.

Xavier Riddle: If this is to get the Secret Museum back, I must fight these figures of me.

As Xavier Riddle, you must defeat the two shadowy Xavier Riddles.

After the battle:

Soon, Xavier Riddle continues to examine the electric corridor.

Xavier Riddle: There must be a way I can figure out how to defeat that purple goo-like creatures. If only there was a way...

Suddenly, Xavier uses his psychic powers along with circuitry to create portals. Out of the portals came Big Bird, Mr. Rogers, Dash, Arthur, Barney, Chris and Martin and Lionel. Then came WordGirl and Miss Frizzle. Finally, there came Digit and Hacker.

Big Bird: How did we all get here?

Mr. Rogers: It seems some magic happened.

Mr. Rogers looks at Xavier.

Mr. Rogers: I remember when you came to visit me on my TV set, Xavier. What made you bring me here? Did you find out about those purple creatures?

Xavier: Well, it seems they can duplicate us as well as attack anything in sight. This electric corridor may give us a clue.

Miss Frizzle: Ahhh yes, the power of electricity! Quite fascinating what it can do thanks to Thomas Edison!

Xavier: Well, since electricity is amazing, let's keep looking around the corridor.

You can choose 5 of the 12 characters in the story so far to traverse through a platforming section of the electric corridor.

At the end:

The 12 characters spot the purple monster combining with the electric source.

WordGirl: Uhh yeah...this is definitely gonna be scarier than any villain I fought.

Captain Huggy Face hides behind WordGIrl's back.

Arthur: Goodness....

Soon came about the Electric Anomaly Beast ready to take down the 12.

Xavier Riddle: Whoever you are, we will take you down!

You can choose 5 of the 12 characters in the story so far to defeat the Electric Anomaly Beast.

After the boss fight:

The Electric Anomaly Beast is defeated and then we see a portal with all the characters and worlds trapped in it as a clue.

Everyone: Is that the solution???

Xavier Riddle: Well everyone, it seems we got one portal down but....there are still others elsewhere who are in the same situation as us.

We then hear a familiar laugh that sounded like it was from a certain red Muppet but very nervous-like.

Big Bird: I recognize that laugh from anywhere! I'm coming Elmo!!!

Big Bird then runs into the portal where he hears Elmo.

Dash: We should all try to find more portals to find out more about this.

Everyone nods in agreement and scatters.

End of Chapter 6


Chapter 7:

A Friend in Need


We start with a certain furry-red monster stuck in a dark forest. He is scared and seen hiding behind a tree. Just then, Big Bird falls through the portal.

Big Bird: Elmo, my friend! I'm here for youuuuu!

Big Bird then falls onto the ground by accident.

Big Bird: Woah, did not see that coming but I hope your...

Elmo: NO! Elmo is scared right now, Elmo lost everything!

Elmo is seen holding Rocco.

Big Bird: Wait, why do you have Rocco?

Elmo: Well, before that purple creature came and took over Sesame Street, Elmo was playing with Zoe and I was telling her Rocco was only a rock.

Big Bird: Purple creature? I remember, we may have a clue as to where that creature is coming from. I do remember I was in an electric corridor and then portals appeared and I heard your voice...

A flashback occurs of the scene.

Elmo: Well, Elmo wants to go on an adventure to find out more.

Big Bird: Well, what are we waiting for?

You can choose between Big Bird or Elmo to traverse through a platforming section of the dark forest while fighting the Anomaly's minions.

At the end:

Big Bird and Elmo stop to take a bit of a rest.

Big Bird: Well, there's more of the minions but...

Elmo then notices a big blue dragon just hiding and turning invisible and just acting scared until the purple monsters got to him...

Elmo: DRAGON!!!!!!

It then turns out the big blue dragon was Ord and he is getting posessed by the Anomaly.

Big Bird: We must help that blue dragon! He is in trouble!

You can choose between Big Bird or Elmo to fight Ord possessed by the Anomaly.

After the boss fight:

Ord is then seen coming to his senses.

Ord: Oh, thank you two for rescuing me. I was scared out there as I do not like the dark.

Elmo then still hides behind Big Bird's back. Ord approaches Elmo slowly.

Ord: What's wrong little guy? What's your name?

Elmo: Elmo, Elmo is afraid of dragons.

Ord: Oh, don't worry, I'm a nice one. I'm Ord, a dragon from Dragon Land. I'm sad my home world is gone after those purple monsters took it over but I must rescue my friends.

Elmo then comes away from Big Bird's back.

Elmo: Well, Elmo will help Mr. Ord. Elmo misses Sesame Street....

Ord: You know, you kind of remind me of myself Elmo. I get scared easily of things like the dark but I know I must be brave.

Big Bird: Well, thanks for helping Elmo understand your not scary Ord. I'm Big Bird. It seems we found some portals but...

Big Bird points to the sky showcasing some great purple monster and a collection of every PBS World out there.

Big Bird: Maybe that's a clue.

Ord: In any case, we should keep on looking...except I'm a little...scared.

Elmo: Don't be, Mr. Ord! Elmo will come with you!

Ord: Alright, well hop on my back Elmo and we will fly towards that purple creature!

Ord, Elmo and Big Bird fly towards the sky.

You can choose between Big Bird, Elmo or Ord to traverse a purple sky platforming section while fighting the Anomaly's minions.

After the platforming section:

Big Bird: We're getting there, it seems.

Elmo: Well, Elmo knows we can do it!

The three friends share a quick hug and keep investigating.

End of Chapter 7


Chapter 8:

The Mystery Unfolds

We cut back to the electric corridor Xavier Riddle and the 11 other characters are located where Xavier is exploring more portals. Him and his new friends keep exploring.

Arthur: Those portals seem to have some sort of power.

Xavier Riddle: It seems what Big Bird went into was one of the portals to rescue Elmo.

Mr. Rogers: Will we have to go into the portals as well?

Xavier Riddle: I believe so, there's others stuck in other places in there so let's keep exploring.

Ms. Frizzle: Well, maybe this will give us a clue as to what those purple creatures were.

Lionel: What are we waiting for? I want to rescue my family and the library I live in.

Arthur: And Elwood City

Barney: And my friends.

Xavier Riddle: And the Secret Museum.

Everyone nods and then gets ready to explore.

You can choose 5 of the 12 characters there to traverse through a platforming section of the electric corridor to explore the portal situation.

After the platforming section:

Xavier Riddle and his new friends look around and then something happens to Xavier.

Xavier Riddle: I am signaling something....

Mr. Rogers looks at Xavier in dismay worried for him.

Mr. Rogers: What is wrong, Xavier? Is everything alright?

Xavier Riddle: I am getting another distress signal in my mind...

Xavier Riddle flashes back to an evil voice speaking to him.

The evil voice: Ş̴̨̲̣̺͍̟̠̬̈́̓̃̎̑͗̿͗͠a̴͙͓̺͙̞̼͍̳̜̤͙͓̔̚ͅͅͅc̶̟̳̩̰̪͕̣̖̮̬̐̚ͅr̸̛̹̱̲͋͂̈́̈́͆̓̃̿̑̑̂͆̇̚ͅį̷̨̬̮̖͕̮̮̰̼͕͉̓̀̓̏̃̿͘͝͝͠f̸̻̘͚̣͖̼̗͕͙͇̄͆̅̾͘̚i̴̢̠̳͇̪͚̮̱̟̠̖̲͑̆ć̴̼͓̺̜̭̣͉̖̲̺͕̈̈̽̐̃̏̓̀̕ę̶̺̖̬͉͕̝̻̜͖̤̣̼̞̖̈͊̃̾͗́̒̉͘͝͝͝ ̴̡̠̪̜̳̳͑̀̽̉̇́̊̐́̐̌̕t̶̝͔̮̮̟͉̄͐̆̋̿̾̓̔̔̚̚̚͝ͅw̵̡̧̢͚̯̭̞̠̩̹̪̖̉̈́͝ơ̷̱͇̘̖̞͇̙̈́͒̂͂͋̓̓̋̋̆̈́̕͘͜͝ ̷̭̦͕͍̭̘͇̖͇͓̼̹̯͖̝͆͝ȯ̴̢̡̜̺͕̻͕̺͇̣̘̞̋̈̊̌͌͝f̸̨̨̀́̃͊̓́̈́̈̈̍͘͘͝͠ ̴̨̯͍̍͌͂̀̕͝ỷ̶̢͇̝͉̙̙͇̞̟̃̌ǫ̴̺̺͇̻͍̗̎̌̐̇͝u̶̡̧̜̝͍̜͒͒͊͠ ̷̨̢̜̮̺̣͉̼̮̬̯̯̻͖̅a̴̛̛̼̟͎̓̈́̃͐̇̌̐͛̋̏ň̸̬̥̖̖̣͛͜͝d̶̛̘͍̣͓̰͉̣̲͚͎͆̄̐̇͋̉̅̓̄͊̅͛͘͘ͅ ̵̲̟̻̠̰̞̭͚̦̉̕͜t̶̳́̉͒̂͝ḧ̶̥̬̼̫̬̓̏͐͂́̄̚e̵̺̬̖̖̣͉̺̎͋̈́̉͌̕͝n̸̛̥̒̎͂̔̉̏͂̒̎̊͋͠ ̷̠̰̻̞̜͔̻͙̟̃̊̀̔̍͜w̷̢̦̖̞̪͓͗́͗͑̈́̊̽̐̀̄̈͒ę̸̡̫̫͙̣̼͈̎̓͐̀̏͒̿̑͒̕̕͝ ̴̨̭̗͕̞̟̽̈́́͑̐͋͋̅̆͛̚w̶̛̖͉̐͋͆̿̃͑͑͊̌i̸̞̗̹̳̹͇͎͊͛́̔͆̊̽̈l̵̢̛̮͇͔͈͈̹̣͇̣̉͛̓̀͗̽̈́̊̊͑̋͜͠ͅͅl̶̨̛̩̼̳̫̘̬͎̪̜̣̬̜̒͆̏̀̓͛̀̈́̈́͐͋̾ͅͅ ̶̻̖̣̦͖̺͚͕̿͒̀͒͐̆͑́͂̂͘g̴̢͈̝͙̙͚̭̺̱͕͚̍̀͠i̴͇̬̹͕̫̠̟̐v̵͖̺̟̠̘̜̺̯̩̭̯̞̲̍͐̑̾͌̚̚͜͝ē̵̗̺̹͉ ̷̨͇̙̑̋͑̓̌e̶̞͙͖̤̩̮̞̜̭̬̱͑̇̄̈́́̾̃͘̕v̶̡̛̛̱̙̠̜̜̇̎̒̾̂̃̿͂̔̕̚͜͠ͅȩ̴͚̬̘̫̗͔́̽͊ŗ̴̨̧̥͎̙̮͉͕̫̬͔̣̑̎̒y̶̲̖̻̜̋́̋̐͘͜t̷̨̜̪̱͓̟̩̙͉̥̗͎̳̾̂͐h̸̺̠͛̐́̈́͊͆̂̚͘ì̷̢̨͚̹͇̰͑̅͒̈́͗͐̚̕̕͝n̶̡̨̞̹̥̺̔̕g̴̛̫̅̃̐̈̅̑̉͝ ̶̗͙͇̩̯̄̊͑̓́̈́́̈́̎͝͝b̶̨̙̤̰̖͉̲̗͈̹̀́̓̏͘̚a̶̡͎͚̘̤͙̼̤̠̠̥̟͇̜̐c̴̰̼̫͈̝̣̖̘̟͈͗̿̅̈́̅̒̐̒̑͘͠͝k̸̢̛̹͖̝̙͉̒̄̄̃̂̌̓̊̋́̕!̷̦͙̦̼̎̈́̉̆͋́͐͐͠ ̶̢̜̙͇̱̼̭͚̭̀̀ͅI̷̛̩̯̭͍͗̂̀́̏͊͆̂̒̒f̵̡̢̢̛̻̩̹̎̀̈́̌̇͐̉̌͊̇͘ ̴͈̩̹͈̫͓̳̘̻̬̏͌͆͂͑͐̽̅̉̎̎̈́͌̀n̴̨̡̥̠̫̟̳̪̖̞̮̬͔̣̮͒̇̆̏͊̾̓̌̚͘o̷̧̢̳̤̪͙͇̥̼̪̹͇̯͗͒̑̍̿͑̄͒̌ͅͅt̸̹͕̬̫̦̀͊͒̔͒,̵͚̼̩͈̙̿͜͠͝ ̵̡̢̝͉̩͎̼͖͓̝̐̏̈͘͝ȩ̷̳̟̬̭̈͑̎̀͐̆̈́̒͗̋͘͠ͅv̸̢̜͚̣̲̗̜̠̯̥̗̞͍̪̑ę̶̤̦͚͖͕͚͍̪͙́͂̄̔͘̚ŕ̷͓̰̬͚̽̏̒̓̇̔̒̿̆ỳ̴̢̧̡̛̗͚́͂̀́̐̕ͅo̷̲̣̘͛̔̏̏́̊̓͑͒̚̕̕͝n̸̨͇̹͓͉͚̫̼͇̠̩͆͋̑̆̒̇̋̔̏̿̽̀́̌͜͝ͅe̷̹̬͔͔̙̐͊͌̍̾̐͐̈̉̎̇̀̒̎͋͜͜ͅ'̴̱͐̄̃̕͜͝ş̵̼̱͎̑̋͊͐̅́̈́̿ ̷̨̹͂͗͒̈́̏̇̑͌̒͑̚̚ẘ̴̛̗̮̥̟͔̥̰͎̥͖͌͂͒̀̕o̶̜̬̻̻͓̼̫̭̔͑̌͜r̸̡̧̧̼̣̖̞̯̖͚̠̣͛̑̒͛́̃̀̿̆͜l̸͇̱̣̪͖̣͔͔̠̣͚̱̝͌ḋ̸̬̮̎̉͗͘͠s̵̡̧̨̭͇̮͔̘̬̭̹̦̲͕̓̋ ̶̼̠͓̹̀͊̋́͑͛̾̀̑̕͜͝w̴̢̜̥̭͖̱̦͍̼͔̰̰͚͍͓̓̆̋̌͛͌̈́̉̎̆̌̎̆͂͝ï̵͎̈́̒͑̕͝ĺ̸̺̪̀̂͛̔͘̚l̴̨͕̯̖̜͋̇̄̑̊̇͌̅̇́̆͝͝͠ ̴̧̗̩̫̘͚̰̱̿̐̒̀͆͒̈́̓̿͋͋̉̓̚d̴̡̫͔͈̫̟̥̦͍͉̣̦͑̚i̷̡̝͇̼̮̺̫̰̔̒̒̂̅̋̑͌s̷̢̟̘̯͙̟̫͂͒̃̒͂͝a̸̝͆̔̇̌͝p̶͓̘̰̩̼̘̰̺̦̜̼̉p̴̻̳̋̀̅̕e̴͍̝̣̪͑́́̾̔a̶̢͈͔͎̤͈͍̺̺̪͉̯̣̘̻͐̉͊r̸̡̧̛̖̺͉̥̝͙̠̻̀́͛͂̈̊ ̴̡̛̇̈̐͛́͘͝ḟ̵̛̙͖̞͕̪̻͈̹͙̜͈̣̫̟͕̓́ő̷̧̤̫̩͓͝ŗ̶̢̢̢͖͔̟̩̝̗̎͗̒̆̉̑̿̈̆̓̄͛͌̿̕e̷̛̳̐̐̊͐͑̏́́͆̉̇͘̕͝v̷̢̨̦̼͕̓̊̒̆͊̐̅͑̽̀͌̄̀ę̷͙͓̗͚̺͍̜̋͋r̷̩̤̣͖̪̹̬̻͍͔̔̆͑̂͋͌̂͊ͅ!̶̨̧̤̭͓̣̙̗̙̤̔͜

WordGirl: So um...two of us will have to be sacrificed to save everyone else?

Xavier Riddle: I am afraid so...knowing all the historical heroes I met and their sacrifices, I might as well have to do something about this.

Barney: Well, I am sure where we will figure out a way where we can all be together.

Digit: And then, no one will have to fear.

Hacker was looking away for a second until....some evil portal appears with four familiar creatures with familiar shaped antennas as well as with yellow, purple, green and red colors on it.

Enslaved Teletubbies: Ė̴̡̲̹̻̎h̷̞̦̳̼̙̖͙̣͍̳͎̯̟̔̇̈͒ ̸̨̢̛̤̣̖̬̜̮̞̯̫̂͋̑̌͜ͅŏ̶̭̖̫͂̃̂͋̀͝h̷͔͉̲͔͍̮̺͔͈͍̲͛͒̈́͆̾̀̋h̸̬̲̲̽̾̒͊̊̌̽͘̕̕ḣ̶̙̭̠̮͖͉̙͕̜̽̽̀̓̏̈́̆͌̿h̴̨̩̮͂̇!̵̨̡̮̲̳̭̫̜͇͐̉̓̐͑͠ ̵̧̡̱̭͙̋͊̌͋̏̀

Martin: Hmmmm, those four creatures look familiar...Zoboomafoo told us about them.

Tinky Winky's voice from the Enslaved Teletubbies: T̸͖̟̲̄̒̉͌͌̃͆̊̍̓̌̉̃͋͠î̴̟n̴̛̫̠̩͔̲͔͙̤̠̖͕͂̊́̍́͜͝k̸̨̥͓̥̻͕̝̎̊̎͐͑̀͘ͅy̶̨̨̯͇͍̣̺̘͙̹̲͔̻̞͂̃͑͂̈́̀͗̓͂̚͜͝ ̸̢̱̲͕̮̟̗̯͕̗̑͘͜Ẅ̶̲̣̬̭̗́͗̉̋͛̉̉̊͗͌̓̈́̌̈́͝ͅǐ̸̠̲̠͕̻͍̦̬͒͑̉̍͂͒̍̊̚͝ͅͅń̵̡̳̳͎̝̓́̋͒̐̊͘̚͝k̷͔̝͇̅̑́͐͊̒̅̉̎̀͆͘͝͝y̸̛̯͖̽̄̀̄̾̍̆̆̃̋͛̑͝ ̶̛͖͇̮̦͑͑̒͆̈́̉͊͠͠ḥ̴͗̇͋͂͐̀̏̄̏̊͘ủ̷̪͔̃̅̀͂̄͝͝r̴̛̟̺͕͍͇̳̠̊̃̓̈́̃̓̐̈́̈́̕̚t̵͉̖̘̱͇̱̞͕̟̔͆͂̃͑̾́̚ͅ ̴̡̫̼͎͔̞̣̰̞̙̲̀̓̾͋̍͊̾͑̊͛̓̓̔͜͜͜͠͝f̸̢͍͚̫̥͕̑̂̌͊̔͗͊͐̈́͜r̶̡̹̺̜̣̰͓͖͙̟̗̝̠͋͒̓͋̎̔i̸̡̡͔̗̪͚̭̾͗̃̀̔̂͌̾̆̏̓̊̐̒͘e̶̡̛̪̳̮̱̝͕͓̼͓̭̩̘͔̐͌̈͒̓̊͋͘n̴̩̺͇̫͆̐̍͋͒ͅd̴͙̳̥̼̂̔ş̸̮̥̰͎̝̮̜͖̜̻̥͈͈͋͂̈́͆̒̐̏̊͐̉͆̚͜͝͠!̶̧̭͎͖̖̫̭̳̪͚̩̗̐̂̓ͅ

Dash: It seems the Teletubbies have been possessed by the purple creatures.

Xavier Riddle: We have no choice to defeat them...

You can choose 5 of the 12 characters there to defeat the Enslaved Teletubbies.

After the boss fight:

The Teletubbies come to their senses.

Teletubbies: Eh oh!

Chris: Oh, the Teletubbies are back.

Tinky Winky: Tinky Winky!

Dipsy: Dipsy!

La-La: La-La!

Po: Pooooo!

Mr. Rogers: Nice to meet you, Teletubbies!

Barney gets excited.

Barney: You four seem like so much fun! So, do you four know anything about what took over our homes?

Tinky Winky plays something on his tv screen on his belly with a mysterious purple creature.

Chris: Hmmmm, seems like that's the purple source. Let's head towards the direction of it.

Martin points to a portal: Let's go explore, this might be the portal towards the main purple creature.

Barney, Chris and Martin and the Teletubbies then go in the portal. Everyone else waves goodbye.

You then see Barney, Chris and Martin and the Teletubbies enter the portal which takes them through a Teletubbies-is countryside level.

You can choose between Barney, Chris and Martin or The Teletubbies to explore the countryside area via a platformigh section destroying the Anomaly's minions.

After the platforming section:

Tinky Winky gets another tv signal and he seems to be getting close to the main source.

Chris: We are getting there.

Barney then looks closer at the tv

Barney: Oh, it seems my friends Big Bird, Elmo and Ord found some clues as well!

Martin: Well, why don't we meet up with them!

The 7 friends nod

The Teletubbies: Big hug!!!!

Everyone hugs and then they continue their adventure.

End of Chapter 8


Chapter 9:

Mo' Portals, Mo' Panic, Mo' Problems

We start the chapter up in the electric corridor where we see Mr. Rogers, Arthur, Dash, WordGirl, Ms. Frizzle, Digit, Hacker, Lionel and Xavier Riddle standing in there observing what happened to Barney, the Kratt Brothers and the Teletubbies.

Xavier Riddle: Well, it seems we're going to have to split up in order to uncover the mystery of these portals.

Ms. Frizzle: Your right. Maybe I will get a sense as to what happened with my school bus. Come on! Let's split up.

Dash: Good idea, just find the closest portal and hop into it. We will find others who were stuck in the portals.

The 9 friends look at each other and split up. Mr. Rogers and Arthur go into one portal. WordGirl and Xavier Riddle in another, Dash with Ms. Frizzle and Lionel with Digit and Hacker. We specifically follow Arthur and Mr. Rogers into a portal where they land in an abandoned city.

Arthur: Huh, this feels awfully similar to Elwood City.

Mr. Rogers: It reminds me of the time I visited you and your family, Arthur. But now, I wonder where we can find the main source of those purple monsters. Let us explore.

You can choose between Arthur or Mr. Rogers to traverse through a platforming section of the abandoned city and fight off the Anomaly's enslaved minions.

After the platforming section:

Arthur: Mr. Rogers, I hear something strange!

Mr. Rogers: Huh? What is it, Arthur? I do not hear anything....

We suddenly cut to where we see Buster is trying to film something with his video camera. Then, we cut to the point of view of Buster filming something.

Buster: It seems awfully quiet in this abandoned city. No cars, no people, nothing!

Buster then turns his camera and notices Arthur and Mr. Rogers.

Buster: Oh! Arthur! It's been forever! How have you be-

Arthur interrupts Buster.

Arthur: Buster! Those purple minions! They are possessing you!

The purple minions possessed Buster and turned him into an evil version of himself but with Bionic Bunny themed powers.

Mr. Rogers: We have no choice but to attack him.

Arthur: Don't worry, Buster! Me and Mr. Rogers will save you!

You can choose between Arthur or Mr. Rogers to fight Anomaly-possessed Buster.

After the boss fight:

Buster comes to his senses.

Buster: Thanks Arthur and Mr. Rogers. You two really saved me there.

Mr. Rogers: You are welcome, Buster. I remember when you came by Arthur's house for dinner when I visited Elwood City. Also, do you know anything about these purple monsters that attacked us and you?

Buster looks up at the sky and points at a strange purple monster being.

Arthur: We should head towards that direction then! Maybe, we can get a clue of what's causing this pandemonium!

The 3 friends nod and set off for adventure.

You can choose between Arthur, Buster or Mr. Rogers to traverse through a platforming section of the abandoned city to the purple clouds and fight off the Anomaly's enslaved minions.

After the platforming section:

Arthur spots a few friends.

Arthur: Hey, there's Big Bird, some red monster and some blue dragon up there.

Mr. Rogers: Oh, and also, Barney, Chris and Martin as well as the Teletubbies there too. They seem to have found a source. Let us go check up on them.

The 3 proceed towards the part of 10.

End of Chapter 9.

Chapter 10:

The Show Must Go On!

We start the chapter up now looking at what happened with Lionel, Digit and Hacker. We see them falling through the portal on the way to a lit up empty film studio.

Lionel: Where are we anyway? And, who are you two?

Lionel looks at Digit.

Lionel: You kind of look like Chicken Jane. She's a chicken that always gets into trouble, my sister Leona likes her!

Digit: CHICKEN? Well, I'm a cybird! My name is Digit! Never fear because the Didge is here!

Hacker: And I'm THE Hacker! Once we solve this mystery, I will RULE Cyberchase! Ahahaha!

Lionel has a shocked reaction on his face.

Lionel: Well, nice to meet you Digit and Hack-

Hacker: It's THE Hacker to you!

Lionel: Well, nice to meet you Digit and the Hacker! I'm Lionel, I love books and I'm a librarian cub in training!

Hacker: Well, I did once have a security camera in a library and...

Digit: Enough of that! We need to figure out about those strange purple creatures that took over our worlds! There seems to be someone else here, look!

We see a stout orange mutt looking at the three.

Ruff Ruffman: So, it seems you three want to play a little game! Well, I have a new show just for you all!

Digit: Well...not right this minute. We have a mystery to solve about...

Ruff Ruffman: Mystery? Right now, it's time for you all to get challenged!

Lionel: We have no choice but to play his game!

Hacker: Ok then, this time, I WILL win this gameshow!

You can choose between Lionel, Hacker or Digit to fight against Ruff Ruffman. However, your job is not to KO him but to complete 5 of his challenges he throws with his Neutral Special at you.

After the challenge:

Ruff Ruffman: Wow, you guys are better than I thought! I forgot to introduce myself! I am Ruff Ruffman, esteemed game show host!

Lionel: Nice to meet you, Ruff Ruffman! Say, you remind me a bit of that big red dog I read about when I was younger! I'm Lionel!

Digit: I'm Digit!

Hacker: And I'm THE Hacker!

Ruff Ruffman: Well, nice to meet you three contestants! It seems we're in the same problem! I was trying to prep for a new gameshow of mine but...this purple creature took over everything! Even the studio!

Lionel: That happened to me but with the library I live in!

Digit and Hacker: Same with Cyberspace!

Ruff Ruffman: Well, I want my studio back! But, we need to find clues about this strange purple creature! Our next challenge....find more clues about the purple creatures!

The cutscene stops and you choose from Lionel, Digit, Hacker or Ruff Ruffman and complete a platforming section of the dark, studio like setting fighting the Anomaly's enslaved minions.

After the platforming section:

Ruff Ruffman looks up at the sky.

Ruff Ruffman: We'll have to find a way to get up there!

We then zoom in to where Big Bird, Elmo, Arthur, Buster, Mr. Rogers, Barney, Chris and Martin, the Teletubbies and Ord up in the area with the potential.

Digit: I can try to fly us all on my ship but I have no access to it!

Ruff Ruffman: Hey let's all build a catapult to get us up there!

Everyone nods and gets to work.

The cutscene stops and you choose from Lionel, Digit, Hacker or Ruff Ruffman and complete a task involving attacking parts needed to build a super strong catapult while fighting off more Minions.

After the mission:

Ruff Ruffman: Challenge completed! Is everyone ready to go up?

Everyone nods and then the four new friends fling up into the sky.

Lionel: WOAHHHH!

Hacker: This is real crazyyyy!

Digit: We're almost there guys!

It ends with a clear sky seeing the four characters going towards the main source.

End of Chapter 10.


Chapter 11:

The dreaded secret to victory

We start the chapter off by showing a mysterious snowy mountain area that seems to catch a blizzard every so often. A portal appears in a snowy forest and Wordgirl and Xavier Riddle jump out of the portal and into the area

Wordgirl: Brrrrrrrr........why dihihihihid this porororortal bring us herererere?........

Xavier: Mmmmmmm, I don't know, but I'm sure we were brought here to rescue a friend who's been possessed by that big purple goo monster......

Xavier than spots a cabin in the distance and points at it

Xavier: .....maybe in that wood shack over there. We can head there to warm up, or rescue a friend if we're lucky

Wordgirl: Well than let's hurry over there! I'm freezing.......

You go through a platformer section where you must not only deal with the Anomaly's minions, but also snowstorms that can blow you back and obstruct the view a little as well as heavy snow which can lower your movement speed.

Wordgirl and Xavier open up the doors to the wood shack, which surprised an Alaskan girl hiding in the shack.

Alaskan girl: Aaah! Whoever you are! Leave me alone!

Wordgirl: Woah woah, calm down there fellow cabin-dweller! I'm Wordgirl, and I'm here to save you! Whatever you are hiding from, we know.

Xavier: Mmmmm, looks like we have more survivors in these portals after all! So tell me girl, what's your name and how did you end up here?

Alaskan girl: My name is Molly, Molly Mabray! Last thing I know before I got here is I was making a vlog on some new purple goo thing that came to my village, but then it got bigger and bigger and........It took all may friends and family, and it destroyed all of Qyah! I managed to escape somehow and just about a year ago, I ended up in this really snowy place that even though it's snowy, it's nothing like home.

Wordgirl: That thing took all of Fair City too!

Xavier: And the Secret Museum, and Yadina and Brad......

Molly: Wow, I guess that big purple goo thing is more widespread than I thought, there's no way to stop it from all the destruction...unless for one thing....

Xavier: What's that?

Molly: So I was able to gather some data on this purple thing, and apparently, it is said that it requires the sacrifice of two heroes in order to destroy it for good!

Wordgirl: Hey, that sounds familiar, I thought I heard something like that....

Xavier: Oh yeah! That's what that evil voice told me earlier! Back in those space corridors!

Wordgirl: Also, I thought we heard that the evil voice told us that if we fulfill the sacrifice, it will give us back our worlds!

Molly: Well, as much as I hate to tell the both of you this, I'm afraid that purple beast was just deluding you guys. You can't get your worlds back, it already damaged everything, but what I can tell you is the sacrifice will still stop this purple beast once and for all, but I don't know what world you guys will be transferred to, who knows what that purple beast could lead you too?

Xavier: gasp Oh no......No more secret museum......that's just tough.....but we still need to stop that monster!

Wordgirl: Yes! So Molly, do you know how we can reach this purple goo monster?

Molly: Well.......there is a way, I found out. There's a tall mountain nearby that holds a special purple crystal that when thrown, it will transport you guys to that purple thing! I don't know where that crystal came from in the first place, but maybe we can find out!

Wordgirl: Alright, let's do that!

Xavier: Count me in!

As soon as Wordgirl, Xavier and Molly went out the doors, they then to go out into the snowy wilderness to find that crystal, but they were then spotted by a big amalgamation of the Anomaly's enslaved minions, which includes the villains Wordgirl has fought back at fair city, Becky's family, Violet, Yadina, Brad and Molly's friends and family

Xavier: gasps Oh Yadina, Brad, please come back.... he sheds a few tears from his eyes

Molly: According to my research, they won't listen to you now, they only listen to that! Maybe we should just run!

Wordgirl: Yeah! Good thinking!

Xavier: Aaaaaaahhhhhh haaaaaaa!!!



Enslaved Yadina: Ḋ̴̪̻̬̪̗̦̖̻̣̯͍̤ͅé̵͉̫͎͈̫̞͔̫̱̥̦̻͐̅́͌̔̒͜ś̶̨̛̼̱̞̬̤̖̱̀̓̅́͜t̸̡͔̣̗͔̞͎͇̥̯̰͚̭̋̂̀̏͌̔̈́͘ͅr̸̢̢̜̖̮̺̜̲̬͈̖͉̪͒̃̀͛͒̊̌͆͋̈̓͒̄̾̚ͅo̷̢̜̤̭̥̳̹̮͌̄͂̄̌̕͜ý̸̪̲̲̂͆͒̆̊̐͋͘̚ ̷̡̢̢̡͇̘̯͎̦̲͙̜̳̤͆̇̈̍̈́̚͝a̵̖͐̒̽̓̐̏̿͛͂͘͝͠͠l̴̛͙̻̯͙͉̭͕̄͐͐̅̃̐̎̌̚̚͝ͅͅl̴̨̢̛̦̖̼̪̘̟̺͓͙̋̋͌͜!̷̢̪͎̲̟̳͒̓̽ͅ ̷̛̳͔̙̰͈̖͙̹̼͚͈̭͔͚̍̉̂̏̅͜D̷̨̧͔̤͈͉̻̲͎̥̭͔̋̀̽̈́̆̚ẻ̷͕͎͐͊͌́́̚ş̶͍͖̬̮͙̼̯͇͉͕͖̈̽͋̐̿͐̚ͅͅt̸̢̘͓̗̣̘̫̭͓͕͚͎́̄̃̏̐͂̿͠r̸̫̳̰̲̣̜̠̬̘̝̺̭̪̍̽̔́́͊̇́̀͑̌̋o̶̢͌̀̇͑̈̀͆ŷ̶̖̦̭̭̠̰̣̭̹͍͕̽͒͊̉̏̇́̔̊̚ͅ ̷̡̺̺̩͕̭̩̭̲̭͛̀͛̂͜͝ͅà̶̡̛̭̞̼͔̖̮̮̪̪̣͕̄̏͒̿́̈͐̌͗̅͜͝͝ľ̶̦̬̰̲͐̀̾́̊̆͝͝l̴̨̙͕͕͇̜͎͛͌́̑͗͜͝ͅͅ ̶̝͍̥̞̞͖͌̆̾̈́̂l̴̨̡̡̞̖͉̟̥̠͈̗̱͍̟͘͜i̸̡͕̼̤̱̱͉̥̘̰͕̪̭͐̒̈̈́͛͊f̶͎̦̱̂̃̇̀̂̍̃̚͜é̸̢̺̩̦̦̠̓̈̀̂̽̈́̉͆̉̈́̇͑͂͛f̷̳̝̞͍̠͉̳͖͇̪̓̈͛͑͗͘͘ȍ̵̡̭̳̹͈̌́̓͌͆́̎̌͋̚͝͠͠r̸̡̤͙͉̯̺͎̤͖͚̈́͂̈́̽́̊̌̃͊͠m̴̡͔̟̖̩̱̝͗͆̃̒͒̾̈̏s̶͙͕̲͉̻̠̔̒͒̒̈́͗̎͆̿̓̿̉͛̈!̵̱͎͙̱̗͎͚͕͇͍̞̬͛̈̈́̔̉̾͆̿̿͂̐̿͛͘



The amalgamation begins to chase the heroes

You then go through a platformer section where you must go forward and reach the end while avoiding the amalgamation that is constantly chasing you, and touching it is an instant KO. There are various obstacles in your way and environmental hazards that will slow you down, making the chase much more perilous.

The trio then hid in a small ice grotto where the amalgamation then passes by them, and along its way, it dropped a purple crystal.

Xavier: Hey! that must be that crystal we need to reach that thing!

Wordgirl: Well what are we wating for? Let's get it!

The trio picked up the crystal and they spot Big Bird, Elmo, Arthur, Buster, Mr. Rogers, Barney, Chris and Martin, Digit, Hacker, Lionel the Teletubbies, Ord and Ruff Ruffman up in the clouds of a tall mountaintop

Molly: I think we have more survivors up there! Let's get to them!

Xavier: Yeah, let's meet up with them! We know the way to that thing!

You then go through a vertical scrolling platformer section where you climb an icy mountain while dealing with more of the Anomaly's minions.

Wordgirl: So again, which two are we going to sacrifice? I'm up for it, that's for sure.

Xavier: I might, but that's something we can discuss with the others up there.

Molly: Good Idea.

The End of Chapter 11


Chapter 12

Light Will Guide Us to the Ultimate Fight!


Dash and Ms. Frizzle both jump out of a portal into a dark and mysterious area full of destroyed and otherwise abandoned carnival that looks more like a junkyard at this point.

Dash: Hmm, this place sort of reminds me of that jack-in-the-box I had to announce kids of the next shows, but it seems that purple monster may have caused a little more collateral damage than I thought.....

Ms. Frizzle: And that reminds me of the time my bus was sent to a junkyard and almost got crushed, oh, how I miss my bus...and my class as well......Maybe we should search for any survivors.

Dash: Great Idea! Once we do, we can finally know the secret on how to defeat those purple creatures for good!

Ms. Frizzle: As I say Dash, take chances, make mistakes, and get messy!

Dash: Always, Frizz!

You can choose between Dash or Ms. Frizzle to traverse through a platforming section of the abandoned carnival and fight off the Anomaly's enslaved minions.

After the platforming section:

Dash and Ms. Frizzle then stumbled upon a horse feeling downright blue and lonely and sitting on a pile of crushed circus tents. Dash decides to approach the horse.

Dash: Ummm, are you ok, Mr. Horse?

Marvin: No......I miss the stage, all those lights shining on me. I miss Fast-Talking Jack and all my friends! They were all taken by this big monstrous purple thing!

Ms. Frizzle: That's what happened to my class too! I feel your pain, Mr. Circus Horse.

Dash: What I knbow is that in order to stop that purple thing, we would need to sacrifice two of our friends....but we will figure something out. Also, you remind me of some horse from a long forgotten block on TV, what's your name?

Marvin: My name is Marvin! I'm the fast-talking, tap dancing horse!

Dash: Well, Hello Marvin, I'm Dash! Fellow mascot of PBS Kids

Ms. Frizzle: Ms. Frizzle here! Fellow science teacher at your service!

Marvin: Nice to meet you two!

Soon, some members of the Anomaly's forces, which just happen to be an enslaved group consisting of Eddy, Diamonds, Elizabeth and Stripes come to take on Dash, Ms. Frizzle and Marvin.

Dash: Hey, guys, watch out! There's more of them coming!

The Anomaly's forces come approaching.

Marvin: Don't worry, I'll save you, my friends! Time for me to put on a show once more to show you of our glory old days of preforming! Cue the spotlight!

As Marvin, you defeat the Anomaly's forces in a Multi-nomaly Mayhem-esque battle where you use Marvin's dance-themed moveset to put on a performance and fight. Afterwards, you must then face off against an enslaved group consisting of Eddy, Diamonds, Elizabeth and Stripes. Defeat them to clear the battle.

After the fight:

Marvin: Well, that was certainly a great performance, but I couldn't save them.......

Dash: Well, I think it's not possible at this point, that purple thing is too strong for you.....

Ms. Frizzle looks up at the sky and sees Big Bird, Elmo, Arthur, Buster, Mr. Rogers, Barney, Chris and Martin, WordGirl, Digit, Hacker, Lionel, Xavier Riddle, the Teletubbies, Ord and Ruff Ruffman up in the clouds.

Ms. Frizzle: Hey guys, look up in the sky! There's the others! WordGirl even made it up there as I thought she would!

Dash: So is Arthur and Buster! Come on, Marvin and Ms. Frizzle! Let's meet up with them and discuss about who we are sacrificing!

Marvin: Sounds fantastic! Come on, let's dim those lights and make our merry way up there!

The cutscene stops.

You can choose between Dash, Ms. Frizzle or Marvin to traverse through a platforming section of the abandoned carnival that leads towards the entrance towards the top with the survivors and fight off the Anomaly's enslaved minions.

After the platforming section:

The three friends walk towards the other survivors

Mr. Rogers: Well, it seems that we have everyone up here!

Barney: Yep! All or friends are here at last!

Ord: and hey! Looks like they brough more survivors!

Elmo: Elmo's glad you guys made it up here! It must have been so hard!

Teletubbies: Eh-oh! More friends!

Ruff Ruffman: Well now that everybody's here, maybe we should discuss who to sacrifice?

Molly: Woah, hold on there! Maybe I should let Wordgirl discuss this!

Wordgirl: Well, Molly here told us about this purple crystal me, her and Xavier found!

Xavier: If we throw it, it says that it can take us to wherever that purple thing is residing!

Wordgirl: Well, I suppose I get on with it!

Buster: Alrighty, super-girl!

Wordgirl throws it the first time, but the crystal lands on the ground and nothing happens. The others try various ways to get the crystal working. Digit used a small hammer to hammer the crystal a few times but nothing happens. Big Bird tries shaking it to no avail. The Teletubbies inspect it but nothing happens still. Mr. Rogers inspects it but that didn't do. The Kratt Bros. tried spinning it themselves, but surprisingly, nothing happens. Xavier then gets fed up by every others' attempts and throws it hard, only for the crystal to bounce on the clouds 3 times before spinning in midair and opening up a dark portal to some kind of dark-purple dimension that starts to suck in our heroes! Everyone tries to hold on to something, but the pull was just so strong that they couldn't hold on for long. Big Bird, Elmo, Arthur, Buster, Mr. Rogers, Barney, Chris and Martin, WordGirl, Digit, Hacker, Lionel, Xavier Riddle, the Teletubbies, Ord, Ruff Ruffman, Molly, Dash, Ms. Frizzle and Marvin were all then sucked into the portal to the dark-purple dimension. The pull was SO strong, in fact, that it seemed to suck in the clouds, the lands our heroes have been to as well as the World of No-Learning, only leaving behind a pitch-black screen in its wake.

End of Chapter 12.


Chapter 13:

With contributions to this final quest by fighters like us!

We start the chapter off with all 19 fighters standing on a dark crystal cliffside in the Anomaly Dimension as they all look out into the horizon of the infinitely long dimension with no end in sight. Elmo hides behind Big Bird while Ord turns invisible in fright. Wordgirl and the Kratt Bros look beyond with brave looks on their face knowing that this is their epic and only chance to save their friends. We pan up to a shot of all the fighters also having discovered the smashed and devastated remains of their worlds floating in the endless void.

Xavier Riddle: Oh wow, I mean, even I can't explain the meaning of this place.....It's just so dark...and scary......I just.....

Elmo shivers behind Big Bird

Big Bird: That's Ok, Elmo, even I am scared. I don't even know this place!

The 19 characters then start to lament about their crushed worlds just looking at the pieces of the world just floating and in a totally wrecked state

Big Bird: Can you....tell me....how to get to....Sesame Street.....and now it's gone.......

Elmo: Elmo's never getting his room back, I'm so sad!

Mr. Rogers: Well, it sure was fun getting to know everyone alongside all our friends, but I guess now they're gone...

Arthur: Oh, Elwood City, my home, it can't be....

Barney: Gee, now I am REALLY starting to miss all my friends.....

Chris and Martin: We do hope Zoboo would still be ok, even after this is all destroyed...

Wordgirl: Without Fair City, how can I feel super now?

Ms. Frizzle: Well, there goes years of teaching my class about the wonderful wonders of the world of science.....

Digit: Ahhhhh.....I sure hope Motherboard is ok, but I bet she won't be happy seeing Cyberspace like this!!!

Hacker: My Minions......my worlds......

Lionel: MY Library's in ruins! I guess this means no more reading and adventures and stuff....

Xavier: I guess what that voice told me was right, there is no more secret museum sniff...

Teletubbies: notice broken TubbyTronic SuperDome*Home....home.....*sadly

Molly: If my home's there, does this mean my family's gone?

Ord: shivering in fear Does this mean our homes are gone forever?...

Marvin: Welp, no more performing for the people anymore, what a shame......

Ruff Ruffman: Man, I sure do miss my old job, but now it looks like I won't get it back! Bummer!

Buster: Well, maybe it was the strong sucking from that purple crystal that caused all the worlds to end up like this....

Dash: Whatever the reason, I'm very sad too that all of your guys' worlds are destroyed, and everything's gone.....

Xavier Riddle then uses his psychic powers.

Xavier Riddle: My senses have come to me that we are in a place known as the "Anomaly Dimension". I have also sensed that the purple thing is playing games on us by creating a maze for us to navigate!

Ms. Frizzle: Not something that I had often gone on field trips with my class, but maybe we should go forward and explore this maze.

Elmo: Hahahahaha! Ok!

Dash: Well what are we waiting for? Let's get exploring!

Everyone nods in agreement.

The cutscene ends and then you enter a roster with the 19 characters you can choose from. You can choose 5 fighters to help you traverse through the platforming section of the Anomaly Dimension. You travel through a platforming section with elements of the destroyed PBS Kids show worlds, such as Sesame Street, Elwood City, Fair City, Animal Junction, Cyberspace, the Barnaby B Busterfield III Public Library, the Secret Museum, the TubbyTronic SuperDome, the Denali Trading Post, Dragon Land, Fast-Talking Jack's Carnival and Ruff's show stage.

After the platforming section:

Xavier Riddle keeps looking around.

Xavier Riddle: I can sense it...the Anomaly!

Elmo: Elmo wants to find out about this.....purple thing too!

Mr. Rogers: So this thing is called the "Anomaly"?....hmmmm.......

Big Bird and WordGirl look over at the minions coming towards them.

WordGirl: Hey look! There's our friends and family....I mean....the Anomaly's enslaved minions!

Dash: Well then, let's get on with it! We'll defeat them first, then we can come up with a plan!

The cutscene ends and then you enter a roster with the 19 characters you can choose from. You can choose 5 fighters to help you defeat the Multi-nomaly wave of characters. It will be a longer fight.

After the fight:

The Anomaly shows up on the scene

Wordgirl: Hey you! What do you think you're doing to our friends?!

Marvin: You give us back what we love! So we can go back to what we all love!

It turns out that the Anomaly was really angry at its minions' incompetent efforts to take out our heroes, so it gathers ALL its minions into one place, to which it then claps its giant purple hands to merge them all into a super-powerful highly-destructive amalgamation monster
View attachment 361890

Xavier Riddle: angry at Anomaly Alright, how much do you have to keep taking away our friends?!?!

Big Bird: Oh no....what have you done?!

Digit: Inez!!! No!!!



Amalgamation monster: R̸̛̖͉̣̈́̄͂̐͂̔̈́̾͂̆̀̃̾̈́̐͋̏̉̍̔̋͆͋̂̕͠͝ͅR̵̛̺̙͕͔̹̄̃̉̑͗͛̿̋̍̂̔̉̽̇̂̍̓͑̚͘̕Ŗ̷̨̧̦͔̟̣͔͈̮̹̪̪̺̪̝̞̖̳̲͕̥̬̩̖̤͖͈̯̉̈́̀͑̿͂͌̍̿̓̅̊͊̏́̽͗͜R̵̨̨̡̧̲̥̣̹̺͕͎͇͖̹̹̜̻̥̲̰̱̬̱̪̤͍̬͒̃̒̀̈́̿̍͗̈́̋͛̈́͂̿̚͘͜͜͜͝R̷̛̛̤͍̹̠̗̗̮̖̖͕̱̻̺̭̼̣͌͊̐̽̈́̏̔͊̓̆̓̑̃͗̈́̈́̒̀́͘̚̚̕̕͜͜R̶̨̨͈̜̘̯̘͓̩͔͚̬̣͙̭̩̦͚̘̣̼͇͚̰̦͔͔͘R̷̡̨̢͎͍͇̖̮̭̮̼̠̝͚̣̝͓͚̫̺̜̲̗̙̻̱͉̓̓́̊̈̏̌̀̀̄͝͝ͅͅͅR̵͙̯͙̬͓͈̉̃̿̇̅̃̆͗̌̀̏̀͛̉̌͝͝͝R̵̡̧͖̘̟̥̟̲̞̙̣̦̣͔̗͙̣̩̮͙͉̃̾͗̍̀̿͜͝R̵̡̨̛̫͚̫͕͈̝̟̝͎͍̩̲͚̝̭͉̳̲̝̰̹͗͑̐̃͗̂̽̏̈́̓̀̃̋̆͐͝͠Ṙ̴̢̧̧̫̩͔͈̦̻̪̉̒R̸̗̪͙͚̼̖̮͒̓̿͐͒͆͑̽̽́̊͗͋̊͛̊́̈́̂̀̈́̃͒̚͠͝Ò̴̡̨̧̳̠͖͍̙͉̩̘̫̖̣͎͙̄̓́̑͆̍̄̏̇̀̀̂̀́͊̽̍͜͜͠Ö̴̧̭̱̞̟̰̫̖̩͓͔̣̳̮͓̻͎̜͓̱̝̀̓̆̑̎͛̓́̈́̾̿̾͒̾̽̍͋̓́̈̓̀̄̚͠ͅͅO̴̬͒̀͗O̵̧̪̖̜̳̺̖̮͚̼̗̩̖̮̬̿͐͗͑̌̓̌͆̆͋͋̒̆̎̒̇͑͋͗̕͠͠͝Ǫ̸̨̡̧̛̫̲̟̗̲̣̱̤͚̖͓͝Ȯ̴̯̝̺̀̌̑̏̆̍͊̐̐̈́̂̊͑̈̽̊̑̆͜Ơ̷̧̧̞̫͖̮̫̟͍̺͆͐͌̿͗̎̅̓͋͠͠O̵̡͚̘̘͔̯̞̟̬̰̫̝͉͈͕̻̠̪̜̪̥̰̼̣̼̰̼̣̅̇̂͐̀͘͜͠O̷̧̥̳̙̮͕̼̙͔̍͐̇̓͐̕O̴̡̨̬͕̣̤̟͇͕͈̭̗̘̣̙̮̱͓͉͕̹̘͓̣̜̽̓͋̋̌̿ͅÓ̷̡̡͚̜͇͚͎̼̺͉͖̥̣͉̝̪̭̭͔̪͂̀̉̿̂͒̔̏̐̅̏́̊̽̂̎̓̿̂͊̀͐̑̒̾͘͜͠͝͝A̵̝̳͍̤̺͈͎͔̞̙̞̬͖̘̹̓̎̍̋̍̓̓͛̈́̾͜͝Ą̸̨̥̦̺͖̗̼̲̪͓͔͉̼̭͕̭̫̺́̈́͜À̶̲̟̼̲̞̞͔̠̩̜̬̫̳͉̙̳̘̪̲͍̮̅̅̒̓̉̍̋̋́͐́̈́̓̔͛̉̅̂̒̀͝͝͝Ã̸̛̪͖̖͖̥͎̥̗̠̯͓̳̊͑̈́̈́̒͆̇̎͂͐͆͆̿̍͊͂͆͂̐̀̑̒͛͆͘͠͝Ą̶̡̨̢̖͕̣̭͉̟͈̭̳͙̳͎̮̺̥̘͎͈̳͔̮̭̰́̆͗̆̃̊͋̔̋͗̔͗̈̀͠͠ͅͅA̸̛̻͕̪̿̈̄̂̈̓̊̒̒̋͒̋̿̐̋̑͊̄͂̌̀͘͘͝Ḁ̷̢̡̧̢̨͙͚͉̙̦͇͕̥̬̭̪̗͙̪͔̥̎̈́̋̈́͑̑̈́̑A̸̡̢̧͚͖̳̰̮͈̬̺̱̖̠̲̲͕͔̪͉̝̣̝̺̎̔̎̿̊͋̔̾̓̓͗̎̾̇̕͜͝͝ͅͅḀ̵̡̻̖̟̳͍̭͍̜͍͈̣̣̇̆̽̋̑̈́̂̀̈́̓̓͋͛͒̓̋́̑̚Å̴̧̡̢̡̼͙̤̱̞͇̣̭̘̮͍̻̰̩͋̈́̀ͅḀ̵̛͖͉̣͈̮̩͕̗̆͋̽̓̄̈̀̅̐͊̐̄͑̋̉̕͝Ȁ̷̙̫̼̭̘͚̝̯͚͎́̂̋̆̑͜Å̸̩̗͚̼̠͚̻̞̙̬̟̰̠͍͙͚̝͓̦͔͕̰̯̣̩̗̾̍̿͂̈̑͊́͊̽͐̿͑̀̎̕͘͜Ą̶̧̧̧̨̩̲̦͔̭͈͙̳͙̥̥̖͍̬̟͚̠̹̪̱͚͖̆̓̀́̓̿̏͊̇̌̃̑̌̐̇̆̐͐͂̔̒̀̔̌͗͛̓̇͛͘͜͝ͅÁ̸̡̡̳͕̲̝̼͇̣̗̼͙̠̳̭̼̤͈̜̫̠͍̹̯̪̠̰̂́̂̎́̊͊̎̆̇͂̾̆̄̅̒̾̌͋͛̽̂̽̾͘͜͝ͅĄ̸̟̦̱̼̫̻̯̞̥̱̥̣̝̙͔̫̈͑̐̂̃͗̏̾̀͐̈́̆̃͑̀̈̌̂̒̈́̂̃̌̕͝͠͠R̵̼̈́͊Ŗ̶̢̨̜̘̙̖̠̞̣̥̺͓͇͍̖̹͕͇̜̆͒͂͒̈́̀͌̌́̅͗̇͊̌̇̀̓͛̑̇̈́͂͐̚͘͘̚͝͝Ŗ̸̢̧͓̬͖̭͓̹̗̮̭̼͖̙̺͙̹̤̗͙̬̑̆̏̓͑̌̓́̾͑̍́̆̉̋̎͒̋̋̍̽͗̓̚͝͝͝͝R̸̨̢͍̻͖̯͖̻̠͉̥͕̞͍̤̦͎͓̺̗͖̱͍̘̾̉̇̌͛̽̌̐̌̋̒̂͂͑͗̉̎̎̋̀́̕̚̕̚͝͠͠͠͠R̴̢̨̛̬̯͙̜̖̯̤͕̦̹̒͑̈́̓̏͋̎̿̑̇͑͐̀̃̀́̌́̀̎̅͑͘̕̚̚͝͝͝ͅŖ̷̦̯̲̊̔̿̾̊̄̂̿̎͗̏̾̓͊͆̆̋̃̈́̏̒̅̀̓͘̕͘R̷̭̻̈́̇͛̃̋̉͑̒̄̑͂̈́̊̓̿̀͗̍̄̏̓̆̕̕̚͘̚͜͝R̶̨̧̢̡̠̥̻̻̯̤̩̺͙̳͉̘̯̺̠̪͇̺̱̥͓͙̤̮͈̖͗͋̂̄̇͐́̈̆̎̐̃́̈́̃̈́͛̏̈́͛͛͂̽͝ͅR̴̦̤͔͈̣͉̞̰̺̹͓̩̳̘̦̙̲̬̥̦̝͕̖̳̤͍̽͛̈̉́̓͌̕Ṛ̵͉͈̩͈̳̲̼̤̥͚͊͐̊̏̃̀̄͌͊̿͑̅̏̆̏̈̄̈͑̚R̴̟̱͈͈͓͚͚͚̘̀ͅR̷̢̧̧͉̪̖̪͓̯͖̺̰̱̻̞̥͓͉̤̩͉͍͓̝͈̗̰̟̲̈͂͐̏̈́͆̎̅̾͊̇̊̾̈̏͘!̶̙̭̼͇̝̼̳̮͚̼͗̆͆̅̀̿́̓̌͛̒̚͠!̶̧̺̹͈͈̪͔̪̓́̐͗͐̏͆͛̐̆̍̌̀́̍́̿͌͊̐̏̚ͅ!̴̡̢̛̝̗̭̪̤̹͎̤̹͓̠͖̤̭̞̘̟̅̈́͒̂̒̈́̃͗̊̓̎͗̿̏̓̄̆̐́̓͆̌̈́̍̚͝!̴̡̡͚̟̥͉̝̲͚̳͉̪͓͌́̋̓̀͆̄́͛̓́̋̚͝!̸̧̛̝̙̠͍͈͙̬̠̻̰͔͓̾͊̉̈́͘!̶͍͉̣̹̤̲̮͇̪̪͐͌̏̋̕͜!̶̡̛̭͈͚̟̪͍̦̝̤̘̺̝̥̒͗͛̂̀̇̽͛͆͑̄͑͐̈́̈́̉̂͌̎͒̌̐̌̈́͝ͅ!̵̧͇̘̱̟͈͍̗̜͓̙̇̃̉́̿̃͑̐̿͂̅̃̈́̃͌̀̈́̄̈̀̋̕͝͝͝!̴̛͎͔̱̬̽̊̂͛̃̈́͆̽͝͝͝!̴̨̬̪͔͙̫̻͔̘͈̹̻̦̭̭̞̏͜͝!̵̨̧̜͕̼̹͍͉̣͍̞͎̎́̓͗̄̐̊͛͐̌͊̅̌͛̂͝͝ͅ!̵̪̤̖̎̓!̷̢̨̥̻͖͓͙̲̝͇͇̱̲̞͙̟̖̯͈͈̗͒̿̔͋͌͑͊͒̍̅̃̂̈̈́̊͗͛̉̑͐̀̊͆̀́̎̊̚̕̕̕͜!̴̧̧̛̛̜̯͈̬̭͚̖̮̟͖̾̍̈́͋̋̀̔̀̓̀̔̔̽̾̍̋̑̌͊̅̋̋̿̔͒̈́̚͜͝





Ord: Well now how do we get back our friends?

Arthur: Who cares?!?! Just RUN!!!!!

Everyone runs as the amalgamation monster then chases everyone.

The cutscene ends and then you enter a roster with the 19 characters you can choose from. You can choose 5 fighters to help you complete the platforming section while the amalgamation monster try and chase you. If they touch your fighter, they will slap the fighter really hard into the background, causing an automatic KO. You will also defeat the Anomaly's minions as well. Occasionally, the amalgamation monster will lift up rubble and toss them at the characters, so they will have to avoid those as well.

After the platforming section.

The fighters keep on running until they confront a really angry and aggressive Anomaly once more, with the amalgamation monster still behind them

Buster: Oh no, we're SURROUNDED!!!!!!!!

Ruff Ruffman: Is this the end of us???

Ms. Frizzle: Well, it sure was nice knowing you guys!

Lionel: Oh no, please don't eat us!

Teletubbies: Uh-oh! Uh-oh!!!

the Anomaly is starting to get bigger.

Dash: What does it possibly want??

Everyone embraces the fear as they are surrounded with no hope in sight, but they still hoped something will save them...

End of Chapter 13


Chapter 14:

Coming Up Next: The Mishappenings of the Anomaly Monster

We start off where Chapter 13 left us, all the fighters in fear as the Anomaly Monster tries to attack them. Everyone is seen quivering in fear. Elmo is seen really shaking behind Big Bird's back.

Elmo: Big Bird, if Elmo goes away, tell Dorothy and everyone Elmo loves her.

Big Bird: Elmo, let's have some confidence! If we all believe, we all can achieve the goal of heading back to our worlds.

Ord is then seen turning invisible and cries hysterically.

Ord: Well, no more Dragon Land and Max and Emmy now.

Dash: We have no choice everyone, but to take down this Anomaly monster piece by piece.

Everyone nods. WordGirl and The Kratt Brothers nod at each other knowing their superpowers can assist them in taking down the Anomaly.

Ms. Frizzle: After all, I feel I should take back what I said earlier. It's always good to take a chance, make mistakes, and get messy! I will see my students and my bus yet again.

Arthur: Well, what are we waiting for? Let's take down this monster!

Everyone nods in agreement.

The cutscene ends and then you enter a roster with the 19 characters you can choose from. You can choose 5 fighters to help you defeat the Anomaly in a boss fight.

After the boss fight:

Everyone celebrates for a little thinking they defeated the Anomaly but then...Lionel notices something.

Lionel: Hey guys, look! There's the opening to that monster when Xavier was talking about the sacrifice. So, who's going to take it?

Everyone just shrugs and then everyone is just bickering about it.

Elmo: Elmo does not want to go in there at all!!!!

Xavier Riddle: Calm down, little guy! I know this is not easy but...

Molly: I do not know if I can go in there, I still have my family to help out with.

Buster: I still want to travel the world and make video postcards.

Barney: I have my friends to sing and imagine with.

Big Bird: Well....if I have to, I must.

Everyone tries to stop Big Bird. However, due to everyone's long bickering....the minions of the Anomaly slowly start to creep up.

Dash: Uhhhh guys....more minions are coming!

Everyone looks and then gets prepared to defeat them.

The cutscene ends and then you enter a roster with the 19 characters you can choose from. You can choose 5 fighters to help you defeat a wave of the Anomaly's minions.

After the minion wave fight:

More minions come up and they never, ever stop approaching.

Mr. Rogers: Everyone, we must calm down now. Always look for helpers when we need them.

Dash: Your right, Mr. Rogers. But....

Chris and Martin: Oh dear....

Teletubbies: Uh oh!!!!

The minions all combine with the defeated Anomaly to make the Anomaly Final, the final form of the Anomaly.

Anomaly Final: R̸̨̥͔̻͙̼̼̲͓̱͇̪̂̾͌̍́́̈́́̈́͛͛̒̚O̸̢̹̺̥̹͎̬̲̫̝͂́̅̈͜A̶̢̼̥̣̭͍͉͛̈́́̓̀̇͐̏̈̂͋̋̽͘͜R̴̝̳͖̦͑̀̂̈́̎́̈́̑Ŗ̵̗͎̯̙̩̞̩͚̗͖̱͇̽̌̀R̷̰̗̗̳͙̼̖̳͓̼̊̓̈͌͐̋̊̈́̆́̉͑ͅR̵̪͈̖̤̹̱̀̊̓̽͊̓̏͗͒͂̏̇̂̅̂͜ͅȐ̷͈̬͐ͅ!̶̭̗̾͗̑̆̆͐͑͆͂̃̅͘͠͝͝ ̴̧̛͔̰͚̺̟͉͂̏͛̐̈́͒Ľ̴̰͕̓̐̀́̒͆̾̊̄́͝E̷̛̛̜̅̓̋̾̃̔͊̋͗̂̈́Ă̸̠̼͊́͋̐͝͝R̷̲͚̫̺̩̘̳̻͑͌N̶̹̤̆̒̔̏̿̿̾̀̎̒̋͘̕̚͝I̵̡̯̟̮̙͌̓̏̔̃͊̊̈̚N̸̨͙͇̘͓͔̦͎̪̍̐̏̇̃̍̃̏̎̈́̅̚Ğ̵̢̡̘̗̙̟̝̦̊́̓̿ ̸̘̥̩͈̥͛̐͂̿̈́̿̏̄͂̇́͝͝͝N̵͓͔̳͐̅̀́̐͘O̷̧̦̮̟̙̮̞̊̃́́͂́ ̵̛̖͙̪̣̜̗̖͒͆Ḿ̸̡̨̲̟̙̋͑̅̆̎͗͊̕̚Ơ̵̢̧̦͖̘͍͊̀̂̅͝Ŗ̸̨̤̖̝̞̟̦̥̬̓̏͌̒͊̎̎̉̓̕Ę̵̨̜̮̭̳̬͔̱͕̠̳̀͛͝!̷̩̼̗͉͚̖͔̒̈́͌̍͜!̷̛͇̣̖̳̜͎̞̬̩̦͈̳͚́͊͋͛͊̿͐͒̂͒̌͜͠!̴̢͕̯̯̯͖̗̮͉͕̩̊͋̍̋̂̒

Big Bird: RUN FOR IT!!!!!

Everyone then runs frantically away knowing that fighting would destroy them.

The cutscene ends and then you enter a roster with the 19 characters you can choose from. You can choose 5 fighters to help you complete a platforming section to run away from the Anomaly. If the Anomaly slaps you, you get automatically KOd.
You will also defeat the Anomaly's minions as well. Occasionally, the amalgamation monster will lift up rubble and toss them at the characters, so they will have to avoid those as well.


After the platforming section.

Dash: Everyone, just keep running till we find a safe spot!

Lionel: This is never going to end! I feel like that gingerbread man from that book I gave Leona for her birthday!

Everyone is just frantically running as the cutscene ends with the Anomaly Final yelling and roaring at the camera like it is making a way cry.

End of Chapter 14



Chapter 15:

The Environmentally-Friendly Save to Make The Sacrifice

We start the chapter where we left off on the last chapter, with the 19 characters caught in a dead end and still being chased by the Anomaly. Everyone were embracing the end. More of the Anomaly's minions were charging towards the characters with the Anomaly itself in the way back.

Dash: Well, there goes our chance to sacrifice two of us and to save the world........

Xavier Riddle: It can't be! There has to be another way to find that opening!

Molly: Yes! If we stick together, we can find another way!

Digit: Yes!!! There has to be another way!

Marvin: Well, if we can all stick together, maybe that's the best way we can figure this out!

Mr. Rogers: I think Marvin's right. Because all you guys are my great friends, I really bet that sticking together is the best way to help out in this situation! We should all stay calm if we want to figure out how to defeat this Anomaly thing together!

Everyone nods and gets prepared to fight the Anomaly hordes as they approach.

The cutscene ends and then you enter a roster with the 19 characters you can choose from. You can choose 5 fighters to help you defeat the Anomaly's minions in a Multi-nomaly Mayhem.

After the fight:

With the Anomaly's minions all pushed aside, all there was left was the Anomaly, who saw this as an opportunity to make its final blow on all our heroes.

Teletubbies: Uh oh!!!!

Elmo: Elmo thinks everyone's doomed!

Ruff Ruffman: Well, this is truly the end, no more hosting all those amazing shows.......

Buster: Maybe I can try to talk to that alien thing into now attacking us! After all, we come in peace!

Just then, Chris and Martin spot a group of mixed up animals coming forth.

Chris: Hey look, there's some animals coming to help us!

Martin: Hold up, those animals all don't look like any animal we've ever seen!

The four amalgamation-animals come up and then they are seen attacking the Anomaly and then....

SWOOSH!

We see a monkey-snake-shark-bird hybrid attack the Anomaly by ramming it. It turns out the animal was Cheeko.

Dash: Cheeko???? Boy, have I not seen you in such a long time! Thanks for saving us! Where have you been?

Cheeko: Same place as all of you guys! How have you all been?

Dash: How did you even end up in here??

Cheeko: Well, some new friends of mine came over to the EekoHouse to invite me to your Brawltime party, but then, some giant purple thing just came in and attacked all of the house and somehow, I was banished here in this dark place!

A flashback plays where we see Cheeko flying away from the Anomaly when it enters his world until he got swooped into the Anomaly Dimension.

Wordgirl: Oh yeah....I sorta remember being in that house....

Arthur: Me too!

Buster to Arthur: Don't you think he's an alien too?

Arthur: Buster! He rescued us, no time for your alien theories!

Soon, there were hundreds of amalgamation-animals from EekoCreature swooping down on a pinned-down Anomaly Final to have its opening open once more by trying to hold it out.

Cheeko: Quick! My EekoCreatures can only leave the hole open for so long! There needs to be two of you to make the sacrifice!

Wordgirl: I'd love to help out with that! After all, this is my moment to truly feel SUPER!

Xavier Riddle: we'll help you keep this Anomaly down, Cheeko!

Cheeko nods.

You then choose between Wordgirl, Xavier Riddle or Cheeko to help keep the gateway open by fighting off the Anomaly's minions and allowing the opening to remain clear.

After the fight:

Wordgirl and Xavier make salute poses to the others before running and flying into the Anomaly's opening to make the sacrifice.

Cheeko: Good luck you two!

All the characters look at Wordgirl and Xavier with sad, teary eyes knowing that they might loose Wordgirl and Xavier, but knowing that can do it. They all cheer and wave to them as we zoom into Wordgirl and Xavier entering the monster.

End of Chapter 15



Chapter 16

At Last, The Sacrifice of Two Heroes!


We start the chapter off with seeing WordGirl and Xavier Riddle inside of the Anomaly feeling nervous but full of bravery and confidence, knowing they can finally, and need to make the sacrifice to save their friends and end the Anomaly once and for all! Xavier Riddle was especially nervous.

Xavier: Well, here we are.....this must be the inside of this monster. Wow, it sure is dark and creepy in here! But I must do what I'm told if we're going to end all this! I guess this will be the last of us......

WordGirl: This will not be the end of us, Xavier! Even if we have to be gone in the process, just know we'll always stick together, no matter what. Maybe we should explore the inside first...

Inside the Anomaly was a large dark purple cave where they can see the various PBS Kids characters the Anomaly has captured, all stick together by mysterious purple goo and stuff that resembles vassals in the human body. Xavier Riddle then looks far and points to some characters he recognizes.

Xavier Riddle: gasp Yadina! That's my sister!

WordGirl then looks up and sees Dr. Two Brains.

WordGirl: Looks like Dr. Two Brains is in trouble too, but even though he is the trouble, I got to rescue him!...Let's both explore this place and find out more about how all of this is happening, Xavier!

Xavier Riddle nods at WordGirl.

You then choose between Wordgirl or Xavier Riddle to explore a platforming section exploring the inside of the Anomaly. The Anomaly's minions will come up and attack you.

After the platforming section:

The two then approach to the ones they managed to see in the distance earlier.

Xavier: Yadina? Can you hear me? Please? tears starts to fill his eyes

Yadina: Oh, my dear brother, you've come back! I never thought you'd would tears fill her eyes too

Xavier: Me neither, but I've come to save you! Obviously!

Yadina: I know you want to, but...you can't. I'm stuck here for all time! That thing has attached me here firmly since so it can put is inside works to motion!

Xavier: So that's it....the Anomaly trapped you here for all time......to power itself....crying

Wordgirl: Oh, Dr. Two Brains, what a horrible fate you have met! All this time I've been super, you finally got captured by an evil greater than you! tears starts to fill her eyes

Dr. Two Brains: Aww shucks, Wordgirl......I had hope that you'd come to save me....but I never thought you would, if you could sense that I was trapped here and being a body part to this thing!

Wordgirl: I never knew until now! crying

Dr. Two Brains: It seems that for every person that monster collects, it becomes stronger!

Wordgirl: Oh No!....That is truly terrible!

Dr. Two Brains: Hey, Wordgirl, there there! I think there's still a way! Maybe that thing in the middle over there might just be the key to freedom! That is as if there can be two heroes to occupy those.....spots!

Wordgirl: Yeah! I know! Me and Xavier are the ones to make the sacrifice!

Dr. Two Brains: That sounds very heroic to me, what more can you ask? Go, save us, save us all......

Wordgirl: Got it, pal..... with teary eyes

Yadina: Go Xavier, make it to the thing in the middle and save us all.....

Xavier: Yes, Yadina....with teary eyes

Wordgirl and Xavier make their way to the "core" of the Anomaly, which happens to be a huge ball of light full of glitch textures and ghostly faces that seem to be filled with cooperate desires and needs to destroy what's not popular nowadays. What's in front of the huge ball of light are two slots made of the same purple goo vessel stuff used to capture the others inside the Anomaly. This is presumably the spots where the sacrifice is needed to happen.

WordGirl: It seems that two heroes need to fill in those spots in order to make this work! You ready for this, Xavier?

Xavier Riddle: It does look like it to me, Wordgirl, but, I still don't know........

WordGirl: Well, come on! If doing this means it might take our lives, we can show that our heroics saved our friends and everyone captured by this Anomaly! This is our chance to end all of this!

Just then, an army of Anomaly minions came into the scene

WordGirl: Uh oh....It looks like they've become aware........

Xavier: Well then, let's fight!

You then choose between Wordgirl or Xavier Riddle to fight against the Anomaly minions are going to attack you.

After the battle:

Wordgirl and Xavier get into the spots where they finally prepare to make the sacrifice.

Wordgirl: Well, it was fun being super all those years, but now, it looks like it must come to an end!

Xavier: Yeah, it'll be a sad good-bye indeed, but I must do this for Yadina! For Brad! For everyone!

Wordgirl: Yeah, you know what, this is probably going to be my most super moment yet!

Xavier: Mine too! And possibly the last.

Wordgirl, Xavier: It was nice knowing you....friend.....

The Anomaly goo vessels manage to successfully snag Wordgirl and Xavier, which had caused a disruption in the Anomaly's inner workings as the Anomaly starts to crumble down slowly and nearing to explode.

Wordgirl: It's working! Xavier! It's working!

Xavier: Yeah! Well, goodbye, everybody......

As the place starts to crumble down even more, the huge ball of light explodes in a massive burst of light, seemingly about to vaporize Wordgirl and Xavier as they close their eyes tightly, embracing their imminent demises. Xavier, however, tried his best to use his psychic powers to conjurer an energy shield in an attempt to protect him for this strong explosion of light.

Meanwhile, outside, the rest of the 18 characters were watching the Anomaly in fear when they start to see its expression change to surprised as it starts to have its insides glow with light.

Dash: Everyone take cover!

Everyone closes their eyes tight as the Anomaly explodes in a brilliant burst of light, with the end screen being just a white screen.

End of Chapter 16




Epilogue Chapter:

New World, New Beginnings for our Childhood Stars!

The Chapter starts off to when the Anomaly is about to explode with the 18 characters watching as the maniacal beast crumble before their very eyes. It then zooms into inside the Anomaly, moments before it is about to explode. WordGirl and Xavier Riddle had successfully fulfilled the "sacrifice", and thanks to Xavier's shield, they actually managed to survive. They are about to try and find a way to escape

WordGirl: Hey! I'm alive! Aww, thanks, Xavier, but now WE NEED TO GET OUT OF HERE!

Xavier Riddle: Right, Wordgirl! There HAS to be a way out!

We then see footage of various PBS Kids characters being freed from the Anomaly's cruel and tight grasp. Characters include Yadina Riddle, Chuck, Piggly Winks, Oscar the Grouch, BJ, Gawain, Aristotle, Norm the Number Gnome, Aviva Corcovado, The Brain, etc. and they all feel very glad to finally be free from that purple monster. WordGirl and Xavier then spot the only opening of the monster to which they can make their escape from

WordGirl: Ok Xavier, let's make a run to that hole over there!

Xavier Riddle: Yes! LET'S GET OUT OF HERE!

You then choose between Wordgirl or Xavier Riddle to traverse a platforming section inside of the Anomaly leading to the exit. In the stage, there will be debris falling to impede their progress and which they must avoid. You have a limited time to make it out of the Anomaly.

After the platforming section:

WordGirl and Xavier all make it out in time to meet up with the other 18 characters and to witness the Anomaly make its final moment with one big explosion of light with all 20 characters covering their faces as that was happening. Everyone closes their eyes tight as the Anomaly explodes in a brilliant burst of light, with the end screen being just a white screen.

As the light and white screen clears, we then get a close-up of Dash's face as his eyes are closed before opening up as if he were waking up from a nap. Confused and dazed, he gets up and looks around to see where he was at. The land is now all clear blue skies, grass and sun with no signs of the other's worlds in sight.


1667089910354.png



He did, however, managed to see...

  • the Sesame Street gang
  • Mr. Rogers along with Daniel Tiger and the other Land of Make Believe residents
  • Arthur along with his friends and family
  • Barney with Baby Bop, BJ and the other kids
  • Martha with her owner Helen and her friends and family
  • Clifford and the other dogs along with their owners
  • The Kratt Bros along with Zoboo
  • The 4 main Hero Elementary Students
  • Lionel and his family
  • Wishbone
  • Wordgirl's villians along with Violet and the Botsfords
  • Digit along with Matt, Inez and Jackie
  • Hacker along with Buzz and Delete
  • The Teletubbies along with Noo-Noo
  • Wishbone
  • Aristotle along with his friends
  • Ms. Frizzle along with the Magic School Bus and her class
  • Yadina and Brad
  • George Shrinks and his family
  • Piggley Winks and his friends
  • Molly Mabray along with her friends and Family
  • Anne Shirley along with her adoptive parents, Matthew and Marilla Cuthbert
  • Ord with Max and Emmy and the other Dragons
  • Marvin along with Eddy and the rest of the performers
  • The Bear Family
  • Ruff Ruffman and his crew
  • Maya and Miguel
  • Cheeko along with other EekoCreatures

They were all just gathered in one place just looking at Dash and thinking he was responsible for freeing them all, thus they were all having cozy smiles on their faces, knowing they can be all back together again. Dot then approached Dash, feeling estactic.

Dot: Wow, brother, that was totally really awesome! Thanks to you, everyone is safe and sound!

Zoboomafoo: Yeah! Totally safe now! Glad to see everyone back together again, hoo-haw!

Muffy: I'm surely so happy to see everyone again!

Emily Elizabeth: Me too! Awww, Clifford, so glad you're safe!

Theo: And I'm so glad my family's safe too!

Yadina: Wait, where's Xavier?

Xavier appears from an energy teleport onto the scene

Xavier: Ooh, sorry I'm late everyone, I guess I just had a freak out for a second there, heehee, say, where's WordGirl?

Just then, a girl in a green shirt and purple dress came into view holding a small jar with a little purple sphere in it with eyes.

Arthur: Becky?

Becky: Yeah everyone, I'm free too! And it's all thanks to WordGirl and Xavier! This, by the way, is all that remains of the Anomaly.

Everyone all talk in amazement of how noble the efforts of WordGirl and Xavier saved them all.

Lionel: Oooh!, that thing in your hand...looks sorta familiar!

Becky: Don't worry, I'll watch, I've got plenty of time!

Xavier: Good, Becky!

Mr. Rogers: Well, now that the Anomaly is all but gone now, everyone is sure to roam free and enjoy their lives as they please, and it's all thanks to Xavier Riddle...and WordGirl, even if she's gone.....

Big Bird: Yeah! I am so happy that everyone's free, and we're all back together after so many years!

Molly Mabray: But.....our hames are gone....they're all destroyed, what are we going to do?......

Everyone mumbles and talks in random grumbles, showing that they have no real interest on actually restoring their lands and homes

Ord: Hold on a minute, what's that over there?

In the distance, there was a big, beautiful neon city with lots of buildings that all had fancy neons on them and the city seemed to have buildings based entirely on video games, arcade, esports, DJ and many other things that are popular within the digital entertainment industry now.











1667092198942.png



Elmo: Elmo wants to go to this colorful city! Come on everybody, let's go!

Arthur: Yeah! Let's go everyone!

Everyone cheers as they all start to rush towards that city in complete joy and excitement.

Ruff Ruffman: Woah-ho! wait for me!

Six Months Later......

Barney and his friends were all walking on the streets, dressed in neon anime gear as they make hologram greetings to Martha and Helen, who were both dressed in anime neon style

Digit, Matt, Inez and Jackie, all in robotic gaming suits, were playing video games competitively along with Molly Mabray and her friends, who are also dressed in robotic gaming suits.

Clifford was trying out an all new anime-mech style flash suit that allows him to run at super speeds

The Kratt Bros along with Ann, Matthew and Marilla were in hunter outfits keeping the city free of any threats

Becky Botsford was just sitting in the style of the Lofi girl in her new apartment roomand doing stuff while watching over the little purple ball.

Ord and all of his friends were being the street watchers, carrying baseball bats and wearing neon things on their faces.

The Magic School Bus was now decorated appropriately to the anime-mecha-neon aesthetic and was giving special tours all over the city and into the deep space.

The Teletubbies along with Zoboomafoo had started a food service to which they serve Tubby Ramen, which as essentially Ramen bowls with pink Ramen, and Tubby Brentos, which were flat friend steamed buns with meat inside them and on them were smiley faces just like Tubby Toast. We see Xavier, Yadina and Brad, all dressed in neon-mecha-gaming suits order some Tubby Ramen and Tubby Brentos and eat them anime-style.

Hacker along with Buzz and Delete have started a repair shop to repair mechs and stuff.

Tobey is seen testing out new anime-mechs

Theo ther Wordgirl villians have started their own new buisinesses.

The Lion Family had started a new DJ dance club and are hosting a DJ dance party with Arthur and co.

We then see an esports stadium where Announcer Bunny appears out of his hat, being the host.

Announcer Bunny: AAAAAA-Nouncer Bunny here to announce the grand video game tournament! Winners shall recieve special prizes and free meals. Now, LET THE GAMES BEGIN!!!

All of the PBS Kids characters are seen in the stadium playing video games hardcore as if they were going their hardest to perform their best at the esports.

Finally, we get a photo of all every PBS Kids characters that appeared in the epilogue , followed by a text appearing saying "The End".

The End!

Donkey DLC Chapter:

The Big Anomaly Adventure

First part takes place before the beginning-ish of the story and around Chapter 1ish or so, second part takes place around sometime during Chapter 8


The chapter starts off with the regular Tots TV opening with the usual opening remade. Afterwards, we zoom into the Tots TV Secret House after Tiny says "What will we see?"

We see Tilly, Tom and Tiny just relaxing inside of The Secret House playing with Furryboo. They are just relaxing and talking.

Tom: So you two, what should we do today?

Tilly: No sé

Tiny then goes outside to check on Donkey. He then brushes Donkey.

Tiny: Our friend Donkey, you will always be our favorite.

Tom looks outside and notices the skies turning dark.

Tom: Where's Tiny and Donkey? I must check on the two of them.

Tom and Tilly head outside to check on the two.

Tom: Tiny! We should head inside n-

He gets interrupted by the Anomaly goo taking the three ragdolls and Donkey away to an unknown dimension destroying The Secret House and Donkey's Shed.

We then arrive in a barren foresty area.

Tiny: Where are we?

Tiny hides behind Tom.

Tom: I don't know Tiny but I don't see our Secret House or Donkey's Shed anyway.

Tilly: Donde esta la bolsa magica?

Tom luckilly held onto it.

Tom: For now, we should go on an adventure. We do not have Furryboo but I'm sure we will find him too.

Tom says this while petting Donkey.

After the cutscene, you play as Donkey going through a platforming section battling the Anomaly's minions while traversing through there.

After the platforming section:

Donkey and the three ragdolls are looking around for any signs of anything. They arrive in a more Teletubbies countryside-ish level revealing that this story mode chapter takes place around Chapter 8.

Tom: It seems we are in a different area.

Tiny looks behind him where he notices a purple dinosaur, four colored creatures and two brothers coming.

Tiny: Look! More people are coming!

We see Barney, the Kratt Brothers and the Teletubbies approaching the three ragdolls and Donkey.

Barney: Oh look! More friends who are like us right now! This is super-deeeee-duper!

Teletubbies: Eh oh! More friends!

Chris: Oh wow, there's a donkey here!

Martin: Yea! Hey, what are you names?

Tom: Well, I'm Tom, these are my two friends, Tilly and Tiny. We live together as friends.

Tilly and Tom wave hello.

Chris: Nice to meet you three! You guys have a pet donkey as well?

Tilly: Si!

Tiny: Yes we do!

Donkey just gets pat by the brothers.

Barney: Well, I'm Barney the Dinosaur! It's always nice to meet new friends!

Tinky Winky: Tinky Winky!

Dipsy: Dipsy!

La-La: La-La!

Po: Pooooo!

Chris: Those are the Teletubbies. They are our friends.

Tom notices something.

Tom: Hmmm, I sound similar to the purple fellow named Tinky Winky but nice to meet you all!

Barney: We're on our way to meet our other friends to stop this creature called the Anomaly that took away the places where we live and all the friends we love!

Tiny: That happened to us too! We lost where we live as well as our do-

Tom: Shhh! That's a secret!

Suddenly, Tiny notices some more purple creatures coming.

Tiny: Uh oh! There's trouble!

Chris: Well, we better fight off the purple creatures!

You can choose between Barney, Chris and Martin, The Teletubbies or Donkey to defeat a wave of the Anomaly's minions in a Multinomaly-esque Mayhem fight.

After the fight:

The minions are all defeated.

Barney: Well, we did it guys!

Everyone cheers and hugs.

Chris: Say, would you guys like to come along with us to meet our friends?

Tilly, Tom and Tiny look at one another.

Tom: I think we need to find some shelter for us and Donkey for now. Donkey is tired.

Tilly: Mira! Mira!

Tilly points to some building materials they can use to magically create a house for them and a shed for Donkey.

Tom: Why don't we all work together to build a house for us and a shed for Donkey?

Everyone nods.

You can choose between Barney, Chris and Martin, The Teletubbies or Donkey to go through a platforming section finding enough building materials to build a house for the tots and Donkey. The Magic Bag will also spawn throughout the platforming section. You will have to fight the Anomaly's minions as well. When you get the building materials, you have to go to a spot indicated by an arrow and purple-ish circle to build the house and shed.

After the platforming section:

The tots get situated in the house and then they place Donkey in his shed.

Tom: Well, thank you all for your help!

Tilly: Muchas gracias!

Barney: Well, I'm glad we could help!

The Teletubbies cheer and laugh.

Martin: Well, us seven! better be on our way to our other friends! Stay safe you four!

Tilly, Tom and Tiny wave goodbye and Donkey nods. Barney, Chris and Martin and the Teletubbies continue their adventure.

We then fast forward to around the events of the epilogue where the skies are clearing and Furryboo returns to the Tots.

Tom: Furryboo!

The three tots hug him.

Tiny: He's back! Yayyy!

The three tots head outside knowing they are safe but Tiny notices a glowing city in the background.

Tiny: Hey! Look what we can see!

Tom: Woah! A huge city with lots of colors! We should head over there!

Tiny: Si si!

The three ragdolls along with Furryboo and Donkey leave to go to the city.

Six Months Later......

We then get a montage of the three ragdolls's adventures throughout the city. Through the montage, a remastered version of the Tots TV credits theme can be heard but extended. We see Donkey partaking in a petting zoo event within the city that happens. Then, we cut to similar to the credits sequence where we see the three ragdolls petting Donkey in their new home a bit outside from the futuristic city in a new secret house. We see Furryboo peeking in and out and then towards the end of the theme, we see the three tots waving goodbye as they shut the door to their new house.

End of Chapter

Single player mode involving scenarios based on episodes from PBS franchises represented: idea by Wario Wario Wario Wario Wario Wario

Event #1: Journey to Ernie Undercover: idea by PopCultureCorn PopCultureCorn
Event description: Once again, Ernie hides and Big Bird seeks, but Ernie's new hiding tactics has him going full incognito! Maybe one of those opponents is him in disguise.....
Stage: Sesame Street
Player: Big Bird
Opponent(s): Three random for each stage location, random for every playthrough
Event objective: As Big Bird, your goal is to defeat the opponent which Ernie is posing as. For each location of the stage, there will be three random opponents, which all of them are passive and easy to launch. The catch is that KO'ing opponents which Ernie is not hiding under will get you a strike, and KO'ing 3 non-Ernie opponents will result in failing the event. Some hints as to which fighter Ernie is hiding in will have orange sparks emitting from the fighter on random intervals, and that fighter will also make Ernie's laugh occasionally. Once that fighter is defeated, Ernie will jump on the spot and yell "You found me!" in happiness, clearing the event
Reference: Journey to Ernie segments in Sesame Street episodes.

Event #2: Won't you be my neighbor?: idea by PopCultureCorn PopCultureCorn
Event description: Looks like Mr. Rogers has two new visitors, and they both seem familiar to him! Maybe with some kind words and sharing, he can convince them to be his neighbors!
Stage: Land of Make Believe
Player: Mr. Rogers
Opponent(s): Big Bird, Arthur
Event objective: In this event, Mr. Rogers has to use his down special on his opponents for enough times before using his light/strong neutral to KO them. How much Mr. Roger's down special is used on the opponents is indicated by a meter somewhere on the screen. Once they're full, Mr. Rogers can KO them. If Mr. Rogers KOs the opponents if their meters are not filled up, they will just respawn.
Reference: Mr. Rogers' guest appearances on Sesame Street and Arthur

Event #3: Arthur's Big Plane Protection: idea by PopCultureCorn PopCultureCorn
Event description: Arthur would tell anyone a million times not to touch his model of the Bell X-1 rocket plane. Perhaps hitting them would teach them to get their hands off of Arthur's blue ribbon-winning possession?
Stage: Once Upon A Restaurant
Player: Arthur
Opponent(s): Dash in Dot alt. (x2, x3 on higher difficulty levels)
Event objective: In the middle of the stage, there is a pedestal with Arthur's model of the Bell X-1 rocket plane, which Arthur must protect at all costs. The Dots will constantly attack the plane and respawn whenever they are KO'd. If Arthur protects the plane within the time limit, the event is won. However, if the plane breaks after taking enough damage, the event is failed.
Reference: Arthur's Big Hit, Arthur, S4 1b

Event #4: Barney's Alphabet Soup: submitted by AlteredBeast AlteredBeast
Event Description: Barney loves to eat some alphabet soup! Can you help him get some to eat before it gets too cold or before all the soup runs out?
Stage:
The Treehouse
Player: Barney
Allies: Arthur and Dash (Dot alt) x3 (They represent Derek, Kathy, Min and Tina)
Opponent(s): Big Bird x2
Event Objective: As Barney, your goal is to eat the alphabet soup item at least 5 times within the the duration of the event. The alphabet soup item will spawn in various areas. However, if Barney or any of his allies get KOd, you fail the event. If the two Big Birds eat the alphabet soup, you fail the event as well.
Reference: The Barney episode Alphabet Soup! There is a song in the episode with the same name as the title.

Event #5: Creature Power, Activate!: submitted by PopCultureCorn PopCultureCorn
Event description:
The Kratt brothers have set off to give a big lecture about the natural behaviors of the animals they study. In order to do this, they have to KO 5 opponents with a certain Creature Power move in their disposal to properly get the job done.
Stage: Animal Junction
Player: The Kratt Bros.
Opponent(s): Big Bird (x3), Barney (x2)
Event objective: The Kratt Bros. must use a specific move in their moveset to KO the opponent currently on the stage, one move for each opponent, apart from the down special which switches between the brothers. The move they must use to KO the current opponent is displayed by an animal icon next to their portrait and damage percentage, to which the player must figure out which creature power for that animal icon is tied to which move. If the Kratt Bros. KO's an opponent with the wrong move, the event is failed.
Reference: The Kratt Bros.' usage of Creature Power in Wild Kratts to mimic animal actions and solve problems.

Event #6: Dash's PBS Kids world tour, Pt. 1: submitted by PopCultureCorn PopCultureCorn
Event description:
Dash is going on a big trip to the many different worlds of the PBS Kids channel to greet all of his TV station friends! or fight them if that's what they want.
Stage: Depends on the current opponent Dash is facing (i.e., Mr. Rogers is fought on the Land of Make Believe, Arthur is fought in Once Upon a Restuarant, etc.)
Player: Dash (Dot, if the player holds a certain button before selecting the event)
Opponent(s): Big Bird, Mr. Rogers, Arthur, Barney, The Kratt Bros.
Event objective: As Dash, you must fight the 5 opponents in their respective home stages in the order of their show debut. The order goes: Mr. Rogers (Mister Rogers' Neighborhood, February 19, 1968)----->Big Bird (Sesame Street, November 10, 1969)----->Barney (Barney & Friends, April 6, 1992)----->The Kratt Bros. (Kratt Creatures, June 3, 1996)----->Arthur (Arthur, October 7, 1996). You can play as Dot if you hold a certain button before selecting the event.
Reference: None in particular, other than representing the mascot of the channel and documenting PBS Kids' history.

Event #7: Wordbot Roundup submitted by PopCultureCorn PopCultureCorn
Event description:
Tobey's Wordbot has gone haywire! Perhaps the only way to wrangle this mechanical menace is to team up with Wordgirl!
Stage: WordGirl's Super Secret Spaceship Hideout
Player: Wordgirl
Assist: Tobey
Opponent(s): Wordbot
Event objective: As Wordgirl with Tobey as your assist, you goal is to take out Wordbot, who exists as its own character and rather than a damage percentage, it has a stamina HP gauge, meaning you have to lower Wordbot's HP to 0 to KO the robot and clear the event. This also means Wordbot is very tough to flinch, almost to the point where it does not flinch at all from attacks. The higher the difficulty, the tougher Wordbot is and the higher its HP. Wordbot has all the same moves as Wordgirl, but with a few additional attacks that Wordgirl cannot use herself.
  • It lets out a shockwave surrounding it that can stun Wordgirl on the ground or act as a windbox in the air, encouraging the player to be cautious when fighting Wordbot at close range
  • Wordbot will hover high in the air for a few seconds before fist rocketing to the location where Wordgirl is at, dealing considerable damage and knockback. Similar to Crow's Drill Charge from Indie Pogo.
  • Wordbot will let out 3-4 electric energy balls that home in on Wordgirl's location one at a time, with a chance for each ball to explode upon contact.
Reference: Wordgirl Season 3, Episode 25a (Wordbot), except that Wordbot doesn't really go haywire in the show, it's just really lovesick. Also, the reason for Tobey's property damage is purely to get Wordgirl's attention, thus making it ironic for Tobey to team up with Wordgirl.

Event #8: The Magic School Bus In the Time of The Dinosaurs submitted by AlteredBeast AlteredBeast
Event description:
After going to a Dino dig, Ms. Frizzle takes her class back to prehistoric times. But, on the way, they meet some strange looking dinosaurs on the way to the time, so Ms. Frizzle must jump on the roof of the bus to fight these dinosaurs. Can you help her protect her students from the prehistoric beasts?
Stage: The Magic School Bus
Player: Ms. Frizzle
Opponent(s): Barney x3
Event objective: As Ms. Frizzle, you must KO the three Barneys. If you get KOd or self-destruct, you fail the mission.
Reference: The book The Magic School Bus in The Time of The Dinosaurs and the Magic School Bus episode The Busasaurus

Event #9: A Battle of Equals! submitted by AlteredBeast AlteredBeast
Event Description:
Hacker plans to pollute Cyberspace with dangerous cyber static by tampering with the satellites. Alongside this, to make the battle fair for him, he cloned himself. Digit and his friends must stop Hacker before it is too late. Can you help them save Cyberspace?
Stage: The Cyberchase Stage
Player: Digit
Allies: Arthur, Dash (In Dot alt.), Wordgirl (Represent Matt, Inez and Jackie respectively)
Opponent(s): Hacker x4
Event objective: As Digit, you and your allies must KO the four Hackers with your allies. If you lose all your allies, get KOd or self-destruct, you fail the mission.
Reference: The Cyberchase episode A Battle of Equals

Event #10: Hack N' Slash submitted by PopCultureCorn PopCultureCorn
Event description:
Hacker has discovered a secret location in Cyberspace that has 3 suspicious stone cubes that when power-granting artifacts are placed on them, they'll grant their users extra speed and power! Hacker decides to use those to his advantage to finally outsmart Digit and co.
Stage: Cyberspace
Player: Hacker
Opponent(s): Digit, Arthur, Dash (In Dot alt.), Wordgirl (Represent Matt, Inez and Jackie respectively)
Event objective: As Hacker, your goal is to place 3 hacked laptops on the 3 stone cubes before your opponents arrive, who in this challenge have tremendous super armor and have extra launching power. When a hacked laptop is placed on a stone cube, it needs some time to fully charge up the laptop to fully grant Hacker more speed and power. The more stone cubes Hacker captures, the faster and stronger he will become to defeat his opponents and clear the event. Harder difficulty levels have longer charge time for the stone cubes and the opponents arrive sooner, making time management an important factor to this event.
Reference: Simply references the many locations of Cyberspace (and how there maybe some undiscovered secret areas) and how Hacker is always trying to make advantage of each of the lands he discovers for his evil plans.

Event #11: Cliff Hanger and the Potion of Flight submitted by PopCultureCorn PopCultureCorn
Event description:
Cliff Hanger has read about a sacred recipe in his Trusty Survival Manual for a potion that can allow him to levitate! Your job is to help Cliff gather all the ingredients needed to brew the potion. Follow Cliff's recipe, but be sure not to gather the wrong ones!
Stage: Cliff's Cliff
Player: Lionel
Assists: Chicken Jane
Opponent(s): Wordgirl, Xavier Riddle
Event objective: As Lionel, you must gather a certain number of ingredients, which are all of the healing items in this game (Cookies, Alphabet Soup, Milk, Milkbones, Donuts, Tubby Toast, Backyard Soup, as of currently), and put them into a cauldron somewhere on the stage to brew the Potion of Flight for Cliff. Cliff himself is standing behind the pot monitoring the brewing progress and giving instructions of which ingredient to put in next. Cliff will have a thought bubble appear over his head displaying the current healing item he wants you to put in the cauldron, and (very) specific to this event, Lionel has a net he can use to "catch" any ingredients that can spawn anywhere on stage by using a certain button to swing the net and attain the ingredient and then throw it back out with another press of the button. The number of ingredients needed to brew the potion is dependent on difficulty, 6 on easy, 8 on medium and 10 on hard, and the order of ingredients is random for every time, although the same ingredient is never repeated twice in a row. Occasionally, Wordgirl and Xavier Riddle, two fighters who are shown to fly or levitate in their shows, will come in to impede Lionel's progress, but they can be defeated and not spawn for a long time. If the ingredient put in the cauldron does not match the ingredient Cliff is thinking of, the contents in the cauldron will start to boil and then explode, leaving black ashes and smoke residue all over Cliff, failing the event. Once all of the ingredients have been collected, the contents of the potion will be gathered in a potion bottle, to which Cliff drinks it, though it only makes him hover 2 feet above the ground, clearing the event.
Reference: The Adventures of Cliff Hanger segments in Between the Lions, where Cliff always refers to his Trusty Survival Manual to help him escape the cliff, and although the instructions are highly unorthodox, they usually prove successful, helping Cliff escape the cliff briefly, before getting in another incident that gets him back to the cliff where he started.

Event #12: Dash's PBS Kids world tour, Pt. 2 submitted by PopCultureCorn PopCultureCorn
Event description:
Dash's journey to the many PBS Kids worlds continues, but the residents of those worlds don't seem to welcome him with open arms!
Stage: Depends on the current opponent's homestage
Player: Dash (Dot, if the player holds a certain button before selecting the event)
Opponent(s): Wordgirl, Ms. Frizzle, Digit, Hacker, Lionel
Event objective: As Dash, you must fight the 5 opponents in their respective home stages in the order of their show debut. The order goes: Ms. Frizzle (The Magic School Bus, September 10, 1994)----->Lionel (Between the Lions, April 3, 2000)----->Digit and Hacker (Cyberchase, January 21, 2002)----->Wordgirl (The Amazing Colossal Adventures of WordGirl, November 10, 2006 ). You can play as Dot if you hold a certain button before selecting the event.
Reference: None in particular, other than representing the mascot of the channel and documenting PBS Kids' history.

Event #13: A Museum Tour for Mr. Rogers
Event description:
Xavier Riddle recently had a new guest being none other than Mr. Rogers himself! Xavier wants to show him around the museum but other visitors aren't going to let them happen!
Stage: The Secret Museum
Player: Xavier Riddle
Assists: Yadina Riddle
Allies: Mr. Rogers (He will not attack, he will just walk around the stage.)
Opponents: Xavier Riddle with a shadowy aura (x2)
Event objective: Your objective is to protect Mr. Rogers until the stage reaches the Mr. Rogers exhibit. If you or Mr. Rogers gets KOd, you fail the event. KOing an opponent will make them respawn.
Reference: The Xavier Riddle and The Secret Museum episode I Am Fred Rogers where Xavier met Mr. Rogers.

Event #14: The Glorious Octagon of Destiny
Event description:
Elmo has to bring an octagon for Jack Black, who was teaching kids about an octagon and was about to show the kids one when he just happened to forget to bring an octagon, this is embarrassing! Luckily, Elmo has a special stop sign that seems perfect for the cause, and to protect him from ALL attacks!
Stage: Tickle Me Land
Player: Elmo
Opponent(s): Random for every playthrough
Event objective: As Elmo, your goal is not to KO opponents, but to survive for a certain amount of time until you reach Jack Black. In this event, Elmo is always holding on to a stop sign which he cannot release from his hands, but it will shield him from ALL attacks in front of him. The stop sign has unlimited duribility and will protect Elmo from all damage with the trade-off being only able to protect Elmo in front of him. One time runs up, Jack Black will appear and exclaim that with the stop sign, they found on octagon!, to which then Jack and Elmo will both say "Octagon...." before the announcer says "Complete!"
Reference: Sesame Street Episode 4161, where the iconic Jack Black and Elmo's Octagon segment that spawned a ton of memes appears. The title of the event references the fan-made song of the same name

Event #15: Time for Tubby Toast!
Event Description:
Eh oh! It's time for The Teletubbies to eat Tubby Toast! But, some unexpected guests arrive who won't let them eat it!
Stage: Magical Events
Player: The Teletubbies
Assists: Noo-Noo
Opponents: Big Bird, Elmo and Barney
Event objective: As The Teletubbies, you must get the Tubby Toast that spawns on the stage with the Teletubby that is shown on the top of the screen. In total, each Teletubby will eat 3 pieces of Tubby Toast each. However, if you get KOd, you fail the event.
Reference: No episode of The Teletubbies in particular, just how they love to eat Tubby Toast. Also, the choice of opponents are from other PBS Kids shows aimed towards the youngest of toddlers and how they love to eat bread based food.

Event #16: You Can Do Amazing Things!
Event description:
Molly is creating a vlog at the Brawltime Party she is hosting! Can you help her show her guests some of her talents that she can do?
Stage: Denali Trading Post
Player: Molly
Opponent(s): Arthur, Digit and Elmo
Event objective: As Molly, you must perform the move that is represented by a picture on the top of the screen telling Molly what to do. She must hit one of her opponents for it to count. She must successfully do one of each of her moves when appropriate. If she uses the wrong move or gets KOd, you fail the event.
Reference: No specific Molly of Denali episode, it's just based on various activities Molly has done in the show. The opponents however are a reference to the characters who starred in Molly's reveal trailer.

Event #17: Follow the Dots
Event description:
Norm the Number Gnome has created a game of Follow the Dots for Ord to play with his new friends! Ord is a bit scared though to take on the task but perhaps you can help him win the game!
Stage: Dragon Land
Player: Ord
Assist: Norm the Number Gnome
Opponent(s): Random for every playthrough
Event objective: As Ord, you must hit the dots in the correct order by their corresponding number to make some sort of picture of a random Dragon Tales character. If you hit the dots in the wrong order or get KOd, you fail the event.
Reference: The Dragon Tales episode Follow the Dots (Season 1, Episode 17a).

Event #18: Dash's PBS Kids world tour, Pt. 3
Event description:
As Dash continues his journey through various PBS Kids worlds, more challengers approach him for a friendly fight!
Player: Dash (Dot, if the player holds a certain button before selecting the event)
Stage: Depends on the current opponent's homestage
Opponent(s): Elmo, The Teletubbies, Ord, Molly, Xavier Riddle
Event objective: As Dash, you must fight the 5 opponents in their respective home stages in the order of their show debut. The order goes: Elmo (Sesame Street, March 28, 1980)----->The Teletubbies (Teletubbies, April 6, 1998; their debut on PBS)----->Ord (Dragon Tales, September 6,1999)----->Molly (Molly of Denali, July 15, 2019)----->Xavier Riddle (Xavier Riddle and The Secret Museum, November 12, 2019). You can play as Dot if you hold a certain button before selecting the event.
Reference: None in particular, other than representing the mascot of the channel and documenting PBS Kids' history.

Event #19: Elizabeth in Charge
Event description:
Fast-Talking Jack is out of town and left Elizabeth in charge of the carnival! But, Elizabeth's bossiness is causing trouble. Can you help Marvin and Elizabeth sort things out before Jack comes back?
Stage: Fast-Talking Jack's Carnival
Player: Marvin
Assist: Elizabeth the Emotional Pig
Opponent(s): Random for every playthrough
Event objective: As Marvin, you must KO all the fighters in the order Elizabeth wants you to KO them in. If you KO a fighter out of order or get KOd, you fail the event.
Reference: The Marvin the Tap-Dancing Horse episode Elizabeth in Charge

Event #20: Good Dancing and Bad Breath
Event description:
Ruff Ruffman is trying out some new dance moves for his next-door neighbor, Charlene the poodle. He needs some practice so he invited his new friends to give him advice as to how to breakdance!
Stage: Ruff Ruffman's Studio
Player: Ruff Ruffman
Opponent(s): WordGirl, Ms. Frizzle and Hacker
Event objective: As Ruff Ruffman, you must KO your opponents with the strong variant of the Light Down move. If you KO your opponent with another move, they will respawn. If you get KOd, you fail the event.
Reference: The Fetch! with Ruff Ruffman episode Good Dancing and Bad Breath. Also, the opponents are the characters who appeared in Ruff Ruffman's reveal trailer.

Event #21: Buster Makes the Grade
Event description:
Buster has been not doing well at school and Mr. Ratburn is warning him that if he does not study, he will repeat the third grade. He needs help studying so he can move up to fourth grade with his friends!
Player: Buster
Ally: Arthur
Assist: Mr. Ratburn
Stage: Buster's Video Postcards
Opponent(s): WordGirl (with Anne assist) and Ruff Ruffman (WordGirl and Ruff Ruffman represent Francine and Binky, the Anne assist represents Muffy)
Event objective: As Buster, you must solve math problems in the form of bubbles appearing on the screen being multiplication and division problems. There will be a problem that appears and three bubbles for a multiple choice question. If solved correctly, you can fight for 20 seconds. The cycle repeats until you KO both WordGirl and Ruff Ruffman. If you get a problem wrong or get KOd, you fail the event.
Reference: The Arthur episode Buster Makes the Grade

Event #22: A Video Postcard from Teletubby Land
Event description:
Buster has now been invited to the Brawltime party and decided to make a video postcard for his friends back at home from Teletubby Land where he recieved his invite. However, some unexpected visitors make filming a lot more difficult! He needs help filiming each of the new friends he has met at the party in a video perfect fashion!
Player: Buster
Stage: Teletubby Land
Opponent(s): The Teletubbies, Chris and Martin, Lionel, Ruff Ruffman
Event objective: As Buster, you must use your Neutral Special attack being the "A Video Postcard from Buster" move to film the opponent shown on the screen that Buster wants to film. To complete the event, you must successfully perform your Neutral Special on all the opponents. If you get KOd or film the wrong opponent, you fail the mission.
References: A general reference to the Postcards from Buster episodes where Buster likes to film the locations he visists. Along with this, Teletubby Land being the stage references Buster's reveal trailer for PBS Kids: Brawltime! as well as the Teletubbies appearing in his reveal trailer. Chris and Martin appearing as opponents in this mission is a reference to how Arthur and Zoboomafoo were both shows made by CINAR/Cookie Jar (now part of WildBrain). Lionel and Ruff Ruffman being additional opponents is a reference to how Arthur, Between the Lions and FETCH! with Ruff Ruffman were all made by WGBH.

Event #23: An EekoHouse Pity Party
Event description:
Cheeko has recently been checking out the EekoHouse and has been trying to fix all the unenvironmentally friendly problems. However, some party crashers came in to, making it harder to do what's right. Help Cheeko solve all the problems in the EekoHouse before the party crashers kick you out of the EekoHouse!
Player: Cheeko
Stage: EekoHouse
Opponent(s): Arthur, Buster, Chris and Martin, WordGirl, Digit, Hacker, Ruff Ruffman
Event objective: As Cheeko, you have to attack the unenvironmentally friendly problems in every room touring the EekoHouse. You can KO opponents but they will respawn. If you get KOd or fail to attack every unenvironmentally friendly problem in the room during the time you are in one room, you fail the mission.
References: The PBS Kids: GO! game EekoHouse where you click on the unenvrionmentally friendly problems and get asked questions about what is the environmentally friendly thing to do. The opponents all appeared in Cheeko's PBS Kids: Brawltime! reveal trailer as well.

Event #24: Dash's PBS Kids world tour, Pt. 4
Event description:
Dash's PBS Kids world tour comes to its conclusion. However, he has four more worlds to visit and the visitors are willing to put up more friendly fights against him!
Player: Dash (Dot, if the player holds a certain button before selecting the event)
Stage: Depends on the current opponent's homestage
Opponent(s): Buster, Marvin, Ruff Ruffman, Cheeko
Event objective: As Dash, you must fight the 4 opponents in their respective home stages in the order of their show debut. The order goes: Buster (Arthur, October 7, 1996)----->Marvin (Marvin the Tap-Dancing Horse, September 30, 2000)----->Ruff Ruffman (FETCH! with Ruff Ruffman, May 29, 2006)----->Cheeko (EekoWorld, 2008/2009). You can play as Dot if you hold a certain button before selecting the event.
Reference: None in particular, other than representing the mascot of the channel and documenting PBS Kids' history.

Event #25: Come on and ZOOM!
Event description:
Dash and his friends from the Brawltime Party have been invited to a filiming of an episode of ZOOM! They will get to play some of the games that the ZOOM kids and crew put together! Help Dash win all the games against his friends!
Player: Dash
Stage: ZOOM Stage
Opponent(s): Big Bird, Elmo, Arthur, Buster, Dot, Lionel, Xavier Riddle
Event objective: As Dash, you must complete all the ZOOM games when the ZOOM stage transitions to those games. Complete all the games within the time frame you are there. If you fail to win a game or get KOd, you fail the event.
References: A general reference to the ZOOM episodes and the games the kids play. The event's name is a reference to the exact lyric in the theme song for ZOOM. The opponents are all children/child-like characters similar to how the show ZOOM has children on the show. In fact, Arthur and Buster being opponents in this event is a reference as to how Arthur, Postcards from Buster and ZOOM were all made by WGBH. Lionel is another opponent who's show was produced by WGBH but some children from ZOOM appeared on the Between the Lions episode Why the Baboon's Balloon Went Ka-Boom!

Event #26: Old Oscar Leads The Parade through an Anomalous Invasion!
Event description:
It's the typical Tarrytown Sky Parade tradition that they hold annually, but is seems that this time, the Anomaly won't let the planes have their usual fun and joy! Can you survive the 2 minute-onslaught of the Anomaly's forces by just sky-hopping on the planes of Terrytown?
Player: Choice
Stage: The Tarrytown Sky Parade
Opponent(s): None
Event objective: Survive two minutes of Anomaly mayhem in this event! During that time, there will be purple energy projectiles that need to be avoided, Anomaly minions projectiles that can be avoided or defeated, the planes doing air tricks to avoid Anomaly attacks and temporarily render themselves unable to be used as platforms, Anomaly minions hopping on top of the planes whom you must defeat, and Anomaly missiles that when they hit the top of ap lane, it will cause that plane to lose some turbulence and also temporarily render themselves unable to be used as platforms.
References: Old Oscar Leads The Parade, but think of it as that episode, but the Anomaly from the story mode decides to sabotage the parade.

Event #27: Red and Green and Brown and Blue
Event description:
They're the Really Useful Crew!
Player: Elmo
Allies: Dash
Stage: The Island of Sodor
Opponent(s): Marvin, Ord
Event objective: Take your skills into this no-frills battle! Of course, the player as Elmo (Red) and your ally Dash (Green) must defeat Marvin (Brown) and Ord (Blue). The cycle of engines goes as follows: 1. James (Red), 2. Percy, Henry or Emily (Green), 3. Toby (Brown), 4. Thomas, Edward or Gordon (Blue) and the cycle repeats from there.
References: No episode reference in particular, but the event name description reference two lines from the theme song of the Thomas & Friends era that aired on PBS Kids, Engine Roll Call, written by Ed Welch.

Event #28: New Dog in Town
Event description:
Looks like Clifford and Co's got some new friends in town! They, however, don't really seem to come from their world.
Player: Ruff Ruffman
Assist: Martha
Stage: Clifford's boss fight stage
Opponent(s): Anomaly enslaved-Clifford and friends boss
Event objective: Take your skills into this no-frills boss battle!
References: New Dog in Town, you also play as dogs in this event too.

Event #29: The Rough Seas with Theodore
Event description: It looks like Theodore was sent out to set sail and pick up an important package overseas, but now its dark and the water has tuned into a sorta-purplish color, and there are monsters and pirates aboard! This looks like a fighter in need for hire!
Player: Choice
Stage: Original stage specific to this event
Opponent(s): Random for every playthrough (x10)
Event objective: You are on top aboard of Theodore Tugboat himself, as he sails through a purple sea at night. It's a 10-man melee against some Anomaly-captured fighters! Occasionally, sea monsters will pop out of the water and try to attack the player's fighter as well.
References: Loosely based on the Theodore Tugboat episode, Theodore's Bad Dreams

Event #30: Dash's Brawltime Party Finale!
Event description:
Dash has now successfully won over all of his friends after going on his PBS Kids World Tour. Currently, they are settling in at PTV Park for a big party! However, Dash is ready to show off his skills once more in a friendly free-for-all!
Player: Dash (Dot, if the player holds a certain button before selecting the event)
Stage: PTV Park
Opponent(s): The whole roster, you will fight everyone in chronological order of their PBS Kids debut from the earliest debut to the latest debut.
The order is as follows:
Mr. Rogers (Mister Rogers' Neighborhood, February 19, 1968)
Big Bird (Sesame Street, November 10, 1969)
Elmo (Sesame Street, March 28, 1980)
Barney (Barney & Friends, April 6, 1992)
Ms. Frizzle (The Magic School Bus, September 10, 1994)
The Kratt Bros. (Kratt's Creatures, June 3, 1996)
Arthur (Arthur, October 7, 1996)
Buster (Arthur, October 7, 1996)
The Teletubbies (Teletubbies, April 6, 1998; their debut on PBS)
Dot/Dash (if Dot is the player's character) (PBS Kids Bumpers and IDs, September 6, 1999)
Ord (Dragon Tales, September 6,1999)
Lionel (Between the Lions, April 3, 2000)
Marvin (Marvin the Tap-Dancing Horse, September 30, 2000)
Digit (Cyberchase, January 21, 2002)
Hacker (Cyberchase, January 21, 2002)
Ruff Ruffman (FETCH! with Ruff Ruffman, May 29, 2006)
WordGirl (The Amazing Colossal Adventures of WordGirl, November 10, 2006)
Cheeko (EekoWorld, 2008/2009)
Molly (Molly of Denali, July 15, 2019)
Xavier Riddle (Xavier Riddle and The Secret Museum, November 12, 2019)
Event objective: As Dash, you need to beat every character in order. There will be three opponents at a time. Similar to the All-Star mode in Super Smash Bros Melee, the opponents will be on the top left corner showing who is coming up next. It's a simple, no-frills, free-for-all! If you get KOd, you fail the event!
References: Besides representing the mascot of the channel and documenting PBS Kids' history, the Brawltime Party is a reference to the event mentioned in the various reveal trailers and even mentioned in the Story Mode. Plus, PTV Park was a location where you can see "Coming Up Next" Idents of various shows, thus all the characters are here to see who's coming up next.

Event Matches that come with Donkey:

Event #Extra01: Super Tiny
Event description:
It seems Tiny wants to be a superhero and help do some chores around the Secret House! Although, he seems to be causing more trouble than good. Help Tiny be super and clean the Secret House!
Player: Donkey
Assist: Tiny
Allies: Arthur and Dot (representing Tom and Tilly)
Stage: The Secret House and Donkey's Shed
Opponent(s): Random for each playthrough
Event objective: As Donkey, you need to attack various opponents in certain spots that glow on the stage when the assist meter is full and Tiny will do a "chore" causing that spot to be clean. However, if you KO an opponent in a spot that's not in the glowing area, get KOd or not use Tiny to KO an opponent, you fail the event.
References: The Tots TV episode Super Tiny

Event #Extra02: Kermit's T-Shirt Bonanza
Event description:
Kermit has just arrived into some wonderful t-shirt store to get some Kermit the Frog t-shirts printed out. However, the t-shirt salesman cannot find the right shirt and much to Kermit's dismay, he wants it soon or else he'll get angry!
Player: Choice
Assist: Kermit
Stage: The Wonderful World of T-Shirts
Opponent(s): Random for Every Playthrough
Event objective: During the battle, the t-shirt salesman will hold up various t-shirts with misspellings of the word "frog" on it. When you see the right shirt that says "Kermit the FROG"on it, attack it when Kermit's assist meter is full. If you get KOd or hit the wrong shirt on accident, you fail the event.
References: The Sesame Street skit of the same name, The Wonderful World of T-Shirts but Kermit actually gets the right shirt.

Event #Extra03: Lionel The Librarian: No Way...No Way...
Event description:
Lionel is a librarian in training at the Busterfield Library! However, it seems the Anomaly's forces attacked the library causing Lionel's library duties to crumple and the computer system to be hacked! Help Lionel sort out this mess before his parents find out about it!
Player: Lionel
Stage: Busterfield Library (stays in the main hall)
Opponent(s): Random for every playthrough (x10)
Event objective: As Lionel, you need to KO all of the Anomaly's captured fighters that infiltrated the library! It's a no-frills battle! If you get KOd, you fail the event.
References: Based on the Between the Lions episode The Good Seed, but the Anomaly take over the library and the computer network there instead of Lionel opening up the email with the "freebee". The event name is to a quote Lionel says when he let disaster ensue across the library.

Event #Extra04: Some Elephant-Sitting Trouble
Event description:
It seems Grampy is away and has left a donkey who looks like Donkey Hodie in charge of his pet elephant...however, this donkey is not easygoing. Clyde the Cloud must step in to help this donkey become a great elephant-sitter!
Player: Choice
Assist: Clyde the Cloud
Stage: Someplace Else
Opponent(s): Donkey (in yellowish color, his 4th alt to represent Donkey Hodie)
Event objective: You need to basically calm down Donkey by using Clyde the Cloud when the assist meter is full on Donkey. Donkey will be at high percent and at rage so one attack results in a KO. You will fill up the assist over time. If you get KOd, you fail the event.
References: The Donkey Hodie episode A Big Favor for Grampy

PBS Kids Archives

Similar to the Masterpieces in Super Smash Bros Brawl and Super Smash Bros for Wii U, this mode will allow you to watch full episodes from the PBS Kids franchises represented in the game. The best part, these are full episodes and not just small clips! They are full episodes due to PBS Kids's commitment to bring free educational entertainment to all households. Hence, why you never had to pay for PBS in a household back then! A super good mode for those wanting a trip down memory lane or discovering these shows for the first time. You fight as the characters, now watch the shows they came from!

Sesame Street
Big Bird: Episode 1575

Elmo: Episode 4077

Episode 0202

Episode 1494 (Comes with Donkey update)

Arthur
Arthur: Arthur's Big Hit (with D.W.'s Library Card)

My Music Rules/That's a Baby Show!

Postcards from Buster
Buster: Sugartime!


Mister Roger's Neighborhood
Mr. Rogers: Episode 1715 (Mister Rogers Talks About Sharing)

Daniel Tiger's Neighborhood:

Daniel Gets Mad/Katerina Gets Mad

Donkey Hodie:

Silly Sticky Situation


A Big Favor for Grampy/A New Way to Bounce (Comes with Donkey update)

A collection of PBS Kids Bumpers, IDs, Interstitials starring Dash and Dot

Barney

Barney: First Day of School

Wild Kratts
Chris and Martin: Creature Power Challenge

Zoboomafoo:
Who's in the Egg?

Kratt's Creatures
Big Five, Little Five

WordGirl

WordGirl: WordBot/Mount Rushhere

The Magic School Bus
Ms. Frizzle: The Magic School Bus Gets Lost in Space

Cyberchase
Digit: A Battle of Equals

Hacker: True Colors

Between the Lions
Lionel: Five, Six and Thistle Sticks

The Good Seed (Comes with Donkey update)

Xavier Riddle and The Secret Museum
Xavier Riddle: I Am Fred Rogers

The Teletubbies
Teletubbies: Josie's Pots

Molly of Denali
Molly: Cry Wolf/A Sound Idea

Dragon Tales
Ord: Follow the Dots/A Smashing Success

Marvin the Tap-Dancing Horse:

Marvin: Elizabeth in Charge

FETCH! with Ruff Ruffman:

Ruff Ruffman: Good Dancing and Bad Breath

EekoWorld:


Cheeko: Full access to EekoWorld and EekoCreature games with modified controls for video game controllers.

ZOOM:
Season 2, Episode 19 (1999 Zoom)

Season 3, Episode 2 (302) (1970s Zoom)

Hero Elementary:
Hatching a Plan/Invisible Force

Wishbone:
Bark to The Future

Clifford the Big Red Dog (2000):

New Dog in Town/Get Well

Clifford's Puppy Days:

The Monster in 3-B/Cat-Tastrophe

Clifford the Big Red Dog (2019):


Muddy Buds Hit The Suds/Lights, Camera, Clifford!

Martha Speaks:

Martha Speaks/Martha Gives Advice

Pinkalicious and Peterriffic:

A Pinkaperfect Birthday

Caillou:

Caillou watches Rosie

Jay Jay the Jet Plane:

Old Oscar Leads The Parade/Revvin' Evan Day

Adventures from The Book of Virtues:

Moderation

Anne of Green Gables: The Animated Series:

The Best Partner

Elinor Wonders Why:

Backyard Soup/Colorful and Tasty

Thomas the Tank Engine and Friends:

Respect (Molly's Special Special/Respect for Gordon)

Sid the Science Kid:

Super Science Tools

Super Why:

Alice in Wonderland

The Puzzle Place:

Leon's Pizza

Reading Rainbow:

A Three Hat Day

George Shrinks:

Ants in the Pantry

Jakers! The Adventures of Piggley Winks:

Return of the Raloo Rockers

Bill Nye the Science Guy:


Electricity

Lomax, the Hound of Music:

Cat Come Back

Angelina Ballerina:

Angelina in The Wings/Arthur the Butterfly

Angelina Ballerina: The Next Steps:

Angelina and the Hip-Hop Kid/Angelina and the Broken Fiddle

Theodore Tugboat:


Emergency

The Berenstain Bears:

Papa's Pizza/The Female Fullback

Timothy Goes to School:

Cherry Blossom/Talent Show

Curious George:

George Meets Allie-Whoops!/Hundley's Great Escape

Maya and Miguel:

The Best Thanksgiving Ever

The Odd Squad:

O Games


Tots TV:


Tom's Trumpet

Super Tiny and the episodes that came with it in the US dub for Tots TV (Comes with Donkey update)


Liberty's Kids:

The Shot Heard 'Round the World

Corduroy:

Lost and Found/Going Up

Photo Album

This game's equivalent to the trophies from older smash bros games and the gallery from NASB, where you can view photos, renders and figurines of the playable characters, items, assists and even characters who appear on stages by clearing certain objectives or purchasing them with in game currency

Renders of all characters

Photos of props and production material







Specific stage based photos:

-Big Bird and Elmo on Sesame Street

-Barney with his train conductor alt on the Island of Sodor stage

-Lionel doing his taunt with the Wishbone assist on Cliff's Cliff

-Ms. Frizzle with Arthur (who represents Arnold)

-Ord doing his neutral special on the Tarrytown Sky Parade stage

-Xavier Riddle and Mr. Rogers on the Mr. Rogers set in the Secret Museum stage

-Renders for all assists

-Renders of all items

-Renders of stage background characters
1662081739252.png


1662081775330.png


1662081809253.png



1662081845154.png


1662081854641.png



1662081948954.png



1662081972067.png


1662081991209.png


1662082025027.png



1662082074837.png


1662082099064.png

PBS Kids: Brawltime! Trailer:

The trailer is first introduced by the host of the gaming show saying "Alright, for our next game to be revealed, I need to use something." The host will pull out a TV remote and point it at some big projector. The projector will have the black and white tv static. It will then have blurry quality footage (you can see it but not really as the footage zooms by quickly) from Sesame Street, Arthur, Mr. Roger's Neighborhood, Barney and Friends, Wild Kratts, WordGirl, Cyberchase, The Magic School Bus, Between the Lions and Xavier Riddle and The Secret Museum. It then zooms to footage of PTV Park like this (skip to 0:17 to see what I mean) and then it goes to...a Battlefield. We zoom into Dash where he does his taunt where he thinks with his one finger and goes "Doink!"

Then, Use Your Imagination (A remixed version) starts playing as the Announcer Bunny from Between the Lions appears and says: Aaaaaa-nouncer Bunny here to tell you to not touch that remote and to..." then the text then says in the PBS font while Announcer Bunny says it:

Get Ready to Battle with Your Childhood Friends!

Introducing Dash! (Dash stands next to the text while Announcer Bunny says "Dash!")

Soon, three other fighters appear:

Introducing Big Bird! (Big Bird stands next to the text while Announcer Bunny says "Big Bird!")

Introducing Arthur! (Arthur stands next to the text while Announcer Bunny says "Arthur!")

Introducing Mr. Rogers! (Mr. Rogers stands next to the text while Announcer Bunny says "Mr. Rogers!")


The four then start fighting on PTV Park. Then, it cuts to other stages such as Sesame Street, The Land of Make Believe and Once Upon a Restaurant where we get a glimpse of the wave dashing and P-Head wave shining gimmick. Also, we see some of the healing items like the Alphabet Soup and Milk.

Then, it goes to The Treehouse and then Dash and Big.Bird see...a certain purple dinosaur appears along with two animal themed superhero brothers and another superhero girl.

Introducing Barney! (Barney stands next to the text while Announcer Bunny says "Barney!")

Introducing Chris and Martin! (Chris and Martin stand next to the text while Announcer Bunny says "Chris and Martin!")

Introducing WordGirl! (WordGirl stand next to the text while Announcer Bunny says "WordGirl!")

More gameplay footage is shown as well as footage of Animal Junction, WordGirl's Super Secret Spaceship Hideout and then...to The Magic School Bus stage where Dash, Big Bird and the Kratts see a red haired teacher pop out of the bus...

Introducing Ms. Frizzle! (Ms. Frizzle stands next to the text while Announcer Bunny says "Ms. Frizzle!")

Then, as gameplay continues as the Magic School Bus stage turns into a spaceship, the Kratts get knocked out by a green figure..

Introducing Hacker! (Hacker stands next to the text while Announcer Bunny says "Hacker!")

However, a little bit after, a purple cyberturkey appears.

Introducing Digit! (Digit stands next to the text while Announcer Bunny says "Digit!")

We then see footage of the Cyberspace stage with Digit, Hacker, WordGirl and Mr. Rogers fighting on it. We also see footage of the Zoom! stage and then a certain cliff with a man hanging off the cliff branch (this being Cliff's Cliff).

A certain lion cub performs his up special to knock Hacker off the cliff.

Introducing Lionel! (Lionel stands next to the text while Announcer Bunny says "Lionel!")

More gameplay footage follows. Then, we see a secret museum with the Mr. Rogers exhibit and we see a boy with a red hoodie appear.

Introducing Xavier Riddle! (Xavier stands next to the text while Announcer Bunny says "Xavier Riddle!")

Some more gameplay footage of The Secret Museum stage is shown. We see final gameplay footage with the Peanut Butter Blaster and the PBS Kids Racer. Also, we see Daniel Tiger following Mr. Rogers on the Land of Make Believe while Barney has BJ following him showcasing somewhat of how assists work but it isn't specified.

The trailer ends with all 12 characters posing alongside together for one big celebration.

Finally, Announcer Bunny says:

PBS Kids: Brawltime!

We then see all the characters by the logo of the game with the various systems that Brawltime! will be on at the bottom with the copyright.

The developers will then come on the screen with a video message saying:

"What did we just witness? We are the devs for PBS Kids: Brawltime and we hope you enjoyed the initial presentation of the game! This is only the tip of the iceberg as there is a lot more to be shown! PBS Kids: Brawltime! will be coming out later this year! There will be more info soon as we will be releasing videos featuring more content from the game and even more characters. We have lots of plans for this game so stay tuned and remember: "Use Your Imagination!"

What this trailer reveals:

The starting 12
Some items (Alphabet Soup, Peanut Butter Blaster, PBS Kids Racer and Milk)
Assists (Daniel Tiger and BJ)
The fighters's home stages and the ZOOM! stage (which will show that PBS franchises without a fighter can get a stage)
The wave dashing/P-Head wave shine feature

PBS Kids: Brawltime! Elmo Reveal Trailer (Revealed at the PBS Kids: Brawltime! Invitational)

At the beginning of the PBS Kids: Brawltime! invitational, the host will welcome everyone and then Dash will interrupt and appear on the big screen saying:

"Hi everyone! I am sending a special letter to a friend of mine. It's going to take time to get there. I can't say where it's going to, you'll have to see who receives this letter."

The host will then say: "Well, I can't wait to see who the letter will go to but we will have to wait and see where it goes. Let's get on with the invitational!"

Then, after the invitational ends, the host will say: "Alright, well that was a fun invitational, now I think I have to pass over the mic to the game announcer, Announcer Bunny!"

Announcer Bunny: "Aaaaaanouncer Bunny here telling you all to not leave this livestream, Dash's letter has been delivered to the location of the letter recipient. Let's check out who will receive it! Thank youuuuu!"

The screen will cut to black as it will then show a plane delivering air mail past all the continents until....

It drives on a familiar street setting where we then see Grover dressed as a mailman looking at the letter.

Grover: "I must get this delivered right away! On my wayyyyyy!"

Grover then runs frantically across Sesame Street passing various characters:

  • He first passes Bert and Ernie who are reading at a table the books they read in the Between the Lions episode Tweet, Tweet and they look at Grover running and saying in unison "Was that letter for us?"
  • Then, he passes Abby Cadabby practicing magic spells but she doesn't notice Grover running.
  • Onward, we see Oscar just being grouchy saying as Grover runs by "That letter would be trash anyway."
  • Then, we see Zoe talking to Rocco as she would just be talking and not worrying about her surroundings.
  • Finally, he passes Cookie Monster just eating cookies not minding anyone's business.
Then, he finally gets to his location where we then see a red monster in his colorful apartment room.

Elmo: "Guess what Elmo is thinking about today! Ya-ta-tat-ta!"

Elmo will then open the door and see Grover.

Elmo: "Hi Grover!"

Grover: "Oh, hi Elmo! I have a special letter for you from a person named...um...Dash."

Elmo: "Oh, Elmo wants to read it!"

Then, Elmo will look at the letter and the letter is read from Dash's voice

Dash (heard but not seen):
"Dear Elmo,

How is everything? Big Bird has been away from Sesame Street and been traveling to different places. He really misses you. I was wondering if you want to join your friend on this adventure?

From,

Your friends Dash and Big Bird"

Elmo: "Well, Elmo would love to go. It's time to gooooo!"

Elmo then leaves the door and then....we see Elmo doing his render pose as it then goes to:

Introducing Elmo! in the PBS Font and Elmo stands next to it as Announcer Bunny says "Elmo!"

The music during Elmo's gameplay will be a remixed version of the Elmo's World theme.

We then cut to footage of Elmo fighting the various characters in PBS Kids: Brawltime! as well as it showcasing his stage Tickle Me Land where he is seen fighting Big Bird, Mr. Rogers and Lionel.

Also, we see some funny/reference scenes where he taunts with Big Bird on the Sesame Street stage, him using his Down Special on Barney, him using his Light Up on the Kratt Brothers, etc.

Before the trailer ends, we see Elmo during his victory animation.

Then, the trailer ends with the PBS Kids: Brawltime! cast by the logo and then Elmo gets added (similar to the Smash Remix trailers).

Host: "Well, seems Elmo will be the 13th fighter for PBS Kids: Brawltime! Be on the lookout for his Meet the Fighters! video as well as for more announcements coming soon! Thank you all for watching the PBS Kids: Brawltime! Invitational and have a great rest of your day!"

Notes:

  • In the YouTube trailer, it will have all the parts minus the host's commentary. The trailer will be titled "Play With Me, Sesame!"
  • The trailer will begin in the YouTube version with it having the "Ja-Na-na-Na, Doink, PBS Kids!" where the PBS Kids: Brawitime! logo appears with the revealed characters by the logo (this will be the standard for all reveal trailers) and then Announcer Bunny will say "Time for a new friend to join the fight!"
  • Each character revealed will just get the Introducing art compared to a punny tagline for consistency sake


PBS Kids: Brawltime! Teletubbies Trailer Reveal:

A New Species Discovery:

The trailer starts with the "Ja-Na-na-Na, Doink, PBS Kids!" where the PBS Kids: Brawitime! logo appears with the revealed characters (being the first 12 as well as Elmo) by the logo and then Announcer Bunny will say "Time for a new friend to join the fight!"

The trailer starts with Chris and Martin Kratt coming back to Animal Junction after a long day of researching about animals.

Zoboomafoo greets them warmly and says,

Zoboomafoo: "Hey, you two! I discovered some sort of new animal I want you to meet! Would you like to guess where this animal is from?"

Chris: "Africa?"

Martin: "Antartica?"

Zoboomafoo: "Nope and nope. These are some new friends I met from a far away land. They will be coming out of the ground instead of coming through the door."

Chris and Martin: "Show us Zaboo!"

Zoboomafoo: "Alright then, come on out fellas!"

Suddenly, we see a hole form in the ground and out comes...

A big green figure with an antenna on its head.

Dipsy: "1!"

Zoboomafoo: "That's Dipsy!”

Then, a big yellow figure with a lightning bolt-ish antenna on her head pops out.

La-La: “2!”

Zoboomafoo: “That’s La-La!”

Similarly, a big red figure with a circle on its head pops out.

Po: “3!”

Zoboomafoo: “And, that’s Po! There’s one more to come!”

The three Teletubbies wait for their best friend until…

Tinky Winky: “Fourrrrrr!”

Tinky Winky pops out.

Zoboomafoo: “And here’s Tinky Winky! Together, the four of them are known as…

It then cuts to the Introducing screen with the 4 Teletubbies posing by the screen where it then says

Introducing The Teletubbies! (The Teletubbies stand by the words in the PBS font as Announcer Bunny says “The Teletubbies!”)

It then cuts to gameplay footage where we see The Teletubbies and Chris and Martin on the Animal Junction stage. Then, we hear a remixed version of The Teletubbies theme similar to what was heard in the rare Zoboomafoo Announces Teletubbies is Next Bumper albeit a more modern remix.

Chris and Martin: "Teletubbies!"

Zoboomafoo: "Yep, and they came here to play! They brought all sorts of things to the fight!"

Zoboomafoo says this while Chris and Martin are fighting the Teletubbies.

The Teletubbies then perform their Neutral Special "Pet Rabbit"

Chris: "Wow! A rabbit!"

Zoboomafoo: "Each Teletubby has their own rabbit and each rabbit has a different behavior."

Then, they perform the Up Special "1, 2, 3, 4!"

Martin: "They sure love to jump!"

Zoboomafoo: "Yep, each of the Teletubbies jump in different ways!"

Finally, they perform their Down Special "Big Hug!"

Chris: "Woah, easy there guys!"

Zoboomafoo: "They sure love to hug and each one of them will hug. Then, they will each get their favorite thing which makes them stronger!"

It then showcases Tinky Winky with his tutu, Dipsy with his cow print hat, Po with her scooter and La-La with her ball.

Then, we transition to footage of the Teletubbies stage Magical Events where we see the Teletubbies with Noo-Noo as their assist alongside fighting the Kratts with Aviva Corcovado as their assist, Lionel with Chicken Jane as his assist and Arthur with the Brain as his assist.

Zoboomafoo: "The Teletubbies come from this land called Teletubby Land. All sorts of cool, magical events happen here!"

The Animal Parade section happens

Chris: "Woah, lots of animals! Perfect for us to study!"

It then goes through the other sections of the stage.

It zooms into Noo-Noo.

Zoboomafoo: "Noo-Noo is the name of their vacuum who cleans up after them."

The music changes to the Teletubbies credits music. We then see more fun scenes of the Teletubbies and their new friends including:

  • Po doing her taunt with Elmo on the Tickle Me Land stage.
  • Tinky Winky watching Lionel run after Arthur on the Magical Events stage referencing The Lion and The Bear Magical Event
  • La-La picking up Tubby Toast in front of Barney on The Treehouse stage.
  • Dipsy using the Tubby Custard Machine item against Digit, Hacker and Big Bird on Magical Events.
Finally, it cuts to The Teletubbies doing their victory animation and then it cuts back to the footage where Chris and Martin hug the Teletubbies but not in a fighting manner.

Zoboomafoo: "Welcome Teletubbies! You four are going to have a lot of fun!"

Chris and Martin: "Hooray for The Teletubbies!"

It then cuts to the PBS Kids: Brawltime! logo with the 13 revealed fighters around it and then The Teletubbies get added to the collage of characters as the music ends.

Screen cuts to black with copyright and all.

This trailer reveals:

  • The Teletubbies as fighters
  • Their stage, Magical Events
  • The Teletubbies items and Noo-Noo as an assist.

Molly Mabray Reveal:

The search for Francine Frensky


The trailer starts with the "Ja-Na-na-Na, Doink, PBS Kids!" where the PBS Kids: Brawitime! logo appears with the revealed characters (being the first 12 as well as Elmo and the Teletubbies) by the logo and then Announcer Bunny will say "Aaaaaaaaaanouncer Bunny here to report on the current status of one of our fighters! Apparently, Arthur is trying to know the whereabouts of one of his friends, let's check it out!"

We see Arthur at school discussing to his friends the fact that one of his friends, Francine, has gone missing recently and where she could be.

Arthur: huhhhhh.....Oh Francine, where could she be now?

Buster: Hmmmm, last time I heard from her, she was apparently going on a trip to Alaska!

Arthur: Alaska?! But that place is so cold! I must warn her!

The Brain: Ummm, Arthur? don't you think that's kinda too soon for that?

Binky: I'm sure she'll be alright

Arthur: No guys, I need to call someone

Digit is just casually cruising in his ship when he gets a transmission from Arthur

Arthur: Hey, Digit old pal! Uhhh, do you mind, can you send me to Alaska? So I can find my friend Francine! Please!

Digit: Wha? Alaska? What is an Alaska? Is that another world in Cyberspace?

Arthur: Well, not exactly, but can you still come to my school to pick me up so we can go there!

Digit: Roger that, old pal!

Digit flies to Arthur's school to pick up Arthur so they can go to Alaska to search for Francine. We then see some archived footage of Sesame Street,
Episode 3850, where Elmo is on a playdate with Zoe by helping her do tasks to keep her Zoemobile running up good. Apparently, Elmo is fed up at Zoe for not giving him a turn on her Zoemobile and is just about to leave Zoe out of anger and feeling left-out.


1656037550784.png


Elmo: Elmo's not going to play with Zoe anymore! This playday is over!

Zoe: W-w-wa-wa-wait wait, where are you going?

Elmo: ALASKA!!!


Zoe: It's faster if you drive...

Elmo just glares at Zoe just as Digit and Arthur approach Elmo in Digit's ship, giving him an opportunity to join the search party.

Digit: Of coarse it's faster if you drive! Wanna come with us to Alaska to search for someone named Francine?

Arthur: Yeah! We really could use more search crew members!

Elmo: Uhhhh, ok! But can you please be more fair to me on your playday?

Digit: sure thing, Elmo!

Zoe: Uhh..Wait, Elmo! You're not just going to leave me behind, will you?....Oh well

Elmo, Digit and Arthur had finally landed on Alaska, where they get off Digit's ship to search for Francine. Eventually, they see an unfamiliar trading post in the distance, where a native Alaskin girl was just about to make a vlog about some mail she recieved.

Molly: Hi everyone, It's me, Molly! Today, I'm gonna show you some mail that I had received just today! I bet one of these letters is for me!

Molly rummages through the mail until she finds a letter for her which just happens to be an invitation

Molly: gasps Oh my! It looks like I've been invited to some......Brawltime Party?! Oh boy, I bet this party is going to be exciting!!

Just then, Arthur, Digit and Elmo bust through the door of the Denali trading post to see if Francine was in there. The three were seeing Molly's back, so they mistook Molly for Francine in the first place.

Arthur: Francine Frensky? Is that.....you?

Molly: Who? Me? Oh you guys! I'm not Francine, I'm Molly!

Molly gets into a pose just as the text pops up:

Introducing Molly Mabray! in the PBS Font and Molly stands next to it as Announcer Bunny says "Molly!"

The trailer then plays a remix of the Molly of Denali theme song, as it then cuts to footage of Molly fighting the various characters in PBS Kids: Brawltime! as well as it showcasing her stage Denali Trading Post where she is seen fighting Arthur, Digit and Elmo.

Before the trailer ends, Arthur was about to ask Molly if she has seen Francine anywhere

Arthur: Hey Molly, have you seen someone named Francine anywhere?

Molly: Uhhhhh, no. Do you know more about this "Francine" guy?

We then see Francine just popping up in the scene to which Molly looks at Francine in surprise.

Molly: Oh! Do I really have a twin sister around here?

Francine: What? I'm not your twin. I'm Francine!

Molly and Francine look at each other in shock, glaring at just how similar they look.

Then, the trailer ends with the PBS Kids: Brawltime! cast by the logo and then Molly gets added to the artwork, before showing the copyrights and those stuff.

Ord Reveal Trailer:

New Friends Are Always Fun!

The trailer starts with the "Ja-Na-na-Na, Doink, PBS Kids!" where the PBS Kids: Brawitime! logo appears with the revealed characters (being the first 12 as well as Elmo, the Teletubbies and Molly) by the logo.

Then, it stays paused on the logo screen....until we see the purple TV screen from the Seasons 4-6 opening from Barney and Friends. Then, it changes to the episode title background where it says "Time For A New Friend To Join The Brawl!"

It then cuts how it regularly does for the Barney and Friends episode during those seasons.

We then see Barney, BJ and a few children in the treehouse they hang out in.

Barney: Okay everyone, I have a very special invitation to give from Dash to a friend of mine in a far away land! He is invited to the Brawltime party!

Barney is seen holding a PBS Kids: Brawltime! invitation.

BJ: Yeah! I wonder who it's gonna be!

One kid unnamed: Will it be another dinosaur?

Another kid unnamed: Or perhaps...some sort of animal we don't know about?

Finally, another kid says: Or maybe....it's Stella the Storyteller?

Barney just laughs and then says

"Alright well, I do not want to give away the super-deeeeee duper surprise! But, now it is time to go to the land where I must give the invite! Just close your eyes and imagine....a colorful world where you can use all your heart...where we can fly with dragons!"

Everyone does so....and it just so happens they end up in Dragon Land.

Barney: Ok everyone, we are in Dragon Land!

Soon, they spot the cast of Dragon Tales.

Max and Emmy: Hi Barney!

Barney: Everyone, I want you to meet my two friends, Max and Emmy! They will show you all their friends and which one will get the invite!

Everyone says hi.

Barney: Now, let's see....

Barney takes a good glance at all the dragons.

First, he sees Zak and Wheezie.

Zak and Wheezie: Is that invite for us???

Barney: I'm afraid not my friends.

Cassie: Oh hi Barney!

Barney: Hi Cassie! I am looking for your other friend that isn't here...

Cassie: Well...he's invisible right now. I'll tell him to turn visible, he's scared of the new friends you have there.

Barney: Alright then. Ord? It's me, Barney! I have something to give to you!"

Ord then turns visible and then says

Ord: Oh hi everyone! I'm Ord! Welcome to Dragon Land!

Barney: Well Ord, Dash told me that I had the honor to give you an invite to this Brawltime party I'm in! I hope you would like to go!

Ord: Well, I'm a bit scared but...I'm big! I can do this!

Ord then takes the invite and then says confidently

Ord: "Time to show Barney's friends how brave I am!"

Ord then gets into his pose and then, this text pops up:

Introducing Ord! in the PBS Font and Molly stands next to it as Announcer Bunny says "Ord!"

The trailer then plays a modern-fish remix of the Dragon Tales theme.

Ord: Well, it's time for the Brawltime party!

We see footage of Ord's moveset, his light moves and specials for a bit. Then, it cuts to the Dragon Land stage.

Everyone from Dragon Tales: You can do it, Ord!

Ord: Glad you can all come to watch me be brave!

We then see Ord turn invisible during the fight which reveals an invisibility gimmick.

Max: Whenever Ord is scared, he turns invisible.

Then, a raincloud appears over Ord

Emmy: Even a raincloud will appear whenever he's all scared and sad. But, we know he can do this!

We then see other fun moments from the trailer including:

  • Ord taunting with Digit, Hacker and Arthur as they all appeared on the PBS Kids Share A Story event in 2004.
  • Him battling with Big Bird and Elmo on Sesame Street as they are all characters owned by Sesame Workshop.
  • Him with the Norm the Number Gnome assist fighting Barney with the BJ assist on Dragon Land.
  • Him meeting the Kratt Brothers
Finally, it cuts to Ord doing his victory pose and him hugging Barney at the end.

Ord: Thank you Barney for the invite!

Barney: Your welcome, Ord!

Everyone comes in for a big group hug. Then, like at the end of the Barney Says segments in Season 4-6, Barney looks at the screen and says "And remember, I love you!"

Then, the trailer ends with the PBS Kids: Brawltime! cast by the logo and then Ord gets added to the artwork, before showing the copyrights and those stuff.

The trailer introduces:
  • Ord, his moveset and gimmick
  • Dragon Land as his homestage which is competitively viable
  • Norm the Number Gnome as an assist

Marvin reveal trailer:

A Trip to The Carnival But With A Brawltime Party!

The trailer starts with the "Ja-Na-na-Na, Doink, PBS Kids!" where the PBS Kids: Brawitime! logo appears with the revealed characters (being the first 12 as well as Elmo, the Teletubbies, Molly and Ord) by the logo.

We then go into gameplay footage of Mr. Rogers fighting various fighters in PBS Kids: Brawltime!

We see a quick montage of him fighting various fighters including:

  • Big Bird and Elmo on the Sesame Street Stage
  • Arthur and Lionel on the Once Upon a Restaurant Stage
  • Ord on the Dragon Land Stage
  • Digit and Hacker on the Cyberchase stage
  • And WordGirl and Ms. Frizzle on The Magic School Bus stage
It then cuts to Announcer Bunny saying: "Aaaaaaaaanouncer Bunny here telling you that Mr. Rogers has been spreading kindness at the Brawltime party! This has been Announcer Bunny saying, it's a beautiful day in this neighborhood!" He then pops back into his magic hat.

We then cut to the fact that the montage was played on a TV screen on the Mr. Rogers set where Mr. Rogers will play videos given to him by Mr. McFeely sometimes on episodes of Mr. Rogers's Neighborhood. We then see Mr. Rogers (played by a really good Mr. Rogers impersonator, most likely Tom Hanks) take out the tape and look at the screen.

Mr. Rogers: Those were some of the friends I met at Dash's Brawltime party! Now, all of them like different things and have different talents.I want to talk to you about some of them that I met there!

He then brings out a poster with pictures of Lionel, Ord, Chris and Martin and Molly.

He first points to the picture of Lionel.

Mr. Rogers: This is Lionel. He is a lion cub who loves to read and is very good at it. He is also really helpful and loves this story about a man named Cliff Hanger.

He then points to the picture of Ord.

Mr. Rogers: This is Ord. Ord may seem scary because he is a dragon but he has a big heart. He gets scared sometimes but knows staying calm will help him.

He then points to the picture of Chris and Martin.

Mr. Rogers: These two are named Chris and Martin. People know them as The Kratt Brothers. They love animals and use their talents to help out animals in need. They also have animal abilities they use when rescuing animals and when learning about them!

Finally, he points to a picture of Molly.

Mr. Rogers: Finally, this is Molly. She's a young Native American from Alaska who loves going on adventures. She makes videos about her talents and what she learns from them. She wants people to do amazing things!

He then puts the poster away.

Mr. Rogers: Now, I want to introduce you all to another friend I met not too long ago. He is right now at a carnival right in our neighborhood. Let us go see him.

Mr. Rogers then heads out the door and archived footage from Episode 1585: Alike and Different where it zooms out to the neighborhood set and it zooms into a circus tent.

We then see Mr. Rogers walking around the carnival until he bumps into a man named Fast-Talking Jack.

Mr. Rogers: Hi Jack!

Jack: Oh, hi Fred!

Mr. Rogers: Everyone, I want you to meet my friend Jack! He is the owner of the carnival here and he wants us to meet my new friend!

Jack: Yes, right this way Mr. Rogers! I'm the owner of the carnival here!

They then go into the circus tent where they see a tap-dancing horse getting ready for a show.

Mr. Rogers then decides to pet the horse for a bit.

Marvin: Oh hi Fred!

Mr. Rogers: Everyone, I want you to meet Marvin! Now, Marvin, tell my new friends what you do!

Marvin: Well, I'm a horse who loves to tap-dance as well as talk really fast.

Mr. Rogers: Would you mind showing my new friends some of your talents?

Marvin: Absolutely! Time for the lights to shine down and it's time for me to perform!

Marvin gets into a pose just as the text pops up:

Introducing Marvin the Tap-Dancing Horse! in the PBS Font and Marvin stands next to it as Announcer Bunny says "Marvin!"

We then cut to gameplay footage of Marvin where we see his gameplay gimmick being timing and capoeric themed. A remixed version of the Marvin the Tap-Dancing Horse theme song is playing in the background.

Mr. Rogers: You are really special, Marvin!

Marvin: Thanks Fred!

We then cut to other scenes such as:

  • Marvin with the Elizabeth the Emotional Pig assist fighting against Lionel with the Chicken Jane assist
  • Him doing some dance moves against the Angelina Ballerina assist
  • Him on the Magic School Bus stage fighting against Ms. Frizzle and Digit
  • Him with the Papa Q. Bear assist on the Mrs. Jenkins's Classroom stage collecting the honey item
  • Him fighting against Arthur with the George Shrinks assist on the Land of Make-Believe stage
  • Him dancing with Molly doing her taunt
Then, we cut to footage of him fighting against Mr. Rogers and Barney in his ringmaster alternate costume on the Fast-Talking Jack's Carnival stage. Alongside this, we then see his victory animation.

Finally, it cuts to Marvin performing and then the crowd cheering with Mr. Rogers in it.

Mr. Rogers: Marvin is a special friend with incredible gifts. You have incredible talents too. You are special just the way you are!

Then, the trailer ends with the PBS Kids: Brawltime! cast by the logo and then Marvin gets added to the artwork, before showing the copyrights and those stuff.

The trailer introduces:
  • Marvin, his moveset and gimmick
  • Fast-Talking Jack's Carnival as his homestage
  • Elizabeth the Emotional Pig, George Shrinks, Papa Q. Bear and Angelina Ballerina as assists if not introduced prior.
  • Mrs. Jenkins's Classroom as another stage from the Bookworm Bunch
  • Honey as a healing item

Ruff Ruffman Reveal Trailer:

The Game Show Business but it's Brawltime Fun!

The trailer starts with the "Ja-Na-na-Na, Doink, PBS Kids!" where the PBS Kids: Brawitime! logo appears with the revealed characters (being the first 12 as well as Elmo, the Teletubbies, Molly, Ord and Marvin) by the logo.

We then see Announcer Bunny pop out of his hat with a crowd heard cheering and clapping in the background. Announcer Bunny then says "Aaaaand now, as a break from the Brawltime party, it is time for a new gameshow! This gameshow is called....

Scavenge and Seek! (The crowd says this too with Announcer Bunny) where contestants will have to scavenge and seek for various things!

And now, here's your host, Guyyyyyyy Smiley!"

Guy Smiley pops out and we see him on a gameshow-esque set.

Guy Smiley: Thank you, thank you! Welcome everyone to Scavenge and Seek! I am your host, Guy Smiley!

The crowd claps and cheers.

Guy Smiley: And now, we have three contestants, all of which who were invited to Dash's Brawltime party!

The crowd says "Oooooooh!"

Guy Smiley: Yes, yes, so please welcome our three contestants! We have the super optimistic science teacher Ms. Frizzle, the superhero with amazing vocabulary, WordGirl and the not-so-good malware overlord, Hacker to our show!"

Ms. Frizzle, WordGirl and Hacker appear on the set and wave to the crowd.

Guy Smiley: Alright then, you three, you all will have to work together to give a special Brawltime party invite to a certain someone based on three picture clues.

Ms. Frizzle: That sounds exciting! Adventure is always my favorite thing!

WordGirl: Well then, I hope this is not a scheme but time for the scavenger hunt of justice! Wait...that sounds bad.

Hacker: Uhhh yes, I'll do it if that means the grand prize is conquering Cyberspace.

Guy Smiley: Alright then, your three picture clues are....

There are three pictures: one showcasing a control room with a desk, another showcasing yellow glowup lights and the third one showcasing a doghouse.

Guy Smiley: You have 60 seconds! If you do not complete this in that time, you will not move to the next challenge! Good luck and your time starts....now!

Ms. Frizzle, WordGirl and Hacker start scrambling.

Ms. Frizzle: I know of a dog that's big and red but...he has nothing to do with beautiful yellow lights.

WordGirl: Yeah...it's definitely not Fair City.

Hacker: This is not even like that gameshow I entered in Cyberspace that had to do with math....this is bad enough.

WordGirl then finds a place as to where they can hand the invite.

WordGirl: Hey, now I got it, this way!

Ms. Frizzle and Hacker follow WordGirl and they enter a game studio with a doghouse in it.

Guy Smiley: Only 10 seconds left!

WordGirl: This is it!

Ms. Frizzle: Quite an unfamiliar place but I think we got it!

WordGirl then puts the invite through the tube and then we see a control room with a big orange dog looking down on it crying about his gameshow being cancelled.

Just then, he sees an invite come up.

Ruff Ruffman: Hey, what's this? Is this news for a reeeeeboot?

The invite then says:

Hello Ruff Ruffman,

The three contestants Ms. Frizzle, WordGirl and Hacker brought you this invite for the Brawltime party! You are invited and can now bring some gameshow fun to it! If they handed you this invite in less than 60 seconds from Scavenge and Seek, they move on to the round hosted by you! Welcome back, Ruff Ruffman!

From,

Your buds Dash and Guy Smiley

Guy Smiley: Alright, time is up and let's see if our contestants have delivered the invite to the right pla...

Guy gets cut off and we see a screen with Ruff Ruffman on it.

Ruffman: Guy, they did it! I'm back in business! Now, it's time for the next round!

The crowd cheers and Ms. Frizzle, WordGirl and Hacker look at the screen with Ruffman on it.

Ruff Ruffman: Well, now the next round will be....you will all have to come hang out with me at the Brawltime party! I got some fun challengers for all of you! Let's get this showwwwww started!

Ruff Ruffman gets into a pose just as the text pops up:

Introducing Ruff Ruffman! in the PBS Font and Ruff Ruffman stands next to it as Announcer Bunny says "Ruff Ruffman!"

We then cut to various gameplay footage of Ruff Ruffman's moveset in action with a remix of the FETCH! with Ruff Ruffman theme playing in the background. We see his stage, Ruff Ruffman's Studio as it focuses on the gameshow gimmick the stage has where he is fighting WordGirl, Ms. Frizzle and Hacker. Then, it comes to his gameshow host gimmick where he throws cards.

Ruff Ruffman: For your next challenge, try seeing if you can think on your toes!

Ms. Frizzle: Ruffman seems like quite the challenge but I got this!

Then, Ms. Frizzle is seen failing the challenge but then she completes another challenge in the gameplay footage.

Ruff Ruffman: These challenges are not going to be easy!

We then also see:

  • Ruff Ruffman with the Chet assist fighting against Ms. Frizzle with the Ralphie assist.
  • Him fighting against Arthur with The Brain as an assist on the Once Upon a Restaurant stage
  • Him posing with the Maya and Miguel assists with WordGirl on the Zoom stage
  • Hacker evilly taunting against him with Hacker having the Delete assist
  • Ruff Ruffman seen protecting the Wishbone assist and even playing with the Martha assist
Finally, it cuts to Ruff Ruffman saying:

Ruff Ruffman: Well, it seems the contestants had a bit of a struggle....but that's ok! There's more to come for this Brawltime party gameshow!

It then ends with the theme song's final word "Fetch!" being said. As the word fetch is being said, Ruff Ruffman is added to the artwork with the other characters by the PBS Kids: Brawltime! artwork and then it cuts to the black screen with the copyrights and all.

This trailer introduces:

  • Ruff Ruffman as a fighter and his stage, Ruff Ruffman's Studio
  • Chet, Maya and Miguel and Martha as assists
  • Ruffman's gameshow host themed gimmick in his moveset


Buster reveal trailer:


Meet Me at The Brawltime Party

This trailer would be shown initially at a PBS Kids: Brawltime! demo showcase at a Smash major or another big gaming event. It would begin with an announcer saying "Alright, we hope you enjoyed the demo footage of PBS Kids: Brawltime! But, there is one last thing."

Then, an airplane noise is heard in the venue interrupting the announcer/host.

The announcer/host will then say: "Well, perhaps we might check out what that noise is really..."

The screen will then show Carlos and Mora on the airplane just playing music while we see Buster checking out something that Arthur gave him about the Brawltime party.

Buster: It sure seems Arthur is having a good time at the Brawltime party! After all, he did reunite with Mr. Rogers and even got to go to Alaska to visit some girl named Molly. Sure seems like fun!

Bo: Well Buster, apparently, we have a special spot we have to land in. This is a place for you to receive something special. And, this place actually may have some alien looking creatures.

Buster: Wait, aliens?!?! I can finally tell my friends they are real!!! Time to make a video postcard out of this!

It then cuts to footage of Teletubby Land akin to the beginning of a Teletubbies episode and we see the Teletubbies gathered around Tinky Winky. Tinky Winky then gets a video on his belly from Announcer Bunny.

Announcer Bunny: Teletubbies, I have a special job for you four! I have sent a rabbit with a blue shirt named Buster to come to Teletubby Land to receive an invite to the Brawltime Party! Please get the letter from the Tubbytronic Superdome and wait till the windmill spins. That will be your signal to meet Buster and give him the invite! Thank youuu!!

Announcer Bunny pops back in his hat. The Teletubbies then all run to the Superdome and then Tinky Winky grabs the invite. Then, they run back out to the pastures of Teletubby Land. Soon, the windmill then blows magic sparks as if it were to cue a Magical Event like in Teletubbies. Bo's plane soon lands.

Bo: Well, here we are. This place is called Teletubby Land it seems.

Buster: Hmmmm, seems strange.

We then enter a first person point of view as Buster pulls out his video camera and we get the first-person point of view perspective of Teletubby Land.

Buster: Oh wow, lots of green hills and...

Buster then bumps into Tinky Winky.

Buster: Oh? Your the aliens I heard about! You guys are real!!!!

Tinky Winky then hands the Brawltime Party invite to Buster

Teletubbies: Eh oh!

Buster: What's this?

Buster then examines the invite through the video.

Buster: An invite to the Brawltime party from Arthur and this guy named Dash? Wow, now I'm in the party too! Time for a new video postcard!

We then see Buster get into a pose as this text pops up:

Introducing Buster! (in the PBS font) as Buster stands next to it as Announcer Bunny says "Buster!"

It then cuts to gameplay footage of Buster fighting the Teletubbies (Tinky Winky being the one fighting him) on Teletubby Land as we then hear the Postcards from Buster theme playing in the background.

Buster: Wow, this Brawltime party is going to be a blast! After all, I get to fight against the aliens I met who I found out were called Teletubbies!

We then see Buster fight against various characters on the roster showcasing off his moveset. Then, it cuts to showcase Buster's homestage Buster's Video Postcards which happens to be a competitively legal stage.

Buster: I have traveled to so many places I want to show you everywhere I went.

Then, we get a showcase of Buster's main gimmick, the video camera lock-in gimmick where he is seen filming Arthur using his neutral special.

Buster: Alright Arthur, time for you to be on video!

Arthur: Wow Buster, you sure are ready for the Brawltime party after all!

We then see other funny footage such as:

  • Buster with the Brain assist posing with Arthur at the Once Upon a Restaurant eating the Little Bo Peep pie item
  • Buster with the Teletubbies's various rabbits
  • Buster with Mr. Ratburn on the Mrs. Jenkins's Classroom stage
  • Buster on the Land of Make Believe stage with Mr. Rogers
  • Him with the Lomax assist on the Fast-Talking Jack's Carnival stage
Buster: Well, it seems I am all ready for the Brawltime party after all! This is definitely going to be one for the books!

It then cuts to video footage of him being seen hugging the Teletubbies.

Teletubbies: Big hug!!!!

Buster: Aw, thanks guys. Aliens are friendly after all!

Then, it cuts to the PBS Kids: Brawltime! cast by the logo and then Buster gets added to the artwork.

After that happens, we cut to Arthur and his friends watching Buster's video postcard at home.

Binky: We should have believed Buster all along!

Francine: Buster sure is crazy but he sure has a thing with those Teletubbies!

Arthur: Guess I should have known Buster brought his food collection as well...

Arthur sighs.

Screen cuts to black with copyright and all.


This trailer reveals:

  • Buster as a fighter and this moveset
  • His home stage, Buster's Video Postcards
  • The Brain, Mr. Ratburn and Lomax as assists if not introduced yet.
  • The Little Bo Peep Pie item if not introduced yet
Note: In the YouTube trailer version, the trailer will start with the "Ja-Na-na-Na, Doink, PBS Kids!" where the PBS Kids: Brawitime! logo appears with the revealed characters (being the first 12 as well as Elmo, the Teletubbies, Molly, Ord, Marvin and Ruff Ruffman) by the logo and cut right into the footage of Carlos and Mora on Bo's airplane.


Cheeko reveal trailer:

Return of The Old EekoSystem

This trailer would take place as sort of the first announcement in a mini-PBS Kids: Brawltime! final presentation that will announce the final base roster fighter, final assists, base game content, etc.

Before the trailer would commence with Announcer Bunny appearing, there would be sort of a mini montage of the characters fighting on the stages and what with then the PBS Kids: Brawltime! logo appearing with the starting 12 that were revealed along with Elmo, the Teletubbies, Molly, Ord, Marvin, Ruff Ruffman and Buster by it.

Then, we see Announncer Bunny here.

Announcer Bunny: AAAAAA-Nouncer Bunny here telling you to not switch off of this livestream! Welcome to the final PBS Kids: Brawltime! presentation before the game comes out to your local video game store near you! To start things off, we still need to find out who will recieve the final invite to Dash's Brawltime party! Now, Click, can you explain to everyone how you can make sure you get a copy of PBS Kids: Brawltime?

It then zooms over to Click the Mouse similar to how she explained the pbskids.org part at the end of a Between the Lions episode.

Click: Certainly. Be sure to go to your local video game store and be sure to pre-order the game or you can even go to www.pbskidsbrawltime.org or type in the America Online Keywords: PBS Kids: Brawltime!

Announcer Bunny is then seen with a computer and Click the Mouse.

Announcer Bunny: Thank youuuuuu Click! I am now on the PBS Kids: Brawltime! website now. Anyway, let us see who the final fighter is, but first... I need to go to the PBS Kids website.

Announcer Bunny then types in pbskids.org. The website appears in its regular form as it is now.

Announcer Bunny: Click, can you take me to the special archived site with all the old PBS Kids games and webpages on it?

Click: Certainly!

She then makes her buzzing noise.

We then see it revert to the 2008/2009-esque PBS Kids website and then the mouse clicks on the PBS Kids website. Then, we see various footage of various PBS Kids GO! games from the various PBS Kids GO! shows websites including footge from the Facts and Opinions game and The Tibble Super Action Challegne game from the Arthur website, the Lucky Star game from the Cyberchase website, the WordGirl and Miss Power game and Comic Book maker game from the WordGirl website and the Germinator game from the FETCH! with Ruff Ruffman website.

It then zooms out to Announcer Bunny.

Annouuncer Bunny: Hmmmmm.....oh, what's this webpage?

We then hear a clicking noise and then we feel a familiar banjo twang with a sunrise rising with text saying on the screen as well as the computer voice saying:

EekoWorld

Then, the mouse clicks on EekoHouse.

The banjo twangs again with the sunrise in the background and the computer voice says with the text on the screen:

EekoHouse

We then get a zoom-into the screen where we see Arthur, Buster, Chris and Martin, WordGirl, Digit, Hacker and Ruff Ruffman all at the house.

Arthur: It seems Dash sent us here to find the final person to join his Brawltime party!

Buster: Yeah, but what about this strange house here?

Chris: Apparently, there are lots of environmental problems in here it seems!

Martin: We're good at solving problems!

Hacker: I only destroy systems, like how I want to take over Cyberspace!

Digit: Relax Hacker but never fear everyone, the Didge is here!

WordGirl then opens to door.

WordGirl: Alright, let's be the environmental heroes of justice!

There is a moment of silence.

WordGirl: Ok, that sounded better in my head.

Everyone looks around but then Ruff Ruffman notices something.

Ruff Ruffman: Guys! We have 10 minutes to fix everything but...

Buster then holds up a green invite with the PBS Kids logo.

Buster: Here's the invite Dash was talking about!

We then continue to a quick montage of everyone doing the environmentally friendly tasks. Then, outside in the garden, Chris and Martin notice the animal hybrid.

Chris and Martin: WOAH!!!

Chris: I have never seen that type of animal before!

Martin: Neither have I!

Time runs out and all the characters come up to the front of the EekoHouse where a certain monkey-snake-shark-bird hybrid animal greets them.

The animal hybird: You all got a perfect score! Great job!

A speech bubble will pop up saying what the animal hybird said.

Buster: Hey, I think there's something for you here, Mr. Monkey-Snake-Shark-Bird! Are you an alien of some form?

Buster then hands him the invite.

The animal hybird: What's this?

The letter then reads:

Dear Cheeko,

It has been forever since we last saw. You are one of the final people I want to invite to my Brawltime party! That is why I sent a bunch of my friends to visit and help out the EekoHouse. Please come!

Thanks,

Dash

Cheeko: Well, it seems...I'm ready for a better EekoSystem! To the Brawltime party!

We then see Cheeko get into a pose as this text pops up:

Introducing Cheeko! (in the PBS font) as Cheeko stands next to it as Announcer Bunny says "Cheeko!"

We then hear a new original composition based off of the banjos in the various EekoWorld games and webpages. We then start with Cheeko battling Buster in the EekoHouse.

Cheeko: It seems as is I can help out with environmental friendly practices here!

We then see him use his light moves on various fighters including battling Digit and Hacker on the Cyberspace stage, Ruff Ruffman at Ruff Ruffman's studio stage and WordGirl at WordGirl's Super Secret Spaceship Hideout stage.

Then, it cuts to Cheeko battling Arthur and Buster in the EekoHouse and it showcasing the various rooms of the house.

Cheeko: This is the EekoHouse, you all fixed the unenvironmentally friendly problems and helped boost the Global Health score!

Then, we see Cheeko use his Neutral Special on Chris and Martin at the Animal Junction stage.

Chris: Woah, you got a chimp there Cheeko!

Cheeko: Yep, I have all sorts of EekoCreatures each with their own powers.

Then, we see him build a shark.

Martin: I have shark powers, that shark Cheeko made reminds me of my own shark powers!

Martin does his Light Up with Cheeko's shark.

We see him also making a snake biting Arthur at the Once Upon a Restaurant stage.

Arthur: AHHHH! Snake.

We see him create an eagle picking up Chris.

Chris: I got eagle powers too! Cheeko sure loves animals like us.

Cheeko: One more surprise for you all!

He then makes a unicorn, the rarest EekoCreature you can use for his Neutral Special.

We see the unicorn on Dragon Land with Ord and Barney.

We then see more footage of Cheeko fighting, including seeing his Down Special in action.

Cheeko: Reduce, resue and recycle! Then, you will have a better ecosystem!

We finally see Cheeko fly upward, taunt with Digit and Arthur, be alongside Elmo at the Tickle Me Land stage and then just showcasing his taunt.

Finally, it cuts to Cheeko and his new friends looking at the EekoWorld all nice and bright.

Cheeko: This is what happens when we all work together to create a better environment!

Everyone nods.

We then see Cheeko be added to the PBS Kids: Brawltime! logo alongside the already revealed 19 characters.

After that:

Cheeko looks upward and sees the skies dissapearing and his new friends going back to their worlds.

Cheeko: Hmmmm, something strange has not happened like this before.

We hear a distant ROAR from an unseen monster (it being the Anomaly itself) and Cheeko starting to make a run for it as a foreshadow to Cheeko's role in the story mode.

It then cuts to copyrights and all.

In the final presentation:

Announcer Bunny: Cheeko is our final base roster fighter for PBS Kids: Brawltime! We hope you enjoyed his introduction! There will be a Meet the Fighters video featuring him coming out right after this presentation.

The presentation continues.

This trailer introduces:

  • Cheeko and his moveset (his central gimmick of EekoCreatures)
  • His stage, EekoHouse
  • Foreshadows his role in the story mode
Notes:

  • In the YouTube trailer version, the trailer will start with the "Ja-Na-na-Na, Doink, PBS Kids!" where the PBS Kids: Brawitime! logo appears with the revealed characters (being the first 12 as well as Elmo, the Teletubbies, Molly, Ord, Marvin, Ruff Ruffman and Buster) by the logo and it will cut right into the part where Announcer Bunny asks Click to take him to the PBS Kids website.
  • Since this trailer is now the trailer idea for Cheeko, we can potentially create scripts for PBS Kids: Brawtlime presentations and maybe as a side job, create a reveal timeline of stuff and where the fighters will get revealed and all that jazz.

DLC Character Reveal Trailers:

Reveal trailer for Donkey:

What Will We See?

This trailer would be shown off in a showcase video that will most likely be livestreamed on YouTube covering the first big post-launch update.

Before the trailer would commence with Announcer Bunny appearing, there would be sort of a mini montage of the characters fighting on the stages and what with then the PBS Kids: Brawltime! logo appearing with the starting 12 that were revealed along with Elmo, the Teletubbies, Molly, Ord, Marvin, Ruff Ruffman, Buster and Cheeko (all the base game characters) by it.

Then, we see Announncer Bunny here.

Announcer Bunny: AAAAAA-Nouncer Bunny here telling you to not switch off of this livestream! Welcome to the first ever DLC update showcase for PBS Kids: Brawltime! where we will showcase off the first out of the two free bonus characters you will be getting along with other surprises and goodies! Now, to tell you all about what's been happening so far with our fighters, there has been a sighting of a strange bag with some sort of magic powers. We currently do not know who the owners are! Maybe, they can claim it! Let's find out!

Announcer Bunny pops back into his hat and the screen cuts to black.

Then, we see gameplay footage on the Magical Events stage where we see the Teletubbies, the Kratt Brothers, Arthur and Buster fighting and then, The Teletubbies then use the Magic Bag item gaining all sorts of items out of it.

We see it used again on Once Upon a Restaurant where Lionel, Cheeko, Xavier Riddle and Barney are fighting and then Barney sees the Magic Bag and uses it.

Finally, we see Dash, Big Bird, Ms. Frizzle and Ord fighting where then Big Bird sees the Magic Bag and then uses it to gain items.

Suddenly, the TV switches inputs to a certain intro where we see a certain secret house and then, the three ragdoll tots.

It appears to be the regular Tots TV intro (the US dub) until when getting to the Magic Bag part....

Tiny: Wait! Where did the Magic Bag go?

Tom: That's strange, it's been dissapearing like crazy as of recently.

Tilly: Es una locura! (That's crazy in Spanish)

Tom: Wherever it went off to, then....

Tiny then goes outside of the Secret House.

Tiny: I'm going to check on Donkey!

Tom and Tilly follow suit and they arrive at Donkey's shed where....he appears to be missing!

Tom: Oh dear! Donkey is missing but....

Tom looks at a picture of a familiar park with blue skies and the letters PTV on the sign on the ground of Donkey's shed.

Tom: It seems like Donkey may have went to this park in the picture. We should head there.

Tilly: Si! Si!

Tiny: Let's gooooo! Let's see what we can see!

The three tots head out to the park where they see Donkey being pat and fed by Dash and then, the three ragdoll tots arrive.

Dash: Oh! Tilly, Tom, Tiny! It's been YEARS since I last saw you three! It seems your donkey here ran away as this bag of yours has been appearing so much during my Brawltime Party!

Tom: Oh well....we saw our Magic Bag was dissapearing from our...

Tiny: Shhhh! Tom, it's a SECRETTT!

Dash laughs.

Dash: Well then, it seems your donkey here should join our Brawltime party! After all, he seems to have fun and you three can join him too!

Tom: We would love to, Dash!

Donkey just smiles and pats and then...

Donkey gets into a pose as then this text pops up:

Introducing Donkey! (Donkey stands next to the text in the PBS font while Announcer Bunny says "Donkey!")

The trailer then plays a remastered remix of the Tots TV opening and closing theme. We then see gameplay of Donkey's moveset as he attacks various fighters across various stages.

During the inital gameplay:

Tiny: Donkey is a wonderful friend!

Tom: Lovely Donkey...

We then see his rage gimmick against the Teletubbies on the Magical Events stage.

Tom: Uh oh! Donkey is a little mad since he seems to be losing some game he is playing.

It then cuts to the Secret House and Donkey's shed Stage where we see Donkey with Tiny as an assist fighting against Elmo and Chris and Martin.

Tiny: Well, I guess our house is not too much of a secret now.

Tom: Well to us, it's still the Secret House.

We then see funny moments from the trailer including:

  • Donkey chasing the Teletubbies on the Magical Events stage
  • Chris and Martin with Donkey on the Animal Junction stage
  • Donkey with Barney and Dash and Dot on The Treehouse stage
  • Donkey with the Piggley Winks assist
Finally, it cuts back to the regular animation footage with all the PBS Kids: Brawltime! characters wanting to pet Donkey at PTV Park.

Dash: Well, it seems Donkey is welcome to the Brawltime party! It seems everyone loves him!

Tom, Tilly and Tiny nod and join in the fun.

Then, as the final note of the Tots TV credits theme hits, Donkey is added to the PBS Kids: Brawtlime! logo with all the base roster characters.

It then cuts to copyrights and all.

In the first DLC update showcase presentation:

Announcer Bunny appears again.

Announcer Bunny: A donkey appearing? Who would have expected that? Donkey from Tots TV will be our first bonus character for PBS Kids: Brawltime! coming for free right after this presentation! We hope you enjoyed his introduction! There will be a Meet the Fighters video featuring him coming out right after the showcase.

The presentation continues.

This trailer introduces:

  • Donkey and his moveset (his central rage gimmick)
  • His stage, The Secret House and Donkey's Shed
  • Tiny as an assist
Notes:

  • In the YouTube trailer version, the trailer will start with the "Ja-Na-na-Na, Doink, PBS Kids!" where the PBS Kids: Brawitime! logo appears with all 20 base roster characters by the logo and it will cut right into the part where Announcer Bunny just talks about what has been happening with all of the fighters.
  • The title of the trailer is a reference to a lyric in the Tots TV theme song.
  • The three voice actors in the American dub will reprise their roles as their respective tot in this universe (although it would be hard to get Kevin Clash as Tiny because of his resignation)

PBS Kids: Brawltime! General Gameplay Overview Video, script by PopCultureCorn PopCultureCorn
"Hi there! And welcome to PBS Kids: Brawltime! This is a game where your goal is not to learn about things and those stuff, but to rack up damage on your opponent and launching them off the stage! But in order to do this, we have to show you the basics of how the mechanics of this game works!"

Footage of all the basic movement options is shown

"First off, you use the control stick to move left and right, jump for up to three times and crouch. Tapping left or right on the control stick makes your opponents dash! There is a standard attack button and a special attack button for different attacks. There's also the block and trap buttons, which are used for defense methods. With all that covered, let's get into the attacks themselves!

Footage of the attacks shown

"There are 3 core directions for your standard AND special attacks in the game. Neutral. Up. And Down. For standard attacks, they mostly have the same properties when used on the ground or in the air, but you can charge up your standard attacks for a strong move to gain super armor and really finish off your opponents and send them flying! You can also perform a quick strong attack with the right control stick too."

Footage of defense moves shown

"Now, onto the blocks and traps! When the block button is quickly pressed, it will produce a 6-shaped shape of energy around your character in quick succession that really shines on repelling all incoming damage! Hold the block button down to enter a counter stance that, when your opponent attacks you, you can attack back to show them you mean business! The trap button lets you stun a foe at very close range by placing them in a very familiar symbol, which can have you lead up to a follow-up attack for more combo power!"

Footage of advanced moves are shown

"Now, let's get down to the real advanced things around here! When you input the block button in a certain direction while moving in the air, you can wavedash, which lets you move in quick succession not only on the ground, but also on walls and the ceiling as well! Running stops momentum when you perform attacks, however, wavedashing keeps momentum going! Additionally, you can dash in the middle of an attack or attack in the middle of a dash."

"Finally, some additional notes, there's also a taunt button to show off your victory for successfully KO'ing someone or to be a show-off! Every character has their own set of special moves and alternate costumes, which we'll cover in future showcase videos in the coming days! So stay tuned for those videos in the future!"



PBS Kids: Brawltime Presents: It's More Than Just Fighters!

This presentation would be most likely shadowdropped.

Before thevideo ould commence with Announcer Bunny appearing, there would be sort of a mini montage of the 12 revealed characters fighting on the stages revealed and what not with then the PBS Kids: Brawltime! logo appearing with the starting 12.

Announcer Bunny's voice during the logo: PBS Kids: Brawltime!!!

Then, we cut to a magic hat and we see Announcer Bunny pop out of it saying:

Announcer Bunny: AAAAAA-Nouncer Bunny here telling you to not switch off of this video! We hope you are enjoying the news for PBS Kids: Brawltime! so far! We have 12 characters so far revealed. Now, it is time to tell you more about the content this game has to offer. Thank youuuu!

Then, Announcer Bunny pops back in his hat and then we cut to gameplay footage of Mr. Rogers with the Daniel Tiger assist and Barney with the BJ assist battling it out on the Land of Make-Believe Stage.

Announcer Bunny's voice in the background: If you remember in the reveal trailer of PBS Kids: Brawltime!, you may notice how there were other characters aside from Mr. Rogers and Barney fighting. These are what call assists.

The word "Assists" appears in the top left hand corner.

Announcer Bunny's voice: Assists will follow alongside the playable characters at all times and offer attacks to others or health and buffs to their users when needed.

The camera then zooms in to the assist meter.

Announcer Bunny's voice: The assist meter here will be tied to the assists. So, when an assist gets KOd as seen here...

Mr. Rogers proceeds to KO the BJ assist.

Announcer Bunny's Voice: The player would have to either wait for the meter to fill on its own or just attack others more to fill it faster.

It then cuts to the assist menu for PBS Kids: Brawltime!

Announcer Bunny's Voice: You can select your assists before a match by selecting assists cards on the player's slot. As you see here, Mr. Rogers has the Daniel Tiger assist while Barney has his friend, BJ as as assist.

It then cuts back to Mr. Rogers and Barney on the Land of Make Believe stage with Daniel Tiger and BJ as their respective assists.

Announcer Bunny's Voice: Now, let's see what each assist does, shall we.

It then cuts to a demo of what Daniel Tiger assist does and BJ's assist does what it will do.

Announcer Bunny's Voice: Those are the Daniel Tiger and BJ assists in action! Now, let's go check out more assists that will be in the game!

Each clip of each assist revealed will showcase what each assist can do.

It then cuts to black quickly and then zooms in to Big Bird on Sesame Street with Telly as an assist. We then see Big Bird with the Telly assist battling Arthur and Mr. Rogers.

Then, we see Arthur with the Brain assist battling on the Once Upon a Restaruant stage where then we see Lionel with the Chicken Jane assist.

Then, we see WordGirl with the Chuck the Evil Sandwich Guy assist doing its function on the Magic School Bus stage against Ms. Frizzle with Ralphie as her assist.

Finally, we see Aviva Corcovado assisting Chris and Martin fighting against Dash with the Aristotle assist.

Announcer Bunny appears back on the screen.

Announcer Bunny: This is you Announcer Bunny saying there will even be assists from PBS Kids shows that do not have any fighters on the roster such as Aristotle who is from the show, Adventures from The Book of Virtues!! Now, onward to our next topic, items!

It starts with Dash and Arthur idling on the PTV Park stage with the word "Items" on the top left hand corner.

Announcer Bunny's Voice: Items can aid you in battle. There are two different types of items, passive and aggressive. Passive items heal you as such.

We see Dash and Arthur consume the Alphabet Soup and Milk items.

Announcer Bunny's Voice: As seen here, items such as Alphabet Soup and Milk can heal you.

We then cut to footage of Chris and Martin and Xavier Riddle on The Secret Museum stage.

Announcer Bunny's Voice: Now, onward to aggressive items. These items can deal damage when used as such. Here are two examples of aggressive items: The Peanut Butter Blaster and the PBS Kids Racer!

Chris and Martin and Xavier demo how the items can assist them.

Announcer Bunny's Voice: Let's take a look at some other items in the game!

It then cuts to a black screen quickly as then we see footage of Dash picking up a cookie showcasing the cookie item on the Sesame Street stage.

Then, we see Ms. Frizzle with the Portashrinker item on the Magic School Bus stage using it on Barney.

Then, we see Lionel with lambchops on the Cliff's Cliff stage.

Finally, we see Sid's magnifying glass being used by Mr. Rogers on Hacker and Digit on the Cyberspace stage.

Announcer Bunny appears back on the screen.

Announcer Bunny: There are all sorts of items to play around with! Now, beyond just assists and items, there are more stages to show off!

It then cuts to the footage of Big Bird and Mr. Rogers on the ZOOM stage.

Announcer Bunny's Voice: As you saw in the trailer, there are stages from PBS shows such as ZOOm with the ZOOM stage who do not have a fighter on the roster. Here are some more stages like that to show that some shows will come as stage-only shows in this game. Check it out.

It cuts to footage of Ms. Frizzle, Barney, Chris and Martin and Lionel fighting on the Tarrytown Sky Parade stage.

Then, it cuts to footage of Arthur, Dash and Xavier Riddle battling on The Puzzle Place stage.

Finally, it cuts to footage of Digit, Hacker and WordGirl on the Bill Nye's Lab stage.

All stages will be showcased.

Announcer Bunny appears back on the screen.

Announcer Bunny: This is your Announcer Bunny saying, I have one more announcement before the video ends!!!

The screen cuts to black and then the PBS Kids: Brawltime! logo pops up with the word "Invitational" under it.

Announcer Bunny's voice: That's right! There will be a PBS Kids: Brawltime! invitational sometime soon to showcase the game off soon. We will have familiar faces from acrosso your favorite platform fighter communities duke it out in a character-locked bracket! And, we may even have more announcements for PBS Kids: Brawltime! In fact...

The screen cuts to words saying: 13th character to be announced for PBS Kids: Brawltime at the Invitational!

Announcer Bunny appears back on the screen.

Announcer Bunny: Now, we have our 13th character to be announced at the Invitational! That's something to look forward to! We still have 8 more characters left with one being revealed then. But, this is Announcer Bunny saying "Thanks for watching and we will see you next time!"

Announcer Bunny pops back in his hat.

It then cuts back to the PBS Kids: Brawltime! logo with the inital 12 revealed characters and then cuts to copyrights.

What this video reveals:

-How assists works and the functions of them

-Telly, The Brain, Chuck the Evil Sandwich Guy, Chicken Jane, Ralphie, Aviva Corcovado and Aristotle as assists

-How items work

-The Cookie item, the lambchops item, the Portashrinker item and Sid's magnifying glass item.

-The Tarrytown Sky Parade stage, the Puzzle Place stage and Bill Nye's Lab Stage.

-The PBS Kids: Brawltime! invitational and the 13th fighter to be revealed there

-The game will have 20 fighters total


PBS Kids: Brawltime Presents: More Fighting, More Fun! New Content Presentation

This would be a livestreamed presentation since Molly would be revealed this presentation.

Before Molly's trailer begins, we see footage of the 14 revealed fighters so far as well as other content this game revealed before the PBS Kids: Brawltime! logo appears with the starting 12, Elmo and the Teletubbies by it.

The Molly Mabray opening trailer plays without the "Ja Na Na Na Doing" opening and cuts to Announcer Bunny's part.

After Molly's reveal:

Announcer Bunny appears on screen, popping out of his hat again

Announcer Bunny: This is your Announcer Bunny saying, Molly Mabray is PBS Kids: Brawltime's 15th fighter! She will have her Meet the Fighters! video coming out right after this presentation. However, don't switch off this livestream! It's time to show off some more assists and items! Thank youuuuu!

Each assist and item that gets revealed will have the name of the assist or item on the bottom left side of the screen.

It cuts to a black screen and then we see Molly Mabray with a Tooey Ookami assist on the Denali Trading Post stage doing his function while Elmo has the Abby Cadabby assist on the stage as well with her doing her assist function. We also see Molly pick up a Blueberry Muffin healing her.

Then, we cut to the Teletubby Land stage where the Teletubbies are seen with the Magic Bag but then they get interrupted by WordGirl with the Tobey assist with him doing his function.

Then, we see Lionel with the Gawain assist doing his function on Arthur on the Cliff's Cliff stage with Arthur then picking up a Chili pepper using that.

Then, we see Hacker with the Delete assist doing its function while then Dash shows off the PBS Kids Jack in the Box item doing its function.

Finally, we see Big Bird with the LeVar Burton assist while Digit heals himself with the Donuts item.

It then cuts to a black screen again with Announcer Bunny popping out of it once more.

Announcer Bunny: I hope you liked those assists and items we showed off today! Now, onward to show off a new mode of this game called Event Matches!

The screen then cuts to showcasing the Event Matches screen showcasing where you select the event.

Announcer Bunny's Voice: In Event Matches, you will have the chance to re-enact scenes/moments from your favorite PBS Kids shows through various event objectives. Complete the objective and you pass! Otherwise, you will fail the event match! Let's take a look at some event matches!

It then cuts to showcasing the Journey to Ernie event.

Announcer Bunny's Voice: In the Journey to Ernie event match, you will get to play as Big Bird trying to find where Ernie is hiding. Fail to find him, you get a strike. 3 strikes means your out of here!

Then, it cuts to showcasing the Cliff Hanger and the Potion of Flight event.

Announcer Bunny's Voice: Another event match you can check out is Cliff Hanger and the Potion of Flight. In this episode of Cliff Hanger, Cliff found a recipe to make a potion that can fly him off of his cliff. As Lionel, you need to collect the ingredient Cliff is thinking about. However, collect the wrong ingredient, disaster will happen.

Finally, it showcases the Arthur's Big Plane Protection event.

Announcer Bunny's Voice: One final event match I would like to show off is Arthur's Big Plane Protection! In this event match, Arthur just got the Bell X-1 rocket plane. However, he does not want anyone to touch his prized possession. Protect the plane for the time limit or else the plane will be destroyed!

It cuts to a black screen where we then see Announcer Bunny pop out of his hat again.

Announcer Bunny: Before we conclude today's mini presentation, I would like to remind you all that we have 5 fighters left to show off! However, one final thing I would like to show off are some more extra stages in PBS Kids: Brawltime! Please check it out! Ha-ha!

He pops back in his magic hat.

We first see Barney in his train conductor uniform on a certain blue tank engine where we see the Island of Sodor showcased where Barney will fight against Lionel and Elmo.

Then, we see Chris and Martin with the Aristotle assist fighting against the Teletubbies with the Noo-Noo assist on the Great Big Harbor stage.

Finally, we see the Precinct 13579 stage where Big Bird is fighting against Mr. Rogers, Xavier Riddle and WordGirl showcasing the hazards and all.

Announcer Bunny pops back up one last time.

Announcer Bunny: This is your Announcer Bunny saying thanks for watching this presentation! We hope to see you all at various platform fighter competition events where PBS Kids: Brawltime! can be demo'd as well as more presentations like this showcasing off new content we have prepared for all of you! This is Announcer Bunny saying thank youuuuu and goodbye!

Announcer Bunny pops back in his hat.

It then cuts back to the PBS Kids: Brawltime! logo with the inital 12 revealed characters, Elmo, the Teletubbies and Molly and then cuts to copyrights.

What this video reveals:

-Molly Mabray as the newest fighter

-The Denali Trading Post as her home stage

-Tooey Ookami, Abby Cadabby, Tobey, Gawain, Delete and LeVar Burton as assists.

-Blueberry Muffins, the Magic Bag, the Chili Pepper, Donuts and the PBS Kids Jack-in-The-Box as items

-Event Matches and 3 event matches (Journey to Ernie, Arthur's Big Plane Protection and Cliff Hanger and The Potion of Flight)

-The Island of Sodor, Great Big Harbor and Precinct 13579 as extra stages




PBS Kids: Brawltime Presents: Beware of the A-[REDACTED]!

The trailer starts with the "Ja-Na-na-Na, Doink, PBS Kids!" where the PBS Kids: Brawitime! logo appears with every base character revealed in-game by the logo. As this happens, there are moments where purple glitches appear on screen, as well as some of the characters changing their appearances for quick seconds with purple chains and purple glowing eyes and mouths.

Then, we cut to a magic hat with strange purple activity in the background and we see Announcer Bunny pop out of it in fear saying:

Announcer Bunny: Eeeeek!.........AAAAAA-Nouncer Bunny here telling you that there might be some big purple force coming to invade this very place you are watching right now! We currently don't know the source of this purple thing, but just wanting to let everyone know to keep their eyes open and look out for this....AAAAHAAAAAAAAhhhhhhhhhhhhhhh....mmmmmmblemmmmmmmmm......

The Announcer Bunny is captured by the [REDACTED] by purple goo and tentacles to which the screen turns into purple static as the glowing purple eyes of the [REDACTED] comes onto screen for a few seconds before becoming black.

We then see footage of the PBS Kids Brawltime! fighters in their respective worlds doing their normal everyday things until some purple goo stuff comes in and destroys their worlds and takes all of their friends and families, but the fighters are able to escape into a different, empty world.

We then see various footage of the gameplay of the story mode itself.
  • Barney and the Kratt Bros. going through a platformer stage of a lakeside
  • Big Bird, Elmo and Ord in the clouds fighting [REDACTED] minions
  • Various parts of the story mode where the goal is to fight off all of the [REDACTED] minions
  • Digit and Hacker going through a platformer section.
  • Xavier Riddle running away from a group of captured [REDACTED] minions
  • Various platforming sections that do not spoil too many story details and lore
It then cuts to a cutscene of the beginning of the story mode where the fighters were on two sides getting ready to fight each other, and just when they are about to strike, the screen pans up into the darkness to reveal the [REDACTED] eyes once more before blacking out.

It then cuts back to the PBS Kids: Brawltime! logo with every revealed character and then cuts to copyrights.


PBS Kids: Brawltime! Meet the Fighters: Introducing Big Bird!

The PBS Kids: Brawltime! logo pops up with the 12 characters so far revealed on it.

It now cuts to gameplay footage of Big Bird and Mr. Rogers idling on the Sesame Street stage.


Hello everyone, and welcome to the PBS Kids: Brawltime! Meet the Fighters videos. In this series, we will be covering all the fighters in this game, talking about their moveset, stage, their history as well as other content about the character. To kick us off, we will be introducing Big Bird!

Cuts to footage of Big Bird gameplay while narrator explains Big Bird's play style.

Big Bird is one of the tallest characters in the game . Despite being a Muppet, Big Bird is also somewhat on the heavy side. However, being a bird, Big Bird has excellent aerial mobility. Along with this, Big Bird has some of the highest jumps and really fast air speed. As one of the four "starter characters," Big Bird is a great character to learn for beginners. He does not have any special gameplay gimmick unless you count his aerial mobility.

Cuts to footage of Sesame Street clips with Big Bird in them.

Big Bird does not really need any introduction as he has been around since PBS's beginning ages. Sesame Street has been around since 1969 and Big Bird has been there since the first time we visited Sesame Street. Since then, Big Bird has been teaching children their ABCs and 123s as well as life lessons about being a friend and helping one another. Sesame Street is always gaining new visitors.

It then cuts to footage of the Sesame Street episode where Big Bird meets Mr. Rogers.

In fact, Big Bird has met one of the other fighters in PBS Kids: Brawltime! being Mr. Rogers who will be covered in another video. This bird is quite famous as he still is today.

It now cuts back again to gameplay footage of Big Bird and Mr. Rogers idling on the Sesame Street stage.

Now, let's go over Big Bird's moveset. First, let us go over his light moves.

His Light Neutral is "Big Wing Slap".

Big Bird does the move.

Big Bird reaches out for a slap with his big wings. This can be chained into a two-hit jab, similarly to Villager's boxing gloves in Smash. If charged, Big Bird can only perform one slap.

His Light Up is "Letter of the Day".

Big Bird does the move.

Big Bird lifts the Letter of the Day into the air above his head. The Letter is randomly chosen at the beginning of the match and will not be changed, but there's no gameplay difference between the 26 of them. Every Big Bird player in the match will have the same Letter. The move is not really changed when charged, aside from the obvious damage and knockback buff.

His Light Down is "Low Bird Kick."

Big Bird does the move.

Big Bird performs a low kick with one of his long legs. This has upward knockback, which can easily chain into a Light Neutral at low percents, or a Light Up at higher percents. When charged, the knockback angle slightly tilts away from Big Bird. At max charge, it can be a very effective kill move near the blast zone.

Now, onward to Big Bird's specials.

His Neutral Special is "You Got a Letter!"

Big Bird does the move.

Big Bird pulls the Letter of the Day back out and uses it as a spinning projectile! The Letter travels straight forward with no regard for gravity. It disappears if it connects with an opponent or travels uninterrupted for three seconds straight. Big Bird can have up to two Letter projectiles on screen at a time.

His Up Special is "Flap, Flap."

Big Bird does the move.

Big Bird flaps his wings to gain what is essentially a fourth jump, although it's not as good as his default three. Big Bird can deal light damage on opponents who are really close to him when he flaps his wings.

His Down Special is "Unicycle Ride."

Big Bird does the move.

Big Bird hops onto a unicycle. This is a stance where he can move at a higher speed, but cannot jump and can't stop very fast. Big Bird will damage opponents he collides with on his ride, but he will be knocked off the unicycle if he's struck by an attack. Disjoints are especially effective against him in this state. Inputting Down Special again returns Big Bird to normal. If triggered in the air, Big Bird will drop to the ground and cannot move until he lands, but he can cancel the fall. He can spike opponents he lands on during this fall. Riding the unicycle off a ledge has a similar effect, but in this circumstance, Big Bird can not cancel the unicycle until he lands and will also move left or right depending on his momentum, so this can be used for a risky spike, so watch out!

It now cuts back again to gameplay footage of Big Bird and Mr. Rogers idling on the Sesame Street stage.

Now, that we covered his moveset, here is his taunt.

Big Bird does his taunt.

He seems to still love his teddy bear, Radar after all these years. Now, let's take a look at his alternate costumes.

We see a Big Bird with a tie on, green Big Bird, blue Big Bird and Classic Big Bird.

Big Bird's alternate costumes include:

  • Big Bird with a tie as seen in the Sesame Street special, Elmopalooza
  • Green Big Bird, who you might have guessed is inspired by the grouch himself, Oscar
  • Blue Big Bird, who you might have guessed is inspired by Cookie Monster
  • And finally, Clasic Big Bird inspired by Big Bird's earlier appearances on Sesame Street.
It now cuts back again to gameplay footage of Big Bird and Mr. Rogers idling on the Sesame Street stage.

Finally, we will take a look at Big Bird's home stage which is none other than Sesame Street itself.

It cuts to footage with Big Bird and Mr. Rogers idling while the stage showcases the various locations on Sesame Street.

The Sesame Street stage is a traveling stage with walkouts with two platforms on both sides at all times. You will pass familiar locations on the street such as the 123 Doorstep, Mr. Hooper's Store, Luis's Fix-It Shop, Oscar's Trash Can and then back to Big Bird's Nesting Area. You may also notice some of the Sesame Street residents in the background. See if you can spot some familiar faces.

It now cuts back one final time to gameplay footage of Big Bird and Mr. Rogers idling on the Sesame Street stage.

Now that we have covered everything, let's see Big Bird in action.

It then cuts to the Big Bird vs Mr. Rogers pre-battle screen. Big Bird's entrance is him popping out of his door on Sesame Street. Then, it cuts to the battle showcasing the Sesame Street stage and footage of Big Bird in action. Big Bird wins and it cuts to the victory screen with Big Bird doing his victory animation and Mr. Rogers clapping.

That is Big Bird in action! We hope you enjoyed this video and we hope you look forward to the other videos in the Meet the Fighters! series for PBS Kids: Brawltime!!!

Video cuts to black screen with copyrights and all.


PBS Kids: Brawltime! Meet the Fighters: Introducing Elmo!

The PBS Kids: Brawltime! logo pops up with the 12 characters and Elmo by the logo.

It now cuts to gameplay footage of Elmo and Dash idling on the Tickle Me Land stage.


Hello everyone, and welcome to the PBS Kids: Brawltime! Meet the Fighters videos. In this series, we will be covering all the fighters in this game, talking about their moveset, stage, their history as well as other content about the character. Today, we will be talking about the lovable furry red monster with a big imagination, Elmo!

Cuts to footage of Elmo gameplay while narrator explains Elmo's play style.

Elmo is a true-lightweight with most of the typical characteristics of lightweights, though being easy to launch, he has fast movement and nimble dodging skills. He is the kind of lightweight that is easy to learn and use in terms of his attacks, and anyone who prefers a lightweight-style play will find him as a good choice. Elmo lacks any true gimmicks to his character, but half of his attacks are themed around him being playful and doing stuff he has been known to do in Elmo's World.

Cuts to footage of Sesame Street clips with Elmo in them.

This lovable Muppet needs no introduction as Elmo is a worldwide sensation! Debuting on Sesame Street in 1980 as a background character and then becoming part of the main cast, this red monster has been loved by generations as he along with the other residents on his street have been teaching children their ABCs, 123s and life lessons.

It then cuts to footage of Elmo's World and Elmo The Musical.

Because of Elmo being so popular, he even received a few segments on Sesame Street including the ever-so famous Elmo's World and Elmo The Musical! These shows showcase Elmo's imaginative spirit and mind as he explores various topics and goes on wacky adventures.

It then cuts to footage of the Dance in Smarty Pants music video and the "We Are Family" music video with the Sesame Street cast, Between the Lions cast and Barney.

Elmo even got to make an appearance in the Dance in Smarty Pants music video on Between the Lions with some other Sesame Street characters and appear in the 2002 "We Are Family" music video with the Between the Lions and Sesame Street cast along with Barney as well!

It now cuts back again to gameplay footage of Elmo and Dash idling on the Tickle Me Land stage.

Now, let's go over Elmo's moveset. First, let us go over his light moves.

His Light Neutral is "Friendly Punch".

Elmo does the move.

Elmo throws two punches before throwing a kick at the end. The strong variant has Elmo throw a stronger punch.

His Light Up is "Say Hello Dorothy!".

Elmo does the move.

Elmo holds a fish bowl with his goldfish, Dorothy, above him and Dorothy jumps out of the bowl once, damaging any fighter she makes contact with. The strong variant has Dorothy do a higher and stronger leap.

His Light Down is "Rocco is Just A Rock!"

Elmo does the move.

Elmo slams down Rocco (Zoe's rock friend) in front of him. The strong variant has Elmo slam Rocco harder.

Now, that we covered Elmo's light attacks, let's cover his specials.

His Neutral Special is "Drawing is Fun!"

Elmo does the move.

Elmo draws a "friend" with his crayons on an easel before unleashing the friend forward as a projectile.

His Up Special is "Reach for The Sky"

Elmo does the move.

Elmo will do an uppercut for an upward lift as he is reaching for the sky with his hand.

His Down Special is "ALASKA!"

Elmo does the move.

Elmo puts an Alaska flag in the spot in front of him, and when down special is pressed again, Zoes zooms into the spot of the Alaska flag in her wooden jeep, ramming any opponents she hits. Perfect for ambushes and surprises!

It now cuts back again to gameplay footage of Elmo and Dash idling on the Tickle Me Land stage.

Now, that we covered his moveset, here is his taunt.

Elmo does his taunt.

It seems Elmo is all fired up for a fight! Now, let's take a look at his alternate costumes.

We see a green Elmo, Elmo with a tap-dancing suit, Elmo in his pajamas and his outfit seen on the VHS/DVD cover of Elmocize.

Elmo's alternate costumes include:

  • Green Elmo from the 2009 direct-to-home video Sesame Street special, Being Green
  • Elmo with his tap-dancing suit from the song "Happy Tappin' with Elmo"
  • Elmo in his pajamas
  • And, Elmo with his outfit seen on the old VHS/DVD cover of the Sesame Street home video special, Elmocize
It now cuts back again to gameplay footage of Elmo and Dash idling on the Tickle Me Land stage.

Finally, we will take a look at Elmo's home stage which is Tickle Me Land.

It cuts to footage with Elmo and Dash idling on the stage.

We are actually inside Dorothy's mind right now as in every Elmo's World episode, Dorothy imagines Elmo as various things. There is a single main platform that has different smaller platforms above it depending on its location. Here, we see two platforms on the side with the main platform there. However, once every minute...something special will happen.

The platforms change the layout.

There are only two, appearing over the left and right sides. These platforms all move slightly and fly away over time and then it changes again. This stage is perfect for tournaments or if you just want a serious match. This is one of the more interesting stages for a tournament as this will test your awareness to the stage changing.

It now cuts back one final time to gameplay footage of Elmo and Dash idling on the Tickle Me Land stage.

Now that we have covered everything, let's see Elmo put his imaginative mind to the test, in a real match!

It then cuts to the Elmo vs Dash pre-battle screen. Then, it cuts to the battle showcasing Elmo's entrance, the Tickle Me Land stage and footage of Elmo in action. Elmo wins and it cuts to the victory screen with Elmo doing his victory animation and Dash clapping.

That is Elmo in action! We hope you enjoyed this video and we hope you look forward to the other videos in the Meet the Fighters! series for PBS Kids: Brawltime!!!

Video cuts to black screen with copyrights and all.




PBS Kids: Brawltime! Meet the Fighters: Introducing Dash!

The PBS Kids: Brawltime! logo pops up with the 12 characters so far revealed on it.

It now cuts to gameplay footage of Dash and Arthur idling on the PTV Park stage.


Hello everyone, and welcome to the PBS Kids: Brawltime! Meet the Fighters videos. In this series, we will be covering all the fighters in this game, talking about their moveset, stage, their history as well as other content about the character. Today, we will be talking about none other than the former PBS Kids mascot himself, Dash!

Cuts to footage of Dash gameplay while narrator explains Dash's play style.

Due to Dash being simply PBS Kids' mascot and only really appearing in channel bumpers, IDs and commercials as well as the channel's logo, he's a perfectly balanced fighter, a great character to learn for beginners without any real advantages and disadvantages, or gimmicks either. He does not have any (real) gimmicks tied to him to properly tie with his balanced and easy-to-learn nature. However, he attacks by mostly using transformations and doing things that he and Dot have been known to do in the PBS Kids bumpers and commercials.

Cuts to various footage of PBS Kids IDs, channel bumpers and commercials starring Dash.

You may recognize Dash from his many years of being PBS Kids's mascot and for being on the PBS Kids logo from 1999 to 2022. He, along with his sister Dot have been in several of the channel bumpers, IDs and commercials. He is also super athletic and a friendly soul to all. He is quite the guy to get along with all the fighters here in PBS Kids: Brawltime!

It now cuts back again to gameplay footage of Dash and Arthur idling on the PTV Park stage.


Now, let's go over Dash's moveset. First, we go over his Light Moves.

Dash's Light Neutral is "Triple Transform".

Dash performs the move.

Dash will throw a three-hit combo, starting with two punches and then randomly transform into a tiger, car, octopus or astronaut (aesthetic only and will not change properties of the move) to ram the opponent forward. The strong variant of the move only has Dash use any of his transformations to perform a stronger ram.

Dash's Light Up is "Firefly Spotting".

Dash performs the move.

Some fireflies will fly above Dash while he looks up in wonder. A move that deals multi-hits. The strong variant of the move has more fireflies fly above Dash and flying in faster motions.

Dash's Light Down is "Garden Grab".

Dash performs the move.

Dash would pull out a carrot from underground, before letting it go and causing the carrot to fly upwards a short distance and flipping any opponents above the carrot. The strong variant of the move has Dash struggle to pull out a humongous carrot while charging, and when done charging, bolting the humongous carrot out of the ground while also causing dirt to fly everywhere. A rabbit maybe aesthetically hanging around on the humongous carrot at random. If used in the air, Dash will grab a carrot from his feet level and still chuck it upwards like on the ground.

We have covered all of his light moves. Now, onward to Dash's special.

Dash's Neutral Special is "GOOOOOOAL!"

Dash performs the move.

Dash simply kicks a soccer ball, beach ball or kick ball (like the light/strong neutral, is aesthetic only and will not change properties of the move) as a simple projectile.

Dash's Up Special is "Kite Flying."

Dash performs the move.

Dash simply has a kite give him upward lift. The kite can damage others if others are in the way of Dash flying upward.

Dash's Down Special is "Magnet Pull".

Dash performs the move.

Dash will use a magnet to pull any items or opponents close to him within a certain range. If Dash manages to pull in opponents, Dash can perform a spinning attack by pressing the special attack button again to combo the opponents he pulled in before launching them away.

It now cuts back again to gameplay footage of Dash and Arthur idling on the PTV Park stage.

That is Dash's moveset. Now, let's take a look at his taunt.

Dash does his taunt.

Ah, yes. This is a reference to the first PBS Kids Channel ID. You may have noticed Dash did this in the first trailer for PBS Kids: Brawltime! in the beginning of the trailer. Now, let's take a look at Dash's alternate costume.

We see two alts: one of Dash but he's orange and one with him in his blue superhero uniform

Dash's alternate costumes include:
  • Orange Dash which is a reference to the PBS Kids Channel ID where Dash was a fish
  • And Dash in his blue superhero uniform from another PBS Kids Channel ID.
Now, you may be wondering, who are the other two costume slots for? Well..it's quite obvious who the last two costumes are for.

Dot appears with her default alt as well as her pink superhero alt.

That's right! Dash's sister, Dot fills the last two slots for Dash's alternate costumes. Despite she and her brother, Dash's age difference, she shares all the same moves and abilities as Dash, apart from having a female voice.

Dot has her regular appearance and superhero outfit as her alternate costumes for Dash.

It now cuts back again to gameplay footage of Dash and Arthur idling on the PTV Park stage.

Here is a quick look at Dash's stage which is PTV Park. PTV Park was the original kids block for PBS before PBS Kids came about. The park also functions as a hangout place for the PTV P-Pals. Supposedly, Dash and Dot know about this place as well before they were around. This stage has a simple layout of three platforms that form a triangle shape with no hazards. This stage is perfect for tournaments or if you just want a serious match. However, if you notice in the background, the PTV P-Pals make an appearance as they will say their usual jingle. Let's have a listen.

The PTV P-Pals do their thing and the dog appears with the balloon and all.

It then cuts back one final time to gameplay footage of Dash and Arthur idling on the PTV Park stage.


We are super happy to see the PTV P-Pals make their reappearance after so long. Now that you know all about Dash, let's see him in action!

It then cuts to the Dash vs Arthur pre-battle screen. Dash does his entrance and all. Then, it cuts to the battle showcasing the PTV Park stage and footage of Dash in action. Dash wins and it cuts to the victory screen with Dash doing his victory animation and Arthur clapping.

That is Dash in action! We hope you enjoyed this video and we hope you look forward to the other videos in the Meet the Fighters! series for PBS Kids: Brawltime!!!

Video cuts to black screen with copyrights and all.

PBS Kids: Brawltime! Meet the Fighters: Introducing Mr. Rogers!: script by PopCultureCorn PopCultureCorn

The PBS Kids: Brawltime! logo pops up with the 12 characters so far revealed on it.

It now cuts to gameplay footage of Mr. Rogers and Arthur idling on the Land of Make Believe stage.


Hello everyone, and welcome to the PBS Kids: Brawltime! Meet the Fighters videos. In this series, we will be covering all the fighters in this game, talking about their moveset, stage, their history as well as other content about the character. Today, we will be talking about America's favorite neighbor, Mr. Rogers!

Cuts to footage of Mr. Rogers gameplay while narrator explains Mr. Rogers' play style.

Being the kind and healthy man that he is, Mr. Rogers is a pure middleweight who is balanced for most of his stats, making him a great all-around character of choice. Thus, his run speed and jump height cover a very fair amount of distance and all of his attacks and specials have easy-to-understand properties and have a fair amount of power, supporting his all-around character. Being the all-around character with very balanced stats, he would not have a specific gimmick. However, staying true to his kindness and nonviolence nature, many of Mr. Rogers's attacks and specials are themed in a way so that it appears that Mr. Rogers is not trying to directly and explicitly attack the other fighters, but would instead appear as if he would be demonstrating others on how to be kind to others, with the actual damage from the attacks would be the "mistakes, happenings and whimsical accidents" that happen during the moves.

Cuts to various footage of Mr. Rogers' Neighborhood.

I bet he's a fighter who also needs no introduction, but since you're here anyway, you may recognize him from his ever-famous, award-winning Mr. Rogers' Neighborhood! His show predates Sesame Street by just one year in 1968, and it features the kind and gentle teachings and messages of Mr. Rogers, as well as his adventures in the Land of Make Believe, which have enthralled children for over 4 decades. What make this children's show unique is that it was designed to be enjoyable to young children AND grown-adults alike, which is one big reason why this show is so special today.

It then cuts to footage of the Arthur episode where Arthur meets Mr. Rogers.

Mr. Rogers has not only met one, but TWO other fighters before in PBS Kids: Brawltime! being Arthur who will be covered in future video!

It now cuts back again to gameplay footage of Mr. Rogers and Arthur idling on the Land of Make Believe stage.

Now, let's go over Mr. Rogers' moveset. First, we go over his Light Moves.

Mr. Rogers' Light Neutral is "Sharing is Caring".

Mr. Rogers performs the move.

Mr. Rogers lunges forward his arm with a sharable item in his hand (Item can be anything that's considered sharable, and it's a random aesthetic change) intending to share his items with the others but would instead deal damage and launch them forward. The strong variant of this move has Mr. Rogers' arm cover a little more horizontal distance and he would lunge out his arm faster.

Mr. Rogers' Light Up is "Stay cool".

Mr. Rogers performs the move.

Mr. Rogers fans himself with a paper fan to cool himself off, with Mr. Rogers' waving motions acting as the attack here. The strong variant has Mr. Rogers wave his arm in harder motions.

Mr. Rogers' Light Down is "Gentle Gardening".

Mr. Rogers performs the move.

Mr. Rogers waters a spot in the ground with a watering can in front of him causing a flower to suddenly grow out of the ground, with the attack being the rising flower out of the ground, launching opponents upward. The strong variant of the move has Mr. Rogers water the ground for longer when charging, resulting in a giant flower growing out of the ground, dealing much more damage and knockback. If used in the air, Mr. Rogers will water a flowerpot.

We have covered all of his light moves. Now, onward to Mr. Rogers' special attacks.

Mr. Rogers' Neutral Special is "Mini-Trolley"

Mr. Rogers performs the move.

Mr. Rogers pulls out a replica of the neighborhood trolley and places it on the ground, letting it drive on its own. The trolley acts as a grounded projectile that deals damage to anything it contacts with.

Mr. Rogers' Up Special is "Give me a lift please, puppets"

Mr. Rogers performs the move.

Mr. Rogers will hold onto any of a random combination of puppets (aesthetics only, puppets include Daniel Tiger, X the Owl, King Friday, Queen Saturday, Prince Tuesday, etc.) who magically levitate upwards with him. Can gimp opponents upwards.

Mr. Rogers' Down Special is "Kind Words".

Mr. Rogers performs the move.

Mr. Rogers gives out a short influential and kind line (which is random) which has the ability to reflect projectiles, nullify thrown objects, and stun others very briefly as if they were flattered by what they just heard. Staying true to his easy-to-learn playstyle, this move would have a range in front of him that doesn't require precise or deadly timing, but it would not be too long or too short.

It now cuts back again to gameplay footage of Mr. Rogers and Arthur idling on the Land of Make Believe stage.

That is Mr. Rogers' moveset. Now, let's take a look at his taunt.

Mr. Rogers does his taunt.

You wanna guess what might be inside this little suitcase? That's right, little hats! Now, let's go over his alts!

We see all of Mr. Rogers' alt costumes, being his differently colored sweaters he has worn over the years.

Mr. Rogers' alternate costumes include all of his differently colored sweaters, right out of his closet!

It now cuts back again to gameplay footage of Mr. Rogers and Arthur idling on the Land of Make Believe stage.

Here is a quick look at Mr. Rogers' stage, which is none other than the Land of Make Believe! This stage has a simple layout of two platforms and no hazards. This stage is perfect for tournaments or if you just want a serious match. Oh! and you can even see the Land's recognizable residents in the background too! Can you recognize whom is whom?

Puppets like King Friday, Queen Saturday, Prince Tuesday, Daniel Tiger and X the Owl appear in the background

It then cuts back one final time to gameplay footage of Mr. Rogers and Arthur idling on the Land of Make Believe stage.


Now, let's watch Mr. Rogers show how much the world can be a better place with kindness and sharing, in a real match!

It then cuts to the Mr. Rogers vs Arthur pre-battle screen. Mr. Rogers does his entrance and all. Then, it cuts to the battle showcasing the Land of Make Believe stage and footage of Mr. Rogers in action. Mr. Rogers wins and it cuts to the victory screen with Mr. Rogers doing his victory animation and Arthur clapping.

That is Mr. Rogers in action! We hope you enjoyed this video and we hope you look forward to the other videos in the Meet the Fighters! series for PBS Kids: Brawltime!!!

Video cuts to black screen with copyrights and all.


PBS Kids: Brawltime! Meet the Fighters: Introducing Arthur!

The PBS Kids: Brawltime! logo pops up with the 12 characters so far revealed on it.

It now cuts to gameplay footage of Arthur and Dash idling on the Once Upon a Restaurant stage.


Hello everyone, and welcome to the PBS Kids: Brawltime! Meet the Fighters videos. In this series, we will be covering all the fighters in this game, talking about their moveset, stage, their history as well as other content about the character. Today, we will be talking about the wise-cracking and highly-active aardvark, Arthur!

Cuts to footage of Arthur gameplay while narrator explains Arthur's play style.

Arthur, being one of the 4 starters, is mostly an all-around type of character, except that he excels a little bit in his jump height and speed. All of his attacks have fair range, and they have a decent amount of power to them. Due to him having a tendency to be pretty savage at times and not liking to be provoked sometimes, he has the ability to enter a special "rage" stance when he gets hit by a certain number of attacks, which increases the damage and knockback of all his attacks until he is KO'd. The less stocks he has or if he's falling behind, it takes less hits on him to enter this stance, and vice versa.

Cuts to various footage of Arthur.

I bet that a lot of you watching this right now probably already know who Arthur is, as he's the star of one of the longest-running shows on PBS Kids! His TV show, Arthur, has taught kids for over 2 decades about valuable life lessons and other moral stuff about some of the harsh realities of life, while also being very fun for his kind of show.

It now cuts back again to gameplay footage of Arthur and Dash idling on the Once Upon a Restaurant stage.

Now, let's go over Arthur's moveset! First, we'll go over his Light Moves.

Arthur's Light Neutral is "Arthur's Big Hit".

Arthur performs the move.

Arthur throws out a punch at his opponents with his right arm which can be charged for more power, can spike at downward angles. He told you not to touch it, after all.

Arthur's Light Up is "Spectacled Spin".

Arthur performs the move.

Arthur whirls his glasses above him in circles.

Arthur's Light Down is "Read n' Slam".

Arthur performs the move.

Arthur slams a big book on both sides of him.

We have covered all of his light moves. Now, onward to Arthur's special attacks.

Arthur's Neutral Special is "Friendly Assistance"

Arthur performs the move.

Arthur summons a random classmate of his (Buster, Francine, Muffy, etc.) who carry school stuff and run forward a few steps, but then trip, flinging the school stuff forward like projectiles.

Arthur's Up Special is "Swing Fling"

Arthur performs the move.

Arthur rides a swing, and when the special attack button is pressed again, he will jump off of it, which covers great vertical distance. The move can be charged for more jump height.

Arthur's Down Special is "Computer Adventure".

Arthur performs the move.

Arthur pulls out a computer and plays Deep, Dark Sea on it. While he does so, he can control a diver like a remote-controlled toy, and when the diver makes contact with someone, the diver will unleash an attack on the opponent.

It now cuts back again to gameplay footage of Arthur and Dash idling on the Once Upon a Restaurant stage.

That is Arthur's moveset. Now, let's take a look at his taunt.

Arthur does his taunt.

You gotta listen to your heart, listen to the beat, listen to the rhythm, the rhythm of the street. Now, let's go over his alts!

We see all of Arthur's alt costumes, one of them being his pilgrim outfit

It now cuts back again to gameplay footage of Arthur and Dash idling on the Once Upon a Restaurant stage.


Here is a quick look at Arthur's stage, which is the restaurant where non-picky eaters can enter, Once Upon A Restaurant! This stage takes place on a table reserved just for our fighters!, who just happen to be tiny in this stage. While tiny, you fight on top of a table and its chairs, the layout is designed to encourage the wall and ceiling wavedashing function. You can see the Picky Eater swan and the Fantasy Castle in the background. Oh! and you can even see the restaurant's iconic menu items on the table from time to time! Can you guess which delicious dishes they are?

It then cuts back one final time to gameplay footage of Arthur and Dash idling on the Once Upon a Restaurant stage.

Now, let's watch Arthur get along with others and teach them to not touch his things, in a real match!

It then cuts to the Arthur Vs. Dash pre-battle screen.Arthur does his entrance and all. Then, it cuts to the battle showcasing the Once Upon a Restaurant stageand footage of Arthur in action. Arthur wins and it cuts to the victory screen with Arthur doing his victory animation and Dash clapping.

That is Arthur in action! We hope you enjoyed this video and we hope you look forward to the other videos in the Meet the Fighters! series for PBS Kids: Brawltime!!!

Video cuts to black screen with copyrights and all.


PBS Kids: Brawltime! Meet the Fighters: Introducing Barney!

The PBS Kids: Brawltime! logo pops up with the 12 characters so far revealed on it.

It now cuts to gameplay footage of Barney and Big Bird idling on The Treehouse stage.


Hello everyone, and welcome to the PBS Kids: Brawltime! Meet the Fighters videos. In this series, we will be covering all the fighters in this game, talking about their moveset, stage, their history as well as other content about the character. In this video, we will be talking about the super-dee-duper dinosaur with a huge imagination, Barney!

Cuts to footage of Barney gameplay while narrator explains Barney's play style.

True to his size and weight, Barney is a heavyweight who has average speed and does not excel too much in jumping skills, but all of his moves are designed to have lengthy hitboxes and strong launching power, albeit with some startlag and endlag for most of them. Due to Barney's nature of being from a show that is usually aimed at toddlers and even babies, Barney does not have a true gimmick to bring with him, but his heavyweight-style gameplay makes it a considerable gimmick, and all of his moves are based around the simple and imaginative scenarios he and the kids come up with or go to in his show.

Cuts to various footage of Barney and Friends.

Barney is a character that does not really need an introduction. His show Barney and Friends has aired on PBS for over 2 decades from 1992 to 2010. He has been teaching young toddlers and babies about numbers, letters, how to be a friend and how to have a great imagination. Besides the purple dinosaur himself, his friends Baby Bop, BJ and Riff are other fellow dinosaurs who join Barney and his friends on his adventures! His adventures have been proven to be Dino-mite!

Cuts to various footage of the Barney and The Backyard Gang videos.

However, before Barney joined the PBS network, he starred in a series of direct-to-home-videos called Barney and The Backyard Gang from 1988 to 1991. These videos were the prequel to the Barney and Friends series. Four of the children in those videos went on to star in the Barney and Friends TV series being Tina, Luci, Derek and Michael.

Cuts to footage of the "We Are Family" Music Video but only on the Barney and Big Bird scenes

Barney has also gotten the opportunity to sing with Big Bird, another fighter on the PBS Kids: Brawltime! roster in a special music video of We Are Family in 2002! It just shows how popular this dinosaur has been from his humble beginnings on home video to public television!

It now cuts back again to gameplay footage of Barney and Big Bird idling on The Treehouse stage.

Now, let's go over Barney's moveset. First, we will go over his Light Moves.

Barney's Light Neutral is "Batter Up!"

Barney performs the move.

Barney swings a baseball bat, with a baseball cap briefly appearing on his head when he uses this move. The strong variant of the move has Barney swing the bat faster and harder.

Barney's Light Up is "Colors of The Rainbow."

Barney performs the move.

Barney takes out a paintbrush of rainbow colors and paints a rainbow arch above him. The strong variant of the move has Barney take out a larger, wider paintbrush to paint a larger rainbow arch above him, in addition to more damage and knockback, but more startlag and endlag.

Barney's Light Down is "Bailing for Hay."

Barney performs the move.

Barney pulls out a pitchfork and pitches some hay into the air, flipping any opponents close to Barney. The strong variant of the move has Barney pitch the pitchfork harder and faster with much more hay being flung into the air.

We have covered all of his light moves. Now, onward to Barney's special attacks.

Barney's Neutral Special is "All Aboard!"

Barney performs the move.

Barney boards a train and starts driving it across the stage. When in the train, he can ram opponents and nullify projectiles, and the train is pretty strong too. He can get off by pressing either the attack button or the special attack button again.

Barney's Up Special is "Flying On An Airplane."

Barney performs the move.

Barney boards a small airplane and flies upwards with it for 2 seconds.

Barney's Down Special is "Fighting Fires."

Barney performs the move.

Barney pulls out a fire hose attached to a fire hydrant and sprays a huge blast of water to push opponents pretty fa with strong pushing power. Barney also gains a fireman's helmet while using the move.

It now cuts back again to gameplay footage of Barney and Big Bird idling on The Treehouse stage.

That concludes the overview of Barney's moveset. Now, let's take a look at his taunt.

Barney does his taunt.

It seems Barney loves doing his Dino dances! Now, let's go over his alternate costumes.

We then see Barney in a Train Conductor outfit, a Baseball Player outfit, a Ringmaster Outfit and his appearance from Barney and The Backyard Gang.

Barney's alternate costumes consists of:

  • Barney is his Train Conductor Outfit
  • Barney in a baseball uniform
  • Barney as a ringmaster
  • And, a special costume, Barney in his original appearance from Barney and The Backyard Gang.
Three of his outfits are based off of various imagination-based scenarios and the last outfit is based off of Barney's original appearance. A teeeee-riffic collection of costumes!

It now cuts back again to gameplay footage of Barney and Big Bird idling on The Treehouse stage.

Here is a quick look at Barney's stage being The Treehouse! This was the hangout place for Barney and his friends from the third to sixth seasons of Barney and Friends. There are two small low platforms near the edges and two small high platforms close to each other on top of the wheel in the middle. This stage has walls, so players cannot go underneath it. As you can see the stage itself is made out of wood like what made The Treehouse. This stage is perfect for tournaments or if you just want a serious match. Also, you can notice two of Barney's old friends popping out and watching you fight from time to time. Do you remember these two?

It then zooms in to Scooter McNutty and Miss Etta Kette.

That's right! Scooter McNutty and Miss Etta Kette will appear in the background from time to time to watch the battle. Even some of Barney's friends will come out and watch.

It now cuts back one final time to gameplay footage of Barney and Big Bird idling on The Treehouse stage.

Now, let's see Barney's imagination and love to the test as we see him in action, in a real match!

It then cuts to the Barney vs Big Bird pre-battle screen. Barney does his entrance and all. Then, it cuts to the battle showcasing The Treehouse stage and footage of Barney in action. Barney wins and it cuts to the victory screen with Barney doing his victory animation and Big Bird clapping.

That is Barney in action! We hope you enjoyed this video and we hope you look forward to the other videos in the Meet the Fighters! series for PBS Kids: Brawltime!!!

Video cuts to black screen with copyrights and all.


PBS Kids: Brawltime! Meet the Fighters: Introducing the Kratt Brothers!

The PBS Kids: Brawltime! logo pops up with the 12 characters so far revealed on it.

It now cuts to gameplay footage of the Kratt Brothers and Ms. Frizzle idling on Animal Junction.


Hello everyone, and welcome to the PBS Kids: Brawltime! Meet the Fighters videos. In this series, we will be covering all the fighters in this game, talking about their moveset, stage, their history as well as other content about the character. In this video, we will be talking about the zoologist brothers who are all into animals, Chris Kratt and Martin Kratt!

Cuts to footage of the Kratt Brothers gameplay while narrator explains the Kratt Brothers's play style.

The brothers work together as a tag team in this game! Each of the brothers have their own unique stats when it comes to their weight, speed, power and jump. Chris Kratt is more of a speedy all-around, with high agility, above-average speed and excels quite a bit on his jump. His attacks are more focused on fast-hits and combo style gameplay. Martin Kratt on the other hand is more of a powerhouse, with average agility, slightly below-medium speed and average jump. His attacks focus more on hard-hits and high launching power. It is also worth noting that they both use Creature Power for most of their moves as well!

Cuts to footage of clips with the Kratt Brothers in them.

The Kratt Brothers have been longtime stars of PBS Kids shows for many years and generations of the channel, and they have been educating children about animals over those years on various different shows, from Kratt's Creatures in the mid-1990's, to the ever-iconic Zoboomafoo in 1999-2001, and the modern-day Wild Kratts. They surely have encouraged kids to love animals all those years they were on the channel with no signs of stopping soon!

It now cuts again to gameplay footage of the Kratt Brothers and Ms. Frizzle idling on Animal Junction.

Now, let's go over the Kratt Brother's moveset! Before we go over each brothers' individual moves, keep in mind that you can switch between the brothers at any time using the down special! First, let us go over Chris' moves.

His Light Neutral is "Woodpecker Peck"

Chris Kratt performs the move.

Chris uses woodpecker power to perform a few wing slashes before using the beak to peck constantly, dealing multi-hitting damage. Strong variant of the move has Chris perform one big peck.

His Up Neutral is "Porcupine Poke".

Chris Kratt performs the move.

Chris uses porcupine power to perform 3 upward quill spikes. Strong variant of the move has Chris spike upward harder.

His Down Neutral is "Lion Swipe".

Chris Kratt performs the move.

Chris uses lion power to perform a claw strike, knocking opponents on the ground. Strong variant of the move has Chris do a stronger swipe.

It now cuts back again to gameplay footage of Chris Kratt and Ms. Frizzle idling on Animal Junction.

We have covered all of Chris' neutral moves. Now, onward to his specials!

His Neutral Special is "Lemur Stink Fight".

Chris Kratt performs the move.

Chris uses ring-tailed lemur power to throw a cloud of stink as a projectile with the tail, can be charged up for more damage.

His Up Special is "Soar like an eagle".

Chris Kratt performs the move.

Chris uses eagle power to perform a soaring corkscrew upward that damages anyone it contacts with, afterwards, Chris gains 2 more flaps for additional recovery.

It now cuts back again to gameplay footage of Chris Kratt and Ms. Frizzle idling on Animal Junction as Chris switches to Martin.

Now that we covered Chris's moveset, let's take a look at Martin's moves!

His Light Neutral is "Gorilla Clobber"

Martin Kratt performs the move.

Martin uses gorilla power to perform a strong punch forward, has considerable damage and knockback. Strong variant of the move has Martin do a stronger punch.

His Up Neutral is "Bitey Shark".

Martin Kratt performs the move.

Martin uses shark power to jump and bite any opponents above him. Strong variant of the move has Martin jump higher and perform a stronger bite.

His Down Neutral is "Croco-snap".

Martin Kratt performs the move.

Martin uses crocodile power to make a huge bite. Strong variant of the move has Martin doing a stronger crocodile bite.

It now cuts back again to gameplay footage of Martin Kratt and Ms. Frizzle idling on Animal Junction.

We have covered all of Martin's neutral moves. Now, onward to his specials!

His Neutral Special is "Tongue along a frog".

Martin Kratt performs the move.

Martin uses frog power to use the tongue to pull opponents to him, can follow up with an attack by using the attack or special attack buttons.

His Up Special is "Dolphin's Grace".

Martin Kratt performs the move.

Martin uses dolphin power to make a big leap in the air and deals damage and knockback when he lands on the stage.

It now cuts back again to gameplay footage of The Kratt Brothers and Ms. Frizzle idling on Animal Junction.

Observe as the Kratt Brothers assert their dominance by doing their taunt.

Chirs and Martin does their taunts.

They sure know how to make sure their surroundings go out ok!

It now cuts back again to gameplay footage of the Kratt Brothers and Ms. Frizzle idling on Animal Junction.

Here is a quick look at the Kratt Brother's stage being none other than the iconic and wild Animal Junction! This stage is the only place in the world where animals around the world can gather and live in peace! It is a grounded stage with some wooden platforms to serve as the floating platforms of this stage. Various animals appear on the background of the stage doing their own things, including Zoboo himself! Food Dispenser spills Oh look! The food dispenser spilled again! Snack Time! Just make sure you don't get carried away by the stampede of animals willing to come in and feast on all those delicious snacks

It now cuts back one final time to gameplay footage of the Kratt Brothers and Ms. Frizzle idling on Animal Junction.

Now, observe as we watch the Kratt Brothers demonstrate the power and ways of animal abilities, in a real match!

It then cuts to the The Kratt Brothers vs Ms. Frizzle pre-battle screen. The Kratt Brothers do their entrance and all. Then, it cuts to the battle showcasing the Animal Junction stage and footage of the Kratt Brothers in action. The Kratt Brothers win and it cuts to the victory screen with the Kratt Brothers doing their victory animation and Ms. Frizzle clapping.

That is the Kratt Brothers in action! We hope you enjoyed this video and we hope you look forward to the other videos in the Meet the Fighters! series for PBS Kids: Brawltime!!!

Video cuts to black screen with copyrights and all.


PBS Kids: Brawltime! Meet the Fighters: Introducing WordGirl!

The PBS Kids: Brawltime! logo pops up with the 12 characters so far revealed on it.

It now cuts to gameplay footage of WordGirl and Chris and Martin idling on WordGirl's Super Secret Spaceship Hideout Stage.


Hello everyone, and welcome to the PBS Kids: Brawltime! Meet the Fighters videos. In this series, we will be covering all the fighters in this game, talking about their moveset, stage, their history as well as other content about the character. In this video, we will be talking about the super heroine with superb vocabulary, WordGirl!

Cuts to footage of WordGirl gameplay while narrator explains WordGirl's play style.

WordGirl is a fast but light character who prioritizes airborne combat. Since WordGirl is a superhero capable of flight, her descent is greatly slowed while charging her normal attacks or performing her neutral or down specials in the air. This air-stall does give these moves increased endlag, however.

Cuts to footage of WordGirl clips with WordGirl in them.

WordGirl is from the planet named Lexicon and eventually came to Earth in her spaceship with her sidekick, Captain Huggy Face. Believe it or not, WordGirl started off in a series of shorts in 2006 called The Amazing Colossal Adventures of Wordgirl. From 2007 to 2015, she then got a full on show showcasing her saving Fair City from various villains using her super vocabulary powers! Did you know that WordGirl's alias on Earth is actually a girl named Becky Botsford? Don't tell her we told you that!

It now cuts again to gameplay footage of WordGirl and Chris and Martin idling on WordGirl's Super Secret Spaceship Hideout Stage.

Now, let's go over WordGirl's moveset. First, let us go over her light moves.

Her Light Neutral is "Super-Strength Combo / Twist Kick"

WordGirl performs the move.

WordGirl performs a one-two punch followed by a kick. The charged version has WordGirl perform this pose before doing a spinning kick.

Her Up Neutral is "Red Uppercut".

WordGirl performs the move.

WordGirl will simply perform a hefty uppercut on her opponent.

Her Down Neutral is "Helmet Headbutt".

WordGirl performs the move.

WordGirl will simply do a headbutt forward on her opponent.

It now cuts back again to gameplay footage of WordGirl and Chris and Martin idling on WordGirl's Super Secret Hideout Stage.

We have covered all of WordGirl's neutral moves. Now, onward to her specials.

Her Neutral Special is "Captain Catch".

WordGirl performs the move.

Captain Huggy Face will appear at a short distance in front of WordGirl and will do a flying kick towards her. She catches him, and the two nod to each other before Huggy disappears.

Her Up Special is "Light Flight".

WordGirl performs the move.

WordGirl will turn into a beam of red light and will fly at a short distance at a high speed. The player will have full control over her direction. Flying through an opponent will deal damage, but no knockback.

Her Down Special is "Frost Breath".

WordGirl performs the move.

WordGirl will blow a stream of ice forward that deals continuous damage and keeps opponents stunned while in it. If an opponent is in the attack for long enough, their movement will be temporarily slowed.

It now cuts back again to gameplay footage of WordGirl and Chris and Martin idling on WordGirl's Super Secret Spaceship Hideout Stage.

Now that we covered WordGirl's moveset, let's take a look at her taunt!

WordGirl does her taunt.

She feels super heroic after all! Now, let's take a look at WordGirl's alternate costumes!

We see four WordGirl outfits: her in a blue suit, her in a yellow suit, her in a green suit and one suit based off of her appearance as Becky Botsford.

Since WordGirl does not wear much outfits, the first three alternate costumes are just simple recolors of WordGirl's superhero outfit in blue, green and yellow. However, the fifth alternate costume is based off of the colors of her civilian appearance.

It now cuts back again to gameplay footage of WordGirl and Chris and Martin idling on WordGirl's Super Secret Spaceship Hideout Stage while it travels.

Here is a quick look at WordGirl's stage being none other than WordGirl's Super Secret Spaceship Hideout! This stage is a traveling stage based off of WordGirl's spaceship she came in with Captain Huggy Face to Earth. The first part of the stage is inside the spaceship and has walkout blast zones. Then, you will be fighting on top of her spaceship flying past various locations seen in the WordGirl series. But watch out! The numerous villains who have appeared in WordGirl may attack with their gadgets. Then, the fighters will go back into the inside of her spaceship.

It now cuts back one final time to gameplay footage of WordGirl and Chris and Martin idling on WordGirl's Super Secret Spaceship Hideout Stage.

Now that we covered everything about WordGirl, let's see her put her superpowers in action, in a real match!

It then cuts to the WordGirl vs Chris and Martin pre-battle screen. WordGirl does her entrance and all. Then, it cuts to the battle showcasing WordGirl's Super Secret Spaceship Hideout stage and footage of WordGirl in action. WordGirl wins and it cuts to the victory screen with WordGirl doing her victory animation and Chris and Martin clapping.

That is WordGirl in action! We hope you enjoyed this video and we hope you look forward to the other videos in the Meet the Fighters! series for PBS Kids: Brawltime!!!

Video cuts to black screen with copyrights and all.

PBS Kids: Brawltime! Meet the Fighters: Introducing Ms. Frizzle!

The PBS Kids: Brawltime! logo pops up with the 12 characters so far revealed on it.

It now cuts to gameplay footage of Ms. Frizzle and Lionel idling on the Secret Museum stage.


Hello everyone, and welcome to the PBS Kids: Brawltime! Meet the Fighters videos. In this series, we will be covering all the fighters in this game, talking about their moveset, stage, their history as well as other content about the character. Today, we have the super optimistic-science teacher with a deep love for outer world adventures, Ms. Frizzle!

Cuts to footage of Ms. Frizzle gameplay while narrator explains Ms. Frizzle's play style.

Many of her attacks are designed in a way that she tends to use the correct tools or methods to get the job done, depending on the situation or direction she has her sight at, and when used correctly, they can assist Ms. Frizzle to their fullest, in reference to how she is a good problem-solver in the show. Every of her attacks are also themed around the various locations she has taken her class on field trips to and the various subjects taught in the Magic School Bus episodes.

Cuts to footage of The Magic School Bus clips with Ms. Frizzle in them.

I bet she's a character who needs basically no introduction, as she's the star of the super-popular 1990's educational TV show, The Magic School Bus, where she and her class all go on wild adventures in their signature Magic School Bus, which can transforms into virtually anything to fit the wild environments they travel to! In their adventures, they all discover wonderful science lessons and learn all the spectacular science wonders along their way. Were you expecting a normal field trip, with the Friz?, No Way!

It now cuts back again to gameplay footage of Ms. Frizzle and Lionel idling on the Magic School Bus stage.

Now, let's go over Ms. Frizzle's moveset. First, let us go over her light moves.

Her Light Neutral is "Going Cellular".

Ms. Frizzle does the move.

Ms. Frizzle presents a random call in front of her (Can be a bone cell, muscle cell, skin cell or nerve cell) which damages others in front of her. If the button is press repeatedly, Ms. Frizzle will present multiple cells at once before unleashing them all at the end of the combo to launch fighters in multiple directions. Strong variant of the move has Ms. Frizzle present a BEEG cell in front of her.

Her Light Up is "Making a Rainbow".

Ms. Frizzle does the move.

Ms. Frizzle shines a flashlight through a prism to create a rainbow above her, which has a very-wide hitbox. Strong variant of the move has Ms. Frizzle create a bigger and stronger rainbow.

Her Light Down is "Get Planted"

Ms. Frizzle does the move.

Ms. Frizzle has two beanstalks grow from the ground, surrounding her and launching fighters upward. Strong variant of the move has 2 taller and wider beanstalks grow from the ground.

We have covered all of Ms. Frizzle's light moves. Now, onward to her specials.

Her Neutral Special is "Wet All Over".

Ms. Frizzle does the move.

a 3-step setup move like Villager's timber, when the move is used the first time, Ms. Frizzle places a tub of water on the ground, and when attacked, it catapults the water inside of it, pushing any fighters along the way. When the move is used the second time, Ms. Frizzle will use a heat lamp to evaporate the water in the tub (Otherwise, it just deals a very small amount of fire damage with no knockback), which then the water condenses into a cloud what floats a considerable distance off the ground and above where the tub was initially. When the move is used the third time, Ms. Frizzle then points up to the sky, causing the cloud to summon 3 powerful lightning strikes and also rain down, with the raindrop damaging fighters gradually, afterwards the cloud disappears.

Her Up Special is "Blow Its Top".

Ms. Frizzle does the move.

Ms. Frizzle gets launched into the air by a mini volcano, which covers a considerable amount of vertical height. If used on the ground, the volcano will stay on the ground for a short time, continually erupting and causing damage. If used in the air, the volcano forms a small solid platform which lasts for a certain amount of time or until Ms. Frizzle uses the move again in the air.

Her Down Special is "Lost In Space".

Ms. Frizzle does the move.

Ms. Frizzle has several model planets (Random for every time) orbit around her that acts as a reflector for physical projectiles and an absorber for energy projectiles which can actually heal her. Kinda like a combination of the Star Fox characters' reflectors and PSI magnet.

It now cuts back again to gameplay footage of Ms. Frizzle and Lionel idling on the Magic School Bus stage.

Now, that we covered her moveset, here is her taunt.

Ms. Frizzle does his taunt.

Looks like Liz has joined in with her in her small dance routine. Now, let's take a look at her alternate costumes.

Shows the many of Ms. Frizzle's iconic dresses she has worn throughout the entire show.

I bet no matter the dress she's wearing, they're all super-recognizable to some extent, aren't they?

It now cuts back again to gameplay footage of Ms. Frizzle and Lionel idling on the Magic School Bus stage.

Finally, we will take a look at Ms. Frizzle's home stage, being none other than the Magic School Bus itself! You would fight on top of the Magic School Bus itself as it travels between different worlds, from outer space to underwater, to jungles, the polar regions and even across time and space! It changes it form to accommodate to the current environment it is in. You can also see Ms. Frizzle's class inside of the bus too! Can you recognize them all?

It now cuts back again to gameplay footage of Ms. Frizzle and Lionel idling on the Magic School Bus stage.

Now that we have covered everything, it's time to see Ms. Frizzle use her bubbly science-loving personality to conveniently solve the current case in a real match!

It then cuts to the Ms. Frizzle vs. Lionel pre-battle screen. Then, it cuts to the battle showcasing the Magic School Bus stage and footage of Ms. Frizzle in action. Ms. Frizzle wins and it cuts to the victory screen with Ms. Frizzle doing her victory animation and Lionel clapping.

That is Ms. Frizzle in action! We hope you enjoyed this video and we hope you look forward to the other videos in the Meet the Fighters! series for PBS Kids: Brawltime!!! Until then, ride on the Magic School Bus!

Video cuts to black screen with copyrights and all. We also hear the iconic "beep-beep beep-beep!" sound that was heard at the end of the Magic School Bus intro.

PBS Kids: Brawltime! Meet the Fighters: Introducing Digit!

The PBS Kids: Brawltime! logo pops up with the 12 characters so far revealed on it.

It now cuts to gameplay footage of Digit and Hacker idling on the Cyberspace stage.


Hello everyone, and welcome to the PBS Kids: Brawltime! Meet the Fighters videos. In this series, we will be covering all the fighters in this game, talking about their moveset, stage, their history as well as other content about the character. Today, we have none other than the cybird of the CyberSquad, Digit!

Cuts to footage of Digit gameplay while narrator explains Digit's play style.

Digit is a heavier-lightweight character that, although he has a bird-like appearance, he does not posses the greatest air game (It's just slightly-above-normal to say the least), but he still can perform 3 jumps in the air and has slightly-above-average speed, qualifying him as a lighter all-around character. True to the theme of his show, his special attacks are themed around the various math topics that he and the 3 kids have solved in the show! His standard attacks are all tied to his agile and fast, albeit kinda clumsy movement style.

Cuts to footage of Cyberchase clips with Digit in them.

Digit is the deurtagonist of Cyberchase and has recruited three humans from Earth being Matt, Inez and Jackie. He has taught the many viewers of Cyberchase various math skills and topics. In fact, Digit himself was created by Hacker who worked for Motherboard. He will be covered in the next video. However...Digit turned his back on Hacker and the bad guys and became the Motherboard's most trusted assistant. Therefore, we all consider him the savior of Cyberspace. Never fear though because the Didge is here in PBS Kids: Brawltime!

It now cuts back again to gameplay footage of Digit and Hacker idling on the Cyberspace stage.

Now, let's go over Digit's moveset. First, let us go over his light moves.

His Light Neutral is "The Didge Wing Slash-Kick".

Digit does the move.

Digit throws 2 wing slashes before unleashing a kick. The strong variant of the move Digit do a downward slash with both of his wings, like Falco's side-smash.

His Light Up is "Cyber Roundhouse Kick".

Digit does the move.

Digit performs a roundhouse kick upward. The strong variant is simply a stronger, harder-hitting version of the move.

His Light Down is "The Didge Tornado."

Digit does the move.

Digit performs a twirling drill tornado that multihits and launches fighters at the end of the attack animation. The strong variant of the move has Digit spinning around for longer in addition to more launch power.

We have covered all of Digit's light moves. Now, onward to his specials.

His Neutral Special is "Math Problem Toss".

Digit does the move.

Digit holds up a number above his wing that starts at 1 and increases by 1 the longer the special move button is held, with the max count up to 9. The second time the move is used (After he decides the first number), he will hold an addition sign, a subtraction sign and a multiplication sign above his wing, which can be cycled by pressing the special attack button, and the sign is selected when Digit holds the designated sign up for 2 seconds. The third time the move is used after the prior 2 are selected will have Digit again holds up a number above his wing that starts at 1 and increases by 1 the longer the special move button is held, with the max count up to 9. Once the equation is finished, it calculates into a number orb that Digit can throw, with the damage the orb deals being equivalent to the answer of the equation Digit built up! Go for that 81% damage by building up the max 9x9!

His Up Special is "Raising the Bar".

Digit does the move.

Digit summons a bar graph below him, with the middle bar propelling him upwards and the left and right bars launching fighters upward. Can be charged up for stronger, higher bars, resulting in more vertical recovery distance and more upward attack coverage.

His Down Special is "Frantic Fractions".

Digit does the move.

Digit holds up a random fraction above his wing before having the fraction absorb into himself. While in this state, any damage he takes is reduced by the amount of the fraction he absorbed, for example, if Digit absorbs a 1/4, all damage he takes are reduced by 25%, and if Digit absorbs a 1/2, than all damage he takes are halved! Effect wears off after 10 seconds and digit must wait for 5 seconds before using it again.

It now cuts back again to gameplay footage of Digit and Hacker idling on the Cyberspace stage.

Now, that we covered his moveset, here is his taunt.

Digit does his taunt.

It seems Digit is showing us his math skills with a calculator. Good job, Digit! Now, let's take a look at his alternate costumes.

We see a Digit with the colors of Matt, a Digit with the colors of Inez, a Digit with the colors of Jackie and Digit with his bedwear

As you can see, Digit's alternate costumes are based off of the members of the CyberSquad, Matt, Inez and Jackie! They all have the respective colors of those characters. For the last alternate costume, Digit is seen wearing his bedwear as seen in the Cyberchase episodes, A Recipe for Chaos and Plantasauraus!.

It now cuts back again to gameplay footage of Digit and Hacker idling on the Cyberspace stage.

Finally, we will take a look at Digit's home stage which is, of course, Cyberspace! The stage itself travels through the various locations of this super-cyber world. You will see all sorts of locations and even see Motherboard herself. This stage is a flat surface with a single platform in the middle. This stage is perfect for tournaments or if you just want a serious match.

It now cuts back again to gameplay footage of Digit and Hacker idling on the Cyberspace stage.

Now that we have covered everything, it's time to see Digit put his math knowledge and skills to the test in a real match!

It then cuts to the Digit vs Hacker pre-battle screen. Then, it cuts to the battle showcasing the Cyberspace stage and footage of Digit in action. Digit wins and it cuts to the victory screen with Digit doing his victory animation and Hacker clapping.

That is Digit in action! We hope you enjoyed this video and we hope you look forward to the other videos in the Meet the Fighters! series for PBS Kids: Brawltime!!!

Video cuts to black screen with copyrights and all.


PBS Kids: Brawltime! Meet the Fighters: Introducing Hacker!

The PBS Kids: Brawltime! logo pops up with the 12 characters so far revealed on it.

It now cuts to gameplay footage of Hacker and Digit idling on the Cyberspace stage.


Hello everyone, and welcome to the PBS Kids: Brawltime! Meet the Fighters videos. In this series, we will be covering all the fighters in this game, talking about their moveset, stage, their history as well as other content about the character. Today, we have the malware overlord bent on ultimate domination over Cyberspace, Hacker!

Cuts to footage of Hacker gameplay while narrator explains Hacker's play style.

Hacker is a heavyweight character who has genuinely good jump, but sluggish acceleration in terms of his dashing and walking. He also tends to have a little endlag at the end of most of his attacks. Many of Hacker's attacks are designed in a way that he is using program-hacking skills to give him more powerful-style attacks, because he is doing what he thinks will make the best out of him. Aesthetically, many of Hacker's attacks are covered in a green binary code-flare. On a technical level, although Hacker's attack may be slightly slow, they have serious launching power.

Cuts to footage of Cyberchase with Hacker in them.

Hacker was originally created by Dr. Marbles as an assistant to Motherboard, but then something went wrong, Hacker rebelled and was exiled to the Northern Frontier. While his evil plans are almost thwarted by Digit and the three kids, he has shown signs a few times of a good side, which really do trace back to his origins to his original purpose.

It now cuts back again to gameplay footage of Hacker and Digit idling on the Cyberspace stage.

But all that doesn't really matter, let's check out his moveset featuring some nefarious moves!

His Light Neutral is "Hack".

Hacker does the move.

Hacker throws 2 punches (so long as the button is pressed rapidly, otherwise, he just throws a single punch), both with slight endlag, but have pretty strong knockback. Strong variant has Hacker preform a strong shoulder bash.

His Light Up is "Trojan Uppercut".

Hacker does the move.

Hacker preforms a leaping uppercut. Strong variant has him doing a stronger uppercut.

His Light Down is "Virus Booster"

Hacker does the move.

Hacker performs a hack eruption, which two pillars of binary code flare bursts on both sides of him. Has slight startlag and endlag. Strong variant creates bigger and stronger pillars.

We have covered all of Hacker's light moves. Now, onward to his specials.

His Neutral Special is "Punch Hack".

Hacker does the move.

Hacker charges up a super-strong punch, to which the move can actually be held at the end of the punch charging by holding the special attack button. Pretty much like Warlock Punch.

His Up Special is "Teleport".

Hacker does the move.

Hacker teleports to a different part of the stage depending on where the control stick is held.

His Down Special is "Terrian Hack".

Hacker does the move.

Hacker places a hacked laptop on the stage, and the grounded area near the laptop will make opponents easier to launch and have their damage rise slowly.

It now cuts back again to gameplay footage of Hacker and Digit idling on the Secret Museum stage.

Now, that we covered his moveset, here is his taunt.

Hacker does his taunt.

Who knew the master of malware had a munificence for masterpieces? Now, let's take a look at his alternate costumes.

We see Hacker in his king outfit, an artist outfit and a vampire outfit.

It now cuts back again to gameplay footage of Hacker and Digit idling on the Cyberspace stage.


Now that we have covered everything, it's time to see Hacker plot out his ultimate hacking takeover in a real match!

It then cuts to the Hacker vs. Digit pre-battle screen. Then, it cuts to the battle showcasing the Cyberspace stage and footage ofHacker in action. Hacker wins and it cuts to the victory screen with Hacker doing his victory animation and Digit clapping.

That is Hacker in action! We hope you enjoyed this video and we hope you look forward to the other videos in the Meet the Fighters! series for PBS Kids: Brawltime!!!

Video cuts to black screen with copyrights and all.

PBS Kids: Brawltime! Meet the Fighters: Introducing Lionel!

The PBS Kids: Brawltime! logo pops up with the 12 characters so far revealed on it.

It now cuts to gameplay footage of Lionel and Xavier Riddle idling on the Cliff's Cliff stage.


Hello everyone, and welcome to the PBS Kids: Brawltime! Meet the Fighters videos. In this series, we will be covering all the fighters in this game, talking about their moveset, stage, their history as well as other content about the character. Today, we have the outgoing and studious little lion with a relish for reading, Lionel!

Cuts to footage of Lionel gameplay while narrator explains Lionel's play style.

Lionel is a slightly-heavy lightweight (about Fox's weight) who has above-average speed and a moderately-high jump, with his main drawback, like other lightweights, being easier to launch. His attacks mainly focus on combos and getting to the knockback point. Due to his love for books and how he wants to get things done in the least-violent ways possible, he will pull out the various books of the Barnaby B. Busterfield III Public Library to help him out in the fight for most of his attacks! The attacks themselves involve the book characters coming out of books to perform certain actions.

Cuts to footage of Between the Lions clips with Lionel and the rest of the Lion Family in them.

Between the lions was an early 2000's show that delved into the lives of the Lion Family as well as the rest of the noticeable employees at the Barnaby B. Busterfield III Public Library, where it just so happens that the books that reside in there happen to have their pages come to life whenever they are opened! Whenever they open a book to meet its characters living in them, they all learn valuable lessons on literacy and reading that have really inspired kids to be better readers and helped them understand English further! There were also lots of other iconic characters who have been in the show with their own segments, such as Cliff Hanger, Chicken Jane, Gawain and Arty Smartypants. Heck, even some Sesame Street characters have made cameos in the show as well, so could Sesame Street and Between the Lions all happen in the same universe? Who knows?

It now cuts back again to gameplay footage of Lionel and Xavier Riddle idling on the Cliff's Cliff stage.

Now, let's go over Lionel's moveset. First, let us go over his light moves.

His Light Neutral is "Clickity-Clack Moo".

Lionel does the move.

Lionel pulls out a book with a cow typing on a typewriter who types letters that fly out to damage anyone they fly into, with the cow typing faster and sending out more letters faster when the button is pressed repeatedly before finishing off with a HUGE word. Strong variant has the cow type a MASSIVE word.

His Light Up is "The Popcorn Popper".

Lionel does the move.

Lionel pulls out a book with a popcorn popper that pops 3 popcorn in the air that deal damage. Strong variant has the popcorn pop much higher and harder, resulting in more damage and knockback.

His Light Down is "Library Cleanup"

Lionel does the move.

Lionel sweeps using a hand duster into a dustpan as if he's cleaning the library's floors. The only move that doesn't have Lionel use a book. Spammable. Strong variant has Lionel sweep faster and harder.

We have covered all of Lionel's light moves. Now, onward to his specials!

His Neutral Special is "Random Page Count".

Lionel does the move.

Lionel opens a book that either spawns a lucky duck (has a chance to critical hit), Larry the rock (Hits hard), a red hat (deals fire damage), or a green hat (acts as a multihit vortex). The book object will remain on stage until Lionel uses neutral special again to claim it back, to which the object will damage anyone in its path.

His Up Special is "Cliff Heli".

Lionel does the move.

Lionel opens one of his favorite book series, The Adventures of Cliff Hanger, and takes a ride on the helicopter from the said book series!

His Down Special is "Pandora's Box".

Lionel does the move.

Lionel opens a book of Greek Myths which has Pandora's Box come out and unleash a pesky spirit that possesses a random fighter and gives them negative status effects, such as dizzy, poison or sleep.

It now cuts back again to gameplay footage of Lionel and Xavier Riddle idling on the Cliff's Cliff stage.

Now, that we covered his moveset, here is his taunt.

Lionel does his taunt.

Guess Lionel's love for books and reading has never changed, has it?. Now, let's take a look at his alternate costumes.

Shows the many of Lionel's outfits he has worn throughout the entire show.

As you can see, Lionel's outfits are tied to the many adventures he and his family have gone on over the years!

It now cuts back again to gameplay footage of Lionel and Xavier Riddle idling on the Cliff's Cliff stage.

Finally, we will take a look at Lionel's Stage, Cliff's Cliff. Lionel's favorite book series, The Adventures of Cliff Hanger, is represented here as a stage for Lionel himself! This is a stage with a grounded blastzone on the left and on the right is a bottomless pit. Cliff Hanger himself can be seen in the stage itself, just hanging about!, though he probably can't hold on for much longer. He'll occasionally cheer on the other fighters when they do something "amazing", such as KO'ing another fighter.

It now cuts back again to gameplay footage of Lionel and Xavier Riddle idling on the Cliff's Cliff stage.

Now that we have covered everything, it's time to see Lionel open the book on learning a new literacy lesson in a real match!

It then cuts to the Lionel vs. Xavier Riddle pre-battle screen. Then, it cuts to the battle showcasing the Cliff's Cliff stage and footage of Lionel in action. Lionel wins and it cuts to the victory screen with Lionel doing his victory animation and Xavier clapping.

That is Lionel in action! We hope you enjoyed this video and we hope you look forward to the other videos in the Meet the Fighters! series for PBS Kids: Brawltime!!!

Video cuts to black screen with copyrights and all.




PBS Kids: Brawltime! Meet the Fighters: Introducing Xavier Riddle!

The PBS Kids: Brawltime! logo pops up with the 12 characters so far revealed on it.

It now cuts to gameplay footage of Xavier Riddle and Mr. Rogers idling on the Secret Museum stage.


Hello everyone, and welcome to the PBS Kids: Brawltime! Meet the Fighters videos. In this series, we will be covering all the fighters in this game, talking about their moveset, stage, their history as well as other content about the character. Today, we have none other than the boy with a knack for history, Xavier Riddle!

Cuts to footage of Xavier Riddle gameplay while narrator explains Xavier Riddle's play style.

Xavier Riddle is a semi-floaty character with very floaty jumps and slightly-above-normal speed. He has nimble dodges and good air mobility, but is somewhat below-normal weight. Many of Xavier's attacks are themed around his love and huge talent for acrobatics and wild inventions, as well as the various time periods he and the others have traveled to in the Secret Museum. He also has some attacks that he normally never uses in his show, but since I had Ness in mind when coming up with his character traits and how his show is very technological, I felt they were just too fitting.

Cuts to footage of Xavier Riddle and The Secret Museum clips with Xavier Riddle in them.

Xavier Riddle and The Secret Museum is a much more recent PBS Kids show that started airing in 2019. Xavier Riddle himself is quite tech-savvy as well as a lover of everything. However, what Xavier lives for is adventure. Xavier alongside his sister Yadina and his best friend Brad would go to the Secret Museum to travel back to different time periods to solve everyday problems they encounter. They interact with various, historical figures and then come back to the present using the lessons they learned to solve the problem.

It then cuts to the footage of the I Am Fred Rogers episode of Xavier Riddle and The Secret Museum.

Even though the real Fred Rogers has passed away, Xavier Riddle got to meet a special version of one of PBS Kids: Brawltime's very own fighters, Mr. Rogers himself! It feels great knowing one of the newer PBS Kids all-stars got to meet America's favorite neighbor himself!

It now cuts back again to gameplay footage of Xavier Riddle and Mr. Rogers idling on the Secret Museum stage.

Now, let's go over Xavier Riddle's moveset. First, let us go over his light moves.

His Light Neutral is "Summoning History".

Xavier Riddle does the move.

A square portal appears in front of Xavier, which spawns a random historical figure to come out and look around or wave before going back in the portal, with the damage and knockback coming from the historical figure's fast momentum of coming out of the portal. The strong variant has the historical figure fall out of the portal and land hard on the ground, which deals strong damage and knockback, before falling in another portal on the ground below the figures.

His Light Up is "Electric Burst".

Xavier Riddle does the move.

Xavier points upwards, causing a small blast of electricity to burst above him. The strong variant has a larger electric blast burst above him

His Light Down is "Juggling Ring Spin."

Xavier Riddle does the move.

Xavier spins a juggling ring around him, which gimps fighters on the ground. The strong variant has Xavier perform a stronger spin.

We have covered all of Xavier Riddle's light moves. Now, onward to his specials.

His Neutral Special is "Psychic Power Burst".

Xavier Riddle does the move.

Xavier spawns a ball of blue energy that can be controlled. The ball will explode when the button is let go.

His Up Special is "Blastoff!".

Xavier Riddle does the move.

Xavier rides a rocket car in the desired direction of the control stick. He is able to damage opponents in his way. This recovery also has great distance as well.

His Down Special is "Juggling Ball Act".

Xavier Riddle does the move.

Xavier juggles some juggling balls, with each of the balls dealing constant damage as long as Xavier is juggling, which will last as long as the special attack button is pressed. A great choice for making combos with opponents who are about to attack you from above or to shield yourself from certain things above you.

It now cuts back again to gameplay footage of Xavier Riddle and Mr. Rogers idling on the Secret Museum stage.

Now, that we covered his moveset, here is his taunt.

Xavier Riddle does his taunt.

Oh, hello there Berby! It seems you followed Xavier Riddle here to the Brawltime party to make sure the exhibits don't get damaged by the fighters! Now, let's take a look at his alternate costumes.

We see a Xavier Riddle with his baseball outfit, his catepillar outfit, his clown outfit and him in a winter coat.

As you can see, Xavier Riddle's alternate costumes are based off of various outfits he has worn in various episodes of Xavier Riddle and The Secret Museum! He is always ready for different occasions no matter what adventure brings him!

It now cuts back again to gameplay footage of Xavier Riddle and Mr. Rogers idling on the Secret Museum stage.

Finally, we will take a look at Xavier Riddle's home stage which is, of course, The Secret Museum itself! The stage itself travels through the various exhibits of the museum by transforming the stage into that respective time period. It starts off in this central museum area. However, since Xavier was nice enough to allow us to show you all his stage, let's do a quick tour of the exhibits.

First, the stage transforms into the Rosa Parks Bus.

First, we are at the Rosa Parks Bus, the section dedicated to Rosa Parks herself. Here, you fight on top of the bus Rosa Parks rode on as well as other cars on the road.

Then, it transforms into the Amelia's Airplane section.

Prepare for takeoff! Now, we are on Amelia Earhart's airplane. You fight on the wings of her plane and you can see Amelia herself piloting the Kinner Airster!

Then, it transforms into the Apple Tree section.

The apple doesn't fall far from the tree here. Now, we are at Isaac Newton's Apple Tree. The layout is an apple tree with a bunch of branches to serve as platforms. Apples will fall on timed intervals to damage anyone they make contact with. Isaac Newton can be seen leaning on the trunk of the apple tree, sitting and studying.

Then, it transforms into the Storytelling Shed section.

It's time for a story. Now, we are at the Storytelling Shed, home of the Bronte sisters. This is a grounded stage with tables serving as platforms. Occasionally, the books will open and create book platforms. The Bronte Sisters can be seen in the background as well.

Then, it transforms into the Spooky Hill section.

Monsters are made here. Now, we are on the Spooky Hill section. This is a simple hill formation stage with various stuff in the background made to look scary. Mary Shelley herself can be seen in one of the buildings faraway.

Then, it transforms into the United States in 1789 section.

American history come forth! This here is the United States in 1789 section. This is a stage taking place on top of an old building with 1789 US scenery in the background along with George Washington himself!

Then, it transforms into The Track section.

Racers, take your mark! This is The Track section of course. This is a grounded stage, but every now and then, a bunch of runners come in from the left, including Wilma Rudolph, and damage anyone they make contact with.

Then, it transforms into The The Stage section.

Prepare for some laughs! This is The Stage section. This is a show stage, with the curtain closing on timed intervals to transition to Charlie Chaplin doing a different stage act every time, and obscuring the battle view as well.

Then, it transforms into The Tennis Court section.

Service! This is The Tennis Court section.

This is a grounded stage with a bouncy net in the middle. A tennis ball serves as the hazard of this form, as Billie Jean King and another tennis player are playing tennis on this stage formation.

Then, it transforms into A Giant Pie section.

Time to cook! This is A Giant Pie section. A giant pie is in the sky for a stage, with Julia Child herself in the background of the stage.

Then, it transforms into the Peanut Fields section.

Traveling onward, this is the Peanut Fields section. This is a stage with hedges that form aerial solid platforms on random layouts every time. George Washington Carver himself can be seen in the background of the stage.

Then, it transforms into the Tall Grass Fields at Night section.

Going forward for freedom! This is the Tall Grass Fields at Night section. This is a grounded stage with tall grass to obscure most of the fighters at ground level. Harriet Tubman herself can be seen in the background of the stage.

Then, it transforms into the Marie's Lab section.

Time for some science! This is the Marie's Lab section. The fighters are miniaturized on a lab table in Marie Curie's lab! The hazards include potion liquids spilling on certain places, heater flames and other science stuff. Marie herself can be seen in the background examining her experiments. There is even a Morse Code message on a bottle. See if you can figure out what the message says.

Then, it transforms into the Joy of Painting section.

No mistakes here, only happy accidents! This is the Joy of Painting section based off of a show that aired on the PBS channel for adults, Joy of Painting! The stage takes place in a painting with the formation changing depending on the painting's landscapes. Occasionally, the iconic "Happy Mistakes" will occasionally come in to either serve as platforms or to obscure parts of the stage. Bob Ross himself can be seen in this stage formation as well.

Finally, it transforms into The Neighborhood Set section.

It's a beautiful day in this neighborhood! This is the Neighborhood Set section, the final transformation and exhibit on the Secret Museum tour! This stage formation is for an existing playable fighter in the game, being none other than Mr. Rogers himself! The stage is the iconic stage set for Mr. Rogers' Neighborhood! How lovely!

It now cuts back again to gameplay footage of Xavier Riddle and Mr. Rogers idling on the Secret Museum stage one final time.

Now that we have covered everything, it's time to see Xavier Riddle put his acrobatic skills, psychic powers and love of history in a real match!

It then cuts to the Xavier Riddle vs Mr. Rogers pre-battle screen. Then, it cuts to the battle showcasing the Secret Museum stage and footage of Xavier Riddle in action. Xavier Riddle wins and it cuts to the victory screen with Xavier Riddle doing his victory animation and Mr. Rogers clapping.

That is Xavier in action! We hope you enjoyed this video and we hope you look forward to the other videos in the Meet the Fighters! series for PBS Kids: Brawltime!!!

Video cuts to black screen with copyrights and all.


PBS Kids: Brawltime! Meet the Fighters: Introducing The Teletubbies!

The PBS Kids: Brawltime! logo pops up with the 12 characters, Elmo and the Teletubbies on it.

It now cuts to gameplay footage of The Teletubbies and the Kratt Brothers idling on the Magical Events stage.


Hello everyone, and welcome to the PBS Kids: Brawltime! Meet the Fighters videos. In this series, we will be covering all the fighters in this game, talking about their moveset, stage, their history as well as other content about the character. Today, we will be talking about the 4 lovable and colorful toddler-like creatures, the Teletubbies!

Cuts to footage of The Teletubbies gameplay while narrator explains the play style of the Teletubbies.

The Teletubbies are middle heavyweights who are a four-in-one fighter. This makes the quartet of creatures a stance fighter! They all share the same moves but each one of them has a different play style and gimmick.

Cuts to slowdown footage of Tinky Winky switching to Dipsy by using the down special.

As you can see, you can switch from one Teletubby to the next by using the Down Special to switch from one Teletubby to the next! This allows for the other Teletubby to gain certain elements of their differences from the Teletubby that was previously used!

Cuts to footage of Teletubbies footage with the Teletubbies in them.

The Teletubbies do not need much of an introduction as they are one of the biggest and most well-know fictional characters in the United Kingdom starting out in 1997. The quartet of colored creatures made their debut in the US on PBS in 1998 and have been airing for a decade on the network, including reruns! They even got a key to New York City in 2007 to celebrate 10 years of the show which shows their immense popularity amongst preschoolers! From their Magical Events in Teletubby Land to looking at their TV screens on their bellies to eating Tubby Toast and Tubby Custard, the Teletubbies have never ceased to say Eh Oh to anyone as it was always time for Teletubbies!

Cuts to footage of Zoboomafoo says "Teletubbies are Next" PBS Bumper footage.

It is funny enough even Zoboomafoo knows about the Teletubbies as there was a bumper on PBS Kids where he got the honor to announce it was time to go to Teletubby Land. No wonder in the trailer did he invite the colorful creatures to meet Chris and Martin themselves!

It now cuts back again to gameplay footage of The Teletubbies and the Kratt Brothers idling on the Magical Events stage.

Now, let's go over The Teletubbies's moveset. First, let us go over their light moves. I will be using Tinky Winky as we explain the light moves as all the light moves share the same properties between each Teletubby.

Their Light Neutral is "Blue Night Release".

Tinky Winky does the move.

The Teletubby of choice pays tribute to a certain other gang of big-hugging multicoloured creatures by beaming a blue light from their telly.

Their Light Up is "Sparkles Out!".

Tinky Winky does the move.

Some sparkles will charge inside their antenna. Then, the Teletubby of choice will spread their arms out to release it.

Their Light Down is "Tubby Custard Spill."

Tinky Winky does the move.

The Teletubby of choice splashes a bowl of Tubby Custard on the floor or in the air when using the move while airborne.

Now, that we covered the Teletubbies's neutral attacks, we will now move onward to their specials. We will be breaking down each special to go over each of the differences between the Teletubbies's attacks.

Their Neutral Special is "Pet Rabbit"

Tinky Winky does the move.

The Teletubby of choice places down a rabbit - that rabbit had branding resembling the Tubby's antenna on their side with their respective color. Each rabbit will behave differently. Tinky Winky's rabbit is the smallest rabbit and will chase down foes and cling onto them. His rabbit will not deal knock back but rather continual damage.

We then see Dipsy on the screen performing the move.

Dipsy's rabbit is the biggest of the bunch. He's passive but his size makes him like a shield. He can even reflect projectiles!

We then see La-La on the screen performing the move.

Laa Laa's rabbit likes to hop, he's bigger than Po's rabbit but smaller than Dipsy's, he creates small projectile shockwaves when he lands, which are very powerful!

We then see Po on the screen performing the move.

Finally, Po's rabbit is medium-sized and will stand in place. The rabbit will headbutt anyone who gets near.

We then see the Teletubbies swap out.

When you switch out a Tubby, the rabbit will remain. You can spawn two unique rabbits at a time causing more mayhem!

Their Up Special is "1, 2, 3, 4!"

Tinky Winky does the move.

The Teletubby of choice jumps super high like in the intro of all of the episodes! The height is locked between stances, but the effects are different. Tinky Winky will not enter free-fall and there are no offensive properties.

Dipsy does the move.

Dipsy has an outwards vortex drawing foes away, good if he needs to dance.

La-La does the move.

La-La will do a single powerful hit to her opponent!

Po does the move.

Finally, Po will do a multi-hit twirl causing damage.

Their Down Special is "Big Hug."

Tinky Winky does the move.

The other 3 Teletubbies jump in for a big hug. This move is a stance change and a command grab hybrid! You can flick the stick to choose a Teletubby to switch to. This will also give the Teletubby of choice a stat buff! Tinky Winky will become lighter but faster. He will wear his tutu and it will grant Tinky Winky 2 extra jumps.

Tinky Winky does the move again but it then switches the Teletubby to Dipsy.

When you switch to Dipsy, his defense will become super high. His idle animation is a dance that, if played to completion, makes him even heavier which is represented by gaining his cow print hat. This buff he will gain will transfer over in the stance change!

Dipsy does the move again but it then switches the Teletubby to La-La.

When you switch to La-La, she will become the powerhouse of the quartet. She will grip her ball in the air and, should she make a safe fall, slam it into foes.

La-La does the move again but it then switches the Teletubby to Po.

Finally, when you switch to Po, she will be the all-rounder of the group. . When she starts running she uses her scooter to build momentum, which makes her immune to attacks for half a second until she gets off. She's also invulnerable when airdashing, but not wavedashing.

It now cuts back again to gameplay footage of The Teletubbies and The Kratts idling on the Magical Events stage.

Now, that we covered their moveset, here is the taunt all the Teletubbies share.

Tinky Winky does the taunt.

It seems the Teletubbies are still having fun tickling and hugging one another! Now, let's take a look at their alternate costumes.

We see the Teletubbies with the colors and textures of the Boohbah (Dipsy will be orange), the colors and appearances of the Tots TV trio and La-La being a duller yellow like Furryboo, the Teletubbies all with rabbit ears and Tinky Winky and Dipsy with La-La and Po's colors while La-La and Po have Tinky Winky and Dipsy's colors.

The Teletubbies's alternate costumes include:

  • The quartet with the appearances and colors of the characters from Boohbah, another show produced by Ragdoll that aired on PBS Kids.
  • Tinky Winky, Dipsy and Po with the appearances of the trio from the Ragdoll show Tots TV, that did air on PBS while La-La has the dull yellow that Furryboo has.
  • The Teletubbies with rabbit ears
  • And finally, Tinky Winky and Dipsy having the colors of La-La and Po while La-La and Po have the colors of Tinky Winky and Dipsy.
It now cuts back again to gameplay footage of The Teletubbies and The Kratts idling on the Magical Events stage.

Finally, we will take a look at The Teletubbies's home stage which is Magical Events. We are in Teletubby Land right now but like in every episode of Teletubbies, magical things can occur. Just watch the windmill in the back.

The camera zooms into the magic windmill making sparks.

Whenever the windmill spins and creates magic sparks, it's time for a magical event!

The Animal Parade comes in.

First, we have the Animal Parade. Many different animals will come by but watch out, they will give you damage if you run into them!

The stage then has the Magical Windmill spin again and it will change into The Pink House.

Next, we have the Pink House with the Singing Man in it. You can fight on the roof of the house and sometimes, the Singing Man puppet will peek out of the window and sing a little something like this.

The camera zooms in and it will focus on the Singing Man singing.

The stage then has the Magical Windmill spin again and it will change into The Magic Tree.


Next, we have the Magic Tree. A tree will grow in the middle and then will drop items, mostly healing items. Then, after a while, the tree will die out and disappear.

Them, the stage then has the Magical Windmill spin again one final time and it will change into The Three Ships.

Finally, we have The Three Ships. The ground will change to water and the ships will appear as the platforms. Anyone who falls into the water will be KOd. Then, it resets and the cycle repeats.

It cuts again to the Teletubbies and The Kratts idling on the Magical Events stage.

There is one more treat we have in store for you.

It then cuts to the Teletubbies doing their stage entrance.

When you watch the match demo of the Teletubbies momentarily, you will notice that before a match, you are able to choose the Teletubby of your choosing. Be sure to choose which one you like best or the one that you think will help you win the best!

It now cuts again one final time to the Teletubbies and The Kratts idling on the Magical Events stage.

Now that we have covered everything, it's time for the Teletubbies to show their love and playful nature in a real match!

It then cuts to the The Teletubbies vs Chris and Martin pre-battle screen. Then, it cuts to the battle showcasing the Magical Events stage and footage of The Teletubbies in action. The Teletubbies win and it cuts to the victory screen with The Teletubbies doing their victory animation and Chris and Martin clapping.

Those are the Teletubbies in action! We hope you enjoyed this video and we hope you look forward to the other videos in the Meet the Fighters! series for PBS Kids: Brawltime!!!

Video cuts to black screen with copyrights and all.

PBS Kids: Brawltime! Meet the Fighters: Introducing Molly Mabray!

The PBS Kids: Brawltime! logo pops up with the 12 characters, Elmo, the Teletubbies and Molly by the logo.

It now cuts to gameplay footage of Molly and Arthur idling on the Denali Trading Post stage.


Hello everyone, and welcome to the PBS Kids: Brawltime! Meet the Fighters videos. In this series, we will be covering all the fighters in this game, talking about their moveset, stage, their history as well as other content about the character. In this video, we will be talking about the 10-year old Native Alaskan vlogger, Molly!

Cuts to footage of Molly gameplay while narrator explains Molly's play style.

Molly is a middleweight who has balanced stats when it comes to her speed and jump. She's also quite nimble too, as she tends to dodge gracefully, allowing her to have slightly more invincibility frames than any other character! that, however, comes with the trade-off of being slightly more easier to launch than most of the other middleweights. Most of Molly's attacks are all themed around, of course, vlogging! She will often do actions that as if she's trying to demonstrate those who are watching her vlogs to be amazed at the amazing things she can do to achieve things.

Cuts to footage of Molly of Denali clips with Molly in them.

Molly of Denali is a modern PBS Kids show that has been on air since 2019 and has been award winning. The show is about Molly Mabray, her family and her friends living in the fictional village of Qyah going on adventures and Molly vlogging to showcase her doing amazing things! Also, Molly is the first kids show to have an Alaskan native as a lead power. She will never stop being amazing.

It then cuts to footage of the Molly of Denali episode "Cry Wolf"

Luckily enough, Molly got to meet two of her heroes, Chris and Martin Kratt who are also fighters in PBS Kids: Brawltime! in an episode of Moly of Denali despite the brothers not being in their Wild Kratts outfits. She is also a fan of Wild Kratts! It just shows that everyone in the PBS Kids world knows, loves and appreciates one another!

It now cuts again to gameplay footage of Molly and Arthur idling on the Denali Trading Post stage.

Now, let's go over Molly's moveset. First, let us go over her light neutral moves.

Her Light Neutral is "Hip Dancing"

Molly performs the move.

Molly does some hip dances, with the damage coming from the thrust of Molly's hip and is a spammable move. The strong variant has Molly do a stronger hip thrust as if she's hip-dancing with someone else.

Her Up Neutral is "Shoo Mosquitos!".

Molly performs the move.

Molly flails her arms and hands above her as she tries to shoo some mosquitos that appear above her, with the damage coming from the flailing of her arms. The strong variant of the move has her flail her arms harder.

Her Down Neutral is "An Amazing Dig".

Molly performs the move.

Molly pokes the ground with a stick twice as if she's trying to quickly dig for something amazing. The strong variant has Molly thrust out her stick harder.

It now cuts back again to gameplay footage of Molly and Arthur idling on the Denali Trading Post stage.

We have covered all of Molly's neutral moves. Now, onward to her specials.

Her Neutral Special is "Grandpa's Drum".

Molly performs the move.

Molly takes out a native drum and begins drumming on it, to which it sends out soundwaves to stun or push back opponents, allowing her to come close to opponents for a big blow!

Her Up Special is "Jumping for Joy".

Molly performs the move.

Molly throws a fist in the air and jumps for joy.

Her Down Special is "Fetch Suki!".

Molly performs the move.

Molly throws Suki's bone, to which then Suki will jump to wherever her bone lands, burying opponents or meteor smashing them if in the air!

It now cuts back again to gameplay footage of Molly and Arthur idling on the Denali Trading Post stage.

Now that we covered Molly's moveset, let's take a look at her taunt!

Molly does her taunt.

Wow, that looks like a fun dance, Molly! Now, let's take a look at her alternate costumes!

We see Molly with a green winter vest and blue hat, Molly with a yellow t-shirt and life vest, Molly with a brown winter coat and blue winter hat and her with a Native Alaskan dress on.

These are some of the many outfits Molly has worn throughout her adventures! Overall, she's done so amazing things and wants to show off all the amazing outfits she has worn!

It now cuts back again to gameplay footage of Molly and Arthur idling on the Denali Trading Post stage.

Here is a quick look at Molly's stage being none other than the Denali Trading Post! This is the general store in Qyah where Molly and her parents live. This stage is a walkoff stage with blast zones at the end of each. You can also fight on the little platform by the Denali Trading Post sign. Also, you can see her family and friends in the background cheering Molly on so be sure to say hi to them!

The camera zooms in on Molly's family and friends.

It now cuts back one final time to Molly and Arthur idling on the Denali Trading Post stage
.

Now that we covered everything about Molly, let's see her put the amazing things she has done and make a vlog showcasing her talents in a real match!

It then cuts to the Molly vs Arthur pre-battle screen. Mollydoes her entrance and all. Then, it cuts to the battle showcasing the Denali Trading Post and footage of Molly in action. Molly wins and it cuts to the victory screen with Molly doing her victory animation and Arthur clapping.

That is Molly in action! We hope you enjoyed this video and we hope you look forward to the other videos in the Meet the Fighters! series for PBS Kids: Brawltime!!!

Molly then appears on the screen through a video camera lens then saying "That was me in PBS Kids: Brawltime! Be sure to play as me and all my other friends! Mashi'choo!" The video camera then shuts off and then the video cuts to black screen with copyrights and all.


PBS Kids: Brawltime! Meet the Fighters: Introducing Ord!

The PBS Kids: Brawltime! logo pops up with the 12 characters, Elmo, The Teletubbies, Molly and Ord by the logo.

It now cuts to gameplay footage of Ord and Barney idling on the Dragon Land stage.


Hello everyone, and welcome to the PBS Kids: Brawltime! Meet the Fighters videos. In this series, we will be covering all the fighters in this game, talking about their moveset, stage, their history as well as other content about the character. Today, we will be talking about the ever-cowardly dragon with a super caring heart, Ord!

Cuts to footage of Ord gameplay while narrator explains Ord's play style.

Ord is a super-heavyweight who is super fast and has super hard-hitting attacks. Therefore, he can rack up damage on opponents. However, being a superheavy, he is super vulnerable to combos and thus cannot really escape combos. Overall, he is there to get as much damage on his opponents as possible. To represent Ord's super cowardly nature, he will turn invisible at random points throughout a match and sometimes, a raincloud will appear over his hand. The invisible part is beneficial as this provides Ord the ability to be more unpredictable with movement as the opponent will not be able to see Ord that well. However, the raincloud will nerf Ord's stats a little (think Pichu hurting itself but this will only affect the damage output of Ord's attacks on opponents). Therefore, this gimmick has a benefit and a detriment. If you are losing the match however, the invisibility/raincloud will not appear at all. If it does, it will be very rarely.

Cuts to footage of Dragon Tales clips with Ord in them.

Ord comes from the highly-popular award-winning show that I bet a lot are very familiar with in the early days of PBS Kids, Dragon Tales! The show revolves around two young kid siblings, Emmy and Max, who hold a magical dragon scale and say out a special rhyme that transports them to the magical world of Dragon Land! The show has taught children on how to embrace on new challenges and how to solve problems in multiple ways too! As with Ord, he is shown to be a super-timid while also having lots of strength and super-caring towards his friends!

It now cuts back again to gameplay footage of Ord and Barney idling on the Dragon Land stage.

Now, let's go over Ord's moveset. First, let us go over his light moves.

His Light Neutral is "A Dragonberry Cupcake for Me!".

Ord does the move.

Ord will lift out a dragon berry cupcake. This move has a bit of a slow startup, therefore, it is not spammable. The stronger variant will cause Ord to lift out the cupcake more strongly.

His Light Up is "Scaredy Dragon".

Ord does the move.

Ord will throw his arms up in the air like he is scared with the opponent above Ord taking the damage. The stronger variant of this move sees him throw up his hands harder.

His Light Down is "A Dragon Land Sledride"

Ord does the move.

Ord will slide on a sled with Max, hitting the opponent in front of him. The stronger variant causes him to ram the sled harder into the opponent, causing more damage.

Now, that we covered Ord's light attacks, let's cover his specials.

His Neutral Special is "Dragoncorn Coming Up!"

Ord does the move.

Ord will hold Dragoncorn kernels in his hand when you hit the special button once. When pressing the special button again, he will toss the dragon corns and then breathe fire at them. The trajectory of the corn is always the same and you cannot aim the corn at opponents. However, you can be hit by the falling Dragoncorn as well as the fire Ord breathes.

His Up Special is "Fly With Dragons"

Ord does the move.

Ord will simply fly upward how he usually does in Dragon Tales. It's basically akin to Pit's recovery as well as Ridley's. You can fly into opponents with your up special.

His Down Special is "Time For A Swim!"

Ord does the move.

Similar to Bowser Bomb, Ord will simply jump up and hold his nose as he is to jump into water and slam down! This move can be used to spike opponents but it is risky as the move is not cancellable when used.

It now cuts back again to gameplay footage of Ord and Barney idling on the Dragon Land stage.

Now, that we covered his moveset, here is his taunt.

Ord does his taunt.

Haha, yep, Ord, what just happened sure was funny! Now, let's take a look at his alternate costumes.

We see a green Elmo, Elmo with a tap-dancing suit, Elmo in his pajamas and his outfit seen on the VHS/DVD cover of Elmocize.

Ord's alternate costumes include colors based on Cassie, Zak and Wheezie, and Quetzal

It now cuts back again to gameplay footage of Ord and Barney idling on the Dragon Land stage.

Finally, we will take a look at Ord's home stage which is Dragon Land.

It cuts to footage with Ord and Barney idling on the stage.

I wish, I wish, with all my heart, to fly with dragons in a land apart! Here we are, right smack in the middle of Dragon Land. As you can see, it's just a simple flat layout, quite straightforward indeed, but you can see and hear the various dragons, Max, Emmy, Enrique and Ord's other friends in the background cheering you on. The stage is made out of the natural materials found in Dragon Land. The stage will be in the skies of Dragon Land as you pass by the various landmarks of the magical world.

It now cuts back one final time to gameplay footage of Ord and Barney idling on the Dragon Land stage.

Now that we have covered everything, let's see Ord utilize his super-strength while keeping his cowardice in check, in a real match!

It then cuts to the Ord vs. Barney pre-battle screen. Then, it cuts to the battle showcasing Ord's entrance, the Dragon Land stage and footage of Ord in action. Ord wins and it cuts to the victory screen with Ord doing his victory animation and Barney clapping.

That is Ord in action! We hope you enjoyed this video and we hope you look forward to the other videos in the Meet the Fighters! series for PBS Kids: Brawltime!!!

Video cuts to black screen with copyrights and all.



PBS Kids: Brawltime! Meet the Fighters: Introducing Cheeko!

The PBS Kids: Brawltime! logo pops up with all 20 base roster characters by the logo.

It now cuts to gameplay footage of Cheeko and Buster idling on the EekoHouse stage.


Hello everyone, and welcome to the PBS Kids: Brawltime! Meet the Fighters videos. In this series, we will be covering all the fighters in this game, talking about their moveset, stage, their history as well as other content about the character. Today, we will be talking about the monkey-shark-snake-bird hybrid with a love for the environment and the ecosystem, Cheeko!

Cuts to footage of Cheeko gameplay while narrator explains Cheeko's play style.

Cheeko is a lightweight who has super good aerial mobility. He has moves that have quick startup and is successful at racking up damage easily by having a moveset mostly filled with environmentally friendly practices seen in the EekoHouse game as well as other references to the EekoWorld webpage. However, Cheeko is not that good on the ground. This does not mean that he is bad on the ground, but he was born for airborne combos! Using Cheeko in the air will cause you to rack a super cool aerial combo!

Cuts to footage of the EekoWorld website with Cheeko in them.

Cheeko comes from the old PBS Kids GO! webpage called EekoWorld! Surprisingly, Cheeko is the only character on the PBS Kids: Brawltime! roster who does not come from a TV show. In fact, he is the EekoWorld mascot, representing one of the many PBS Kids webpages. The webpage came out around 2008 and has been on the site for many years. On the page, you would play games such as EeekoHouse where you would find unenvironmentally friendly problems around the house and answer questions about what to do that would save the environment. The points would add up to the Global Health score. EekoCreature was another game on the website too where you get to make hybrids of various animals and creatures by earning points via environmentally friendly questions. You can no longer access this webpage on the PBS Kids website due to Flash being down. However, EekoWorld remains in spirit here in PBS Kids: Brawltime!

It now cuts back again to gameplay footage of Cheeko and Buster idling on the EekoHouse stage.

Now, let's go over Cheeko's moveset. First, let us go over his light moves.

His Light Neutral is "Cleaning the Sink".

Cheeko does the move.

Cheeko will grab baking soda and vinegar as if he is cleaning the sink in an environmental-friendly manner. He will be seen applying the baking soda and vinegar on the sink and causing damage to the fighter. The stronger variant will cause him to clean the sink more vigorously.

His Light Up is "Hanger Re-using".

Cheeko does the move.

Cheeko will be seen reaching for a clothing hanger as if he were to return it to a dry cleaner as reusing clothing hangers is the environmental friendly action. The stronger variant will cause him to yank off the clothing hangar more vigorously.

His Light Down is "Saving Electricity"

Cheeko does the move.

Cheeko will be seen turning off a lightswitch as if he is leaving a room in the EekoHouse as you should never leave lights on when you leave a room. The stronger variant will cause him to flick the light switch off more vigorously and will also have a tiny spikebox.

Now, that we covered Cheeko's light attacks, let's cover his specials.

His Neutral Special is "EekoCreatures, Come Forth!"

Cheeko does the move.

By holding down the Special Button, Cheeko can summon an EekoCreature at random. Each one has a different effect. What creature is summoned is completely RNG-based. He has five creatures, four of the animals are animals who make up Cheeko, one being a mythical creature. The building of the creature takes a while, so be careful when you use the move! When an opponent attacks you, you stop creating the creature!

It cuts back to Cheeko and Buster idling on the EekoHouse stage.

As seen in his reveal trailer, there are five different EekoCreatues Cheeko can create. I shall go over each creature and what each of them do.

Cheeko does his Neutral Special and creates the Chimp.

The first creature that Cheeko can create is the Chimp, representing the monkey component of Cheeko. This EekoCreature is the most common creature Cheeko can create. The chimp will walk around the stage and leave its banana peel behind. Occasionally, it will swing from a vine and cause damage to the opponent.

Cheeko does his Neutral Special and creates the Shark.

The second creature Cheeko can create is the Shark, representing the shark component of Cheeko. This EekoCreautre comes out pretty common, but not as much as the chimp. When he is assembled, the shark will swim across the stage and give a nasty bite to the opponents.

Cheeko does his Neutral Special and creates the Snake.

The third creature Cheeko can create is the Snake, representing the snake component of Cheeko. This EekoCreature comes out uncommonly. When it is assembled, the snake will bite the nearest opponent and give the opponent a poison effect causing them to gain damage for a temporary time.

Cheeko does his Neutral Special and creates the Eagle.

The fourth creature Cheeko can create is the Eagle, representing the bird component of Cheeko. This EekoCreature comes out uncommonly. When it is assembled, the eagle will fly onto the stage and grab an opponent. The eagle will hold onto the opponent so Cheeko can perform combos more easily.

Cheeko does his Neutral Special and creates the Unicorn.

Finally, the fifth create Cheeko can create is the Unicorn, representing the mythical creatures found in EekoCreature. This EekoCreature is the rarest of the five. When assembled, the unicorn will give Cheeko a stat buff!

His Up Special is "Fly For The Future!"

Cheeko does the move.

Cheeko will just simply fly upward as he does have the wings of a bird. His recovery can be aimed in one direction. If you are in the way of an opponent, you will cause damage head on!

His Down Special is "Reduce, Reuse, Recycle!"

Cheeko does the move.

This move is a 3 part move. First, Cheeko will place down 3 cans, one for recyclable items, one for trash and one for paper. He will then gain an item (whether it's a water bottle, a piece of trash, paper, etc.) when pressing the Special button and flicking the control stick down. Choose the right can by pressing the special button again and flicking the control stick down and Cheeko will place it in causing enormous damage. Select the wrong can and you will gain some damage.

It now cuts back again to gameplay footage of Cheeko and Buster idling on the EekoHouse stage.

Now, that we covered his moveset, here is his taunt.

Cheeko does his taunt.

You did a great job showing us your moveset Cheeko! In fact, the speech bubble and font are very much the same to what you would see on the EekoWorld page. Now, let's take a look at his alternate costumes.

We see a futuristic metal Cheeko, a green Cheeko with parts colored in black and white, a blue and white Cheeko with the recycling symbol and an orange Cheeko with accents of red and yellow.

Cheeko's alternate costumes include:

  • Futuristic Cheeko from the Future Field Trip activitiy on the EekoWorld page
  • Green Cheeko with black and white accents as a reference to the PBS Kids GO! logo
  • A Blue and White Cheeko with the recycling symbol, the blue and white color combination are a reference to recycling cansd
  • And, orange Cheeko with accents of red and yellow to represent the sunrise you see at the beginning of EekoHouse

It now cuts back again to gameplay footage of Cheeko and Buster idling on the EekoHouse stage.

Finally, we will take a look at Ord's home stage which is none other than EekoHouse!

It cuts to footage with Cheeko and Buster idling on the stage.

This stage is a traveling stage that tours the various rooms of the EekoHouse which is based off of the game of the same name on the EekoWorld webpage. You simply will start in the kitchen and then it will travel room by room. Alongside this, there will be unfriendly things to the environment happening in each room such as lights left on, appliances still running, trash on the ground, etc. By attacking one of the flaws in the house, you solve the environmental problem. There will also be the score and time limit on the bottom right corner. There will also be speech bubbles telling you about each of the problems and what you can do to be environmentally friendly. At the end of a ten-minute cycle, you will then go to the front of the house where you will see a schoolbus drive up with the front door open. Then, the cycle of rooms repeat.

It cuts to footage with Cheeko attacking the walls and ceilings as well as KOing Buster.

It is worth noting that the order of rooms varies and that this is a stage with walkoff blastzones, created by walls and barely any platforms in any of the areas of the EekoHouse. The walls and ceilings are breakable!, and will be demolished when someone is launched at them, but don't worry, they will rebuild themselves as time goes on during the battle.

It cuts to footage with Cheeko and Buster idling on the stage.

Finally, you may note that the music on the EekoWorld stage is original music exclusive to PBS Kids: Brawltime! as EekoWorld does not have much music. But, you can hear the banjos playing often referencing the usage of banjos in the introductions of the various activities and games on the EekoWorld page. Well done to our music team for putting together a wonderful original composition exclusive to the EekoHouse stage!

It now cuts back one final time to gameplay footage of Cheeko and Buster idling on the EekoWorld stage.

Now that we have covered everything, let's see Cheeko utilize his love of the environment and his environmentally friendly practices, in a real match!

It then cuts to the Cheeko vs. Buster pre-battle screen. Then, it cuts to the battle showcasing Cheeko's entrance, the EekoHouse stage and footage of Cheeko in action. Cheeko wins and it cuts to the victory screen with Cheeko doing his victory animation and Buster clapping.

That is Cheeko in action! We hope you enjoyed this video. We have completed all the Meet the Fighters videos fo rthe base roster fighters of PBS Kids: Brawltime! We hope you look forward to playing the game as well as look forward to more presentations for upcoming content as well as more Meet the Fighters video for the DLC fighters coming very soon!

Video cuts to black screen with copyrights and all.


  • A copy of the game
  • A poster with all 20 fighters on it
  • A CD of the soundtrack from the game
  • A steelbook in the form of a clamshell VHS case (like the old PBS Kids VHSs)
  • An artbook of the characters, stages, assists, etc.
  • The bonus code that allows you to unlock the EekoWorld games in the PBS Kids Archives
  • The first Learners Pass (DLC pass)
  • Retro-inspired instructions manual
  • Collectable statue of a select PBS Kids: Brawltime fighter
  • Pins, patches, stickers, and a tshirt
  • Retro N64-inspired cartridge USB Drive for storage and a digital PC copy of the game

Job 1: Nominate a character for the roster. It cannot be the three mentioned in the characters tab. It must be a character with a strong connection to the PBS brand/identity. Please explain the character, the show they are from, why they deserve to be in the roster and how they can fight/what they can bring.

Job 2: Decide the roster size.[/SPOILER]
 
Last edited:

KneeOfJustice99

Smash Lord
Joined
Oct 29, 2018
Messages
1,493
Location
The Velvet Room
I'm going to submit Thomas the Tank Engine. It would be incredibly fun to see a variant of the Thomas mech that some guy made with flamethrowers, but I don't think PBS would like that. Rather, I submit him because of his really unique concepts. How, for instance, would a train jump? Maybe Cranky picks him up - or perhaps Harold? There's a lot of weird and wonderful ideas you could implement here, plus, he's a character better known in international markets (mostly the UK!)

I'll admit, it's an odd choice - but Thomas is a solid pick because he's got staying power. Not only this, but you could even add cool things like having the Isle of Sodor as a stage, or having his alts be references to various trains from the series.

(I'll admit I'm horribly biased because I was obsessed with Thomas until I was like 9 LMAO)

On the second job, I'll say 20 characters. Is it relatively small compared to Ultimate? Yes - but given it's the same size as NASB's base-roster, I think it's a solid starting point.
 

CheeseAnton

Smash Ace
Joined
Oct 1, 2020
Messages
534
Ngl, I have bias as this character is what made me love Dogs in the first place and has a special place in my heart, but I'll try being as objective as possible.

Clifford The Big Red Dog
1643591198441.png

Clifford is a big, red dog. He should be considered because he's a PBS Kids icon and is still going on to this day (with a live action movie even made recently. Never said it was good, I'm just saying it exists). Clifford is a lovable character and I feel he would make a lot of sense due to still having relevancy while also having nostalgia to older people.

Clifford would have lots of things he could use due to being dog. Also he'd look cute, this Puppy is precious we need to see him having fun with the other PBS characters, it's my head cannon Clifford isn't hurt at all and he sees the opponents as fun moving dog toys.




For roster size I think 20 is fine.
 
Last edited:

Darkonedagger

Smash Master
Joined
Sep 19, 2021
Messages
4,265

Miss Frizzle

There where other options closer to my childhood who I considered, but Frizzle felt like a must have pick.

Roster size: Like 25? Doesn't feel like we should go massive with this but it gives us room .
 
Last edited:
Joined
Aug 14, 2021
Messages
5,712
Location
Frozen Underworld (formerly Hell)
Character:
Jet Propulsion (Ready Jet Go!)

1643712360544.png

Jet Propulsion is the title character of the show and is a humanoid alien. He has red hair and can stretch his body, as his parents can. He is excitable, energetic, and goofy. He is tall for his age. Jet is 63 years old in Bortronian years, as revealed in "Earthday Birthday". He was instantly popular with the other children the moment he arrived on Earth. He sees the mundane world as a vast and exciting place and even thinks that words are exciting, such as "surprise", claiming it to be a funny Earth word. He is named after the Jet Propulsion Laboratory.[8] He is shown to be extremely kind, even to people who are mean to him, such as Mitchell. He possibly likes Sydney, because he danced with her in "How Come the Moon Changes Shape?", and is shown to possibly like Sean in "Back to Bortron 7".

He could have really interesting moveset potential like he could stretch his arms like MinMin or he could use astronomical stuff like he could use his Ship as Up B. He could really have other attacks that can fit him.
He could play like MinMin in this game.

I nominate him, because he is Obscure character, but he could work in this game since we need a modern PBS Kids character, so why not choose the Jet as candidate for Platform fighter?

Roster number:
20
Don't exaggerate with characters tho, since we also need some IPs that can serve as Stages or Assists.
 
Last edited:

AlteredBeast

Smash Ace
Joined
Oct 2, 2019
Messages
928
Location
New Jersey
Sorry for the delay but real life has prevented me from updating this thread. But....

For Job 1:
Lionel Lion (Between The Lions)
deb0y1c-73f6383b-855d-4b3e-a807-65b8a5d35a80.png

Lionel Lion is an enthusiastic young lion cub who lives with his parents Theo and Cleo and his sister Leona. He lives in a library and his life has been based around books. He's a geek, loves things young boys love, etc.

For those wondering, Between The Lions was a show ran on PBS from 2000-2010. Reruns aired till 2011. The show has a very strong connection with PBS and truly represents the image of PBS in the 2000s. The show promoted literacy and reading fundamentals. Lionel can fight with books, maybe some moves inspired by his hero Cliff Hanger, etc. Also, characters from Sesame Street made cameos once. Crazy stuff, huh? They may share the same universe.

For the roster, I feel we will go with 20 for base (we will discuss DLC later). I plan to update the intro page to make it look nicer eventually with stages and all that. Also, we may need to discuss ideas for a hypothetical reveal for this game and all that. Submissions for job 1 will be open for a day and then we'll go into voting.
 
Last edited:

AlteredBeast

Smash Ace
Joined
Oct 2, 2019
Messages
928
Location
New Jersey

CheeseAnton

Smash Ace
Joined
Oct 1, 2020
Messages
534
1. Barney
2. Clifford

All of these should get in, but extreme honorable mention to Thomas and Miss Frizzle. I think Thomas would be really fun and makes a lot of sense to be here, I just grew up on Barney and Clifford so I have personal bias that I will not deny; and while I did also watch The Magic Schoolbus I feel Barney is the more obvious exclusion and I just love Clifford too much.
 

KneeOfJustice99

Smash Lord
Joined
Oct 29, 2018
Messages
1,493
Location
The Velvet Room
1. Barney the Dinosaur (He's a dinosaur, and I think it would be very funny if you were to lean into that aspect more than his whole "cuddly purple dino man" shtick. Also, he's one of the few characters I recognised as a Brit... so he must be popular!)
2. Thomas the Tank Engine. (Self-vote, but I think getting some international appeal will really help this "game" in the long run. Not only that, but there's a lot of pretty awesome concepts you could bring into play here if you got inventive!)

Shoutouts to Clifford, another character I know of, but "too big for PBS" (jokes aside the other two kinda edged him out)
 

AlteredBeast

Smash Ace
Joined
Oct 2, 2019
Messages
928
Location
New Jersey
Alright, the final results for Job 1
Barney: 7
Thomas: 4
Clifford: 2
Miss Frizzle: 1
Jet Propulsion: 1
Lionel Lion: 1

All really good choices and characters that are integral to the image of PBS but..

Congrats to Wario Wario Wario Wario Wario Wario ! Barney is now a part of the PBS Kids Platform Fighter. His stage will be The School from the Barney series.

Now, It is time for Job 3.

Job 3: Submit a stage from an unrepresented PBS/PBS Kids franchise. The franchise the stage comes from will not get a playable fighter in the game.
 
Last edited:

Wario Wario Wario

Smash Hero
Joined
Sep 3, 2017
Messages
8,110
Location
Hell
Luna (Let's Go Luna!)

That's right, Luna is not a fighter but a stage! She spins around, meaning fighters have to keep up similar to a scrolling stage, and occasionally stops when her face is facing upwards and reaches out her arms - which serve as extra platforms. She will eventually retract her arms and start spinning again. In the background of the stage, you can see the many cultures her show celebrates on the Earth spinning below.

Can I just mention how much I love this show's art style? Joe Murray has such a charmingly quirky style, and when sanitised into a preschool-friendly form it is just the cutest little thing.
 
Last edited:
Joined
Aug 14, 2021
Messages
5,712
Location
Frozen Underworld (formerly Hell)
Job 3:
Isle of Sodor (Thomas the Tank Engine)


Isle of Sodor is main setting of Thomas the Tank Engine series, which is very popular Book/Toy/TV Series that appeared on PBS Kids. Isle of Sodor locates between Ireland and Island of United Kingdom as it was shown in Thomas CGI series.
Isle of Sodor is one of well known Thomas' locations and it deserves a stage in PBS/PBS Kids Platform Fighter.

As a layout for stage, you fight on top of Thomas the train, where he travels through whole Isle of Sodor and it has similarities to Big Blue, Spirit Train and Wuhu Island (Where Thomas stops on railway stations). Thomas also has his wagons, which it acts as platforms (Similarly to cars from Big Blue).
There are Cameos of trains in Background like Gordon, Percy, Nia, Rebecca and others (Including humans like the Fat Controller).
The stage is stylized after CGI Series and and it has some realistic aesthetics taken from Stop-Motion Series.

I nominate this stage, because it's really unlikely to have Thomas as a fighter, so we need to deconfirm him from the Roster. (Sorry KneeOfJustice99 KneeOfJustice99 for ruining your Dreams)
 

AlteredBeast

Smash Ace
Joined
Oct 2, 2019
Messages
928
Location
New Jersey
Job 3:
ZOOM Stage (ZOOM)

hqdefault.jpg


ZOOM is another big PBS franchise that was produced by WGBH. I cannot think of any of the children on the show that can be a fighter. However, a stage is worthy enough to represent the franchise. I can imagine the stage having the stage layout of the WarioWare stage along with you having the ability to change the ZOOM logo (either the 1972 or 1999 logo) before battle. Also, ZOOM is going to be 50 years old this year! Perfect timing! Also, the stage's gimmick will be the various activities done in the show from word games to science experiments.

I will leave this job open till tomorrow most likely till we get more submissions. Then, we will have more tasks to complete. Finally, in the future, I plan on allowing us to decide on newcomer/stage prompts most likely. Have fun!